Professional Documents
Culture Documents
OPE R ATION S
A Hand book
for th e
Person -in-Ch arge (PIC)
FOURTH EDITI ON
MARK HUBER
by G. S. Marton
Huber. Mark, 11)54Tan;,~::~ratiOnl : a handbook for the peraon-in-chll.rge (P IC) I Mark Huber.-4th ed.
'Bued on e:rlier edition, of Tanker operation" a handbook for the eh ip'e officer by
G .S. Marton.
Includea inde.
ISBN0-8703S-528-6
1. Tankera--Handbooka " manual' etc . I . Marton, G. S., 1948-- Tanker operat ionB. II
-Tille
VM~ .HBa2001
623.88"245--dc21
Manufactured in the U m. te d
First edition 1978 F
Sta~~ of America
,
. ourth edition, 2001
2001032582
Contents
xiii
xvii
CHAPTE R 1
Oil Tanker
Parcel Tanker
10
Combination Carrier
13
Barges
16
18
Barriers
19
Class ification
23
23
Review
CHAPT ER 2
Cargo Characteristics
Richard Beadon and Mark Huber
Bulk Liquid Cargoes
Properties of Petroleum
2.
25
26
29
31
Classification of Petroleum
32
vii
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
35
37
40
'0
ix
106
111
Operation8
112
Review
120
CHAPTER 3
CH APTER 6
Robert Stewart
J ohn O'Connor
52
The Purpo se of Cargo Measurement
121
122
Terms of Sal e
Meas urement Equipment
122
123
125
130
134
134
136
140
64
141
70
Cargo Calculation
78
80
Cargo Planning
141
144
95
Cargo Term s
87
91
95
Revi ew
55
56
59
62
63
63
CHAPTER 4
146
150
156
156
157
96
C HAPT E R 7
Cargo Pumps
Kinetic Pumps
161
175
160
CONn:NTS
CONT ENTS
C HAPTER 8
Review
xi
249
RecuJation.
OperBtlOnB
Toppmg-Off OpE"rBtion
209
Review
CHA PTER 12
253
Crude-Oil-Washin g (COW)
Supplemental Cleaning
263
270
27l
Revie w
273
CHAPTER 9
CHAPT ER 13
Scott R. Bergeron
Veuel Ownership
1'ypell of Charter Agreements
Review
211
212
Testin g
27'
278
280
213
Entry Procedure
284
215
Instrum entati on
22.
225
228
Review
289
29.
CH AP TE R 14
Pollution Regulations
CH A PTE R 10
Vetting Inspections
Scott R. Bergeron
229
231
237
Inapectiona
'The Grew'1 Role in Vetting
Review
295
296
298
30.
30'
Review
CHAPTER 15
238
System Components
245
Emergenc y Procedures
307
308
308
322
CONTENTS
322
32,
326
1b1\.....'" S)'I!tam ll
fione in th e V ile of IG SYlitemll
327
329
CH AP TE R 16
Emergency Procedures
331
332
333
334
335
335
336
337
~l'P,ENDlX ,
339
GLOSSARY
341
BIBLIOGRAPHY
3 56
INDEX
359
374
xiii
rv
nk"t..iv
an l'ndortll'ml.>nt on the STeWcert ificate. This endorsement stutes
th.t the person is qualified to se rve on tan kships carrying dan gerous oils,
che micals. or gas in bulk . The following references sho~ld be consul~ed for
details concerning each of th ese endorBements: th.e U n ~ted States Code of
F~rol Regulat ions. Title 46 CFR Pa~ l~, ~ertlficatlOn of Ta~kennen;
and the Intern ati onal Maritime Orga nlza tlOns STCW Conventlon , 1978,
as amended in 1995, Annex 2, Cha pter V, "Special Training Requi rements
for Personnel on Tankers" (Regula tion v/n
I would like to thank many individu a ls for ass isting me with th is seemingly endless project. In particular, I am !p"at~~ to my wife, Jody, a nd my
family for th eir patien ce and support . This edition of th e text ha s also been
enhanced throu gh the efforts of severa l contributors , eac h of whom wrot e
new chapters: Captain Richard Beadon, Director, Center for Ma ri time Education at Seamen' s Church Institute; Robert Stewart, Professor, Ca lifornia Maritime Academy;John O'Connor, Pr esid ent of In ternati onal Ma rin e
Consultants; and Scott Bergeron, Chief Operating Officer , Liberi a n Sh ip
and Corporate Registry. The glossary was written by Kelly Curtin , Assistant Professor, State University ofNew York Maritime College. I a lso wish
to thank my colleagues at the U.S. Merchant Marine Acad em y: John
Hanus, Lt. Rob Smith (USCG>, Paul Zerafa, and Brian Holden for th eir
computer expertise , and Captain Douglas A Hard for his ti reless efforts
throughout this endeavor, reviewing each cha pte r and offering constructive criticism. Finally , I would like to thank th e following individu als a nd
organizations for providing information and many of the illustrat ions:
Alaska Tanker Company; Ameri can Petroleum In stitute; Atl a ntic
Richfield Company; Avondale Shipyard; Mary J en Bea ch; Ian -Conra d
Bergan, Inc.: Bethlehem Steel Corporation; BP Pip elines (Alas ka) Inc.;
British Petroleum Company , Ltd.: Butterworth Systems , In c; Calhoon
MEBAEngineering School; California Maritime Acad em y; Chevron Shipping Company; Clement Engineering Services ; College of Nautical
Studies; Coppus Engineering Corporation; Dixon Valve a nd Coupling Co.;
Environmental Protection Agency; ExxonIMobil Corporati on ; Th omas J .
Fellei~n; Bill Finhandler; Foster Wheel er Boiler Corpora tion ; Ga mlen
Che,:"~cal Company; General Dynamics Corporation; Keith Gill ; Global
~~tIme a~d Transportation Schoo~; Gulf Oil Corporation; Eri c Halbeck;
nan HaU, Haywood Manufactunng Company; Howden En gin eeri ng;
Lynn Hu~r.; ~udson Engineering Company; IMO Industries, In c., Gems
Sensors DIVISion; Ingersoll Dresser Pump; International Association of Independent Tanker Owners UNTERTANKO); International Association of
Ports ~nd Harbors (lAPH>; International Chamber of Shipping (ICS l; In~~~~~o~al Ma~ne Consultants; International Maritime Organization
Shi : n~matIonal Tanker Owners Pollution Federation; Keyst one
I~PLe,"gKiom~any; Keystone Valve Division of Keystone International,
Inc., e nceid: Kockumatt AB'L
'M arttime;
. Law ; LIbrary
.
lon, aunn
Bnan
,
.....~ v'"
~ .u
I U I'Hl':
t'OURl1i EDITION
u:xt
v III
deserts of Saudi Arabia to the frozen shores of the Ar ctic. 'Throu gh It a ll,
tankermen are accompan ied by the pungent smells of ~rude. Oila n d ~a8o
line, by loneliness, tension , exhaustion .. . and the s8t1~factlOn of d~mg a
job well. No individual can adequately describe this unique way of hfe . It
. ..
must be experienced firsthand.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank the m an y mdlVldual s and
organizations who were kind enough to help mein th~seffort. ~ome showed
remarkable patience with my repeated requests for mfonnatlOn , resea rch
. . '
materials, and illustrations.
Special thanks to ; The American Bureau ~f Shipping; ~encan ?ast
Iron Pipe Company; American Institute of Manne Unden~ters; Amen can
Institute of Merchant Shipping; American Petroleum institute ; the Ansul
Company; Apex MarineCorporation ;Atlantic Richfield Company; the Scott
Aviation Divisionof ATO, Inc.; Mrs . Gerry Bayless; Bethlehem Stee l Corporation ; Bingham-Willamette Company; British Petroleum Company, Ltd..;
Henry Browne & Son, Ltd.; Buttenvorth Systems, Inc .; Chevron Shipping
Company; Coppus Engineering Corporation; Exxon Corporation an d Exxon
Company ,US.A.); FMC Corporation; Mr. Steve Faulkner; Mr. Bill Finhandler; Gamlen Chemical Company; General Dynamics Corporation;
General Fire Extinguisher Corporation; Mr . R.W. Gorman ; Gulf Oil Corporation; Mr. Arthur Handt; Hendy Inte rn ational Company; the Pen ce Division of the Hudson Engineering Company; Mr . John Hunter; Huntin gto n
Alloys, Inc.; th e Keystone Valve Division of Keystone Internation al , In c.;
~kumsAutomationAB; Mr. Gene D. Legler; the H arry Lundeberg School;
Mine Safety Applian ces Company; Mr . C. Bradford Mitchell; National Audubon Society; National Foam System, In c.; National Maritime Union of
America; National Steel an d Shipbuilding Company; Miss Maureen Ott ; t he
~~h M. ~~rson s Company; Paul-Munroe Hydra ul ics , In c.; Mrs . Pi a
P~ pp ; Phillips Petro l e ~ Company; Sailors' Union of the Pacific; Sal en &
WIt:lJlder AB; S~ Francisco Mari tim e Muse um ; E.W. Saybolt & Compan y,
Inc., Mr. W.F. Schill; Seafarers International Union; Shell Intern a tion a l Pe~roleum an~ Shell Oil Company m.S.A); Shi pbuil ders Council of Am erica ;
pehITY,Manne Syste ms; Su n Shipbuil ding an d Dry Dock Company' Mr Bob
ut er and: Und
S
ite L ho
.
' .
United Sta~ Me~~ T8 a. ~aton~s, In c.; Un ited State s Coast Guard;
e antime Administration; U.S. Salvage Association ' Valve
.. ~
Menur acturers Aeeociati
' p Chan dlers Inc ' Worthingto
'
.
on,. Wes t C
oast Shi
n
'
.,
Pum p Corpora uon.
G. 8. MARTON
fi th C l"
.
Qu inghi s seagoingca rohm e a ifomia Maritime Academy ill 1969.
G B. Marton 8r.aduated
an
SIUs.
TANKE R OPERATIONS
C HA PTER 1
he first tanker appear~d over a century ago, and sincethat time tanker
transport ha s evolved into one ofthe most efficient modes oft ranspor tation in the world . Modem refinements in th e design ofthe se vessels have
resul te d in the development of a versatile carrier capable oftransport ing a
wide array of bulk liquid cargoes. Today, tank vessels (both ships and
bar ges) are responsible for the movement oftremendous volumes of liquid
cargoes . This chapter focuses prim aril y on vessels th at are designed to
carry cargoes classified as "dang erous liquids."
Th e following definitions are provided to eliminate confusion about
th e typ es of vessels de scribed in th e te xt. The Unite d St ates Coast
Gu ard (USCG) defi nes a tank vessel as "a vesse l th at is constructed or
ad apted primarily to carry, or that carries, oil or ha zardous material in
bulk as ca rgo or cargo residue." The USCG further categori zes a tank
vessel as a t ankship (if it is self-propelled) or a tank ba rge (if it has no
mean s of pr opulsion ). Th r oughout the text, efforts have been made to
use the term "tank vessel" ift he topic applies to both shi ps and barges.
OIL TANKER
The earliest design of tank vessels involved construction with a single hull .
Figure 1-1 shows a cross section ofa traditional single-hull design .
In the early part of the twentieth cent ury, th e shift toward longitudinal
construction resulted in a unique subdivision of the cargo tank area . A13
seen in figure I-I, the use of twin longitudinal bulkheads divided the vessel
athwartehipa into three tanks: a center tank flank ed by a set of wing tanks.
A series of oiltight transverse bulkheads completed the subdivision of the
cargo area, as required, for the particular trade of the vessel. This method
3
"'L
!,
_ . __ / ACCOmmod ali On
j- -
Figure 1-2. Profile view of a doubl e-bottom ta nker. The double-bottom space serves
8S the s egr egated-ballaet ca pacity for the vessel. Copyright e In terna tional Maritime Organization CIMO), London .
of con struction wa s well s uited for the bulk t rans portatio n of liquid cargoes ; at the same time it virtuall y eliminated the free surface problems experi enced with earlier tanker designs.
Free surface is an effect cre at ed wh en liquid s move about in an unrestricted fashion within a compartment such as 8 cargo or ball ast tank. The
,-
~I
Ij;~
KHtil
~<
>
~I
,.
~-
l'~
,i'
~
resultant shift of weight has an adverse impa ct on the stability ofthe vessel.
so every effort is made to minimize shifting.Typical methods of reducing the
free surface effect include keeping the number of slack cargo and ballast
tanks to a minimum, constructing smaller compartments (subdivisions).
an d utilizing partial bulkheads (swas h plates or swash bulkheads).The success of the single-hull design is evidenced by the fact that it has withstood
the test of time and deadweight Idwt) tonnage. Single-hull construction predominated until the late 1960s when political and environmental pressures
drove the tanker industry to seek other methods of construction. By the
19708 a number of owners had shifted to double-bottom construction (fig.
1-2) to meet the new segregated-ballast requirements.
Th e gr ounding of the Exxon Valdez in 1989 prompted domestic an d international requ iremen ts calling for newly constructed oil ta nkers to be fitted with a doubl e hull. Double-hull tankers had been successfully operated
for a number ofyea rs, hence this design took cente r stage as the most likely
re sponse to the public 's out cry for height en ed protection of the marine environment. The use of two pieces of stee l (inne r and oute r hull s)to separa te
the cargo area from the sea is expected to minimize oil outfl ow from the majority of tanker casualties-grounding, collision, or minor shell dam age-that involve a breach of the hull . The cons truction scenes of the
ARGO Endeavour (fig. 1-3) clearly illu strate th e protection afforded the
cargo tanks wit hin the double hu ll.
The Oil Pollution Act of 1990 called for new tankers contracted after
J un e 30, 1990, to be constructed with a double hull. The U.S. construction
requirements contained in Title 33 CFR Part 157.10d specify minimum
spacing as follows:
OIL TANKER
For vessels of 5.000 dwt and abov eFor vessels of less than 5,000 dwtDouble sides 'WI
W z 0.5 + dwt 120 ,000 or 2 meters the lesser and in no case lesa t ha n 1 meter
Doubl e bottom (In
H '" Bre adth / 15 or 2 meters t he lesser an d in no case less than 1 me te r
Wing tank
(ballast)
Air pipellrunk
Figure 1-5 . The mid-deck design shown here uses hydrostatic pressure to minimize
oil outflow in the event that the cargo tanks are breached. Courtesy Marine Log.
Ballast
Cargo
Ballast
Cargo
Cargo
Cargo
10
TANK VESSE
O'It"T aJtemative design s continues in part because ~he U.S . posi t ion ha s er.
Iecnve ly closed th e door on ot he r tec h ~ol ogy as evidenced ?y the fact ~hat
double-hull orde rs and deliveri es dommate new construction worldwide.
P AR CEL TANKER
As cons umer demand for che m icals an d ot her s pecialty products incre ased worldwid e the need for vessels desi gn ed s peci fica lly to transp ort
th ese cargoes also expande d. As a qui ck fix, so me owners modified exi sting product carriers into what were te rmed "drugs!ore" ve ssels , carrying
lim ited quan tit ies of ma ny differen t pr oducts . tr.ItImatel~, these vessels
paved the way for parcel carrie rs, vesse ls specia lly designed an d constructed from the keel up to accommodate the growing m arket . Figu re 1-7
shows one s uch vessel , the Stolt Innovati on, built and operated by
Stolt-Nielsen S.A.
Figure 1-8 shows the deck of an externally framed vessel. This method
of cons t ru ction allows th e in ternal s urfaces of tanks to be smoot h . Du e to
the nature of the ca rgoes transported, parcel tan ke rs a re desi gn ed to maintain a high degree of segregation bet ween ca rg oes . Fi gure 1-9 s h ows t he
complexity of deck pipin g on one coastal che mical carrier.
Toward th e end of th e t wentieth century, the demand for parcel tankers
incr eased as th e tr an sport of th ese ca rgoes by s uch vessels proved to be sa fe
and cost-effective while maintaining th e hi gh est stan da rds of qu a lit y assurance. The list of differ ent cargoes ca rri ed by parcel t ankers is exhaustive; however , th e rul es governing t he sa fe t ransport of these cargoes a re
well defined in th e international bul k che mical codes. Th e construction
and s urvi vability requirem en ts for che mica l vessels ca n be found in Title
46 CFR Part 151 (barges ) and P art 153 (sh ips) as well as in the bulk chemical codes (lBCIBCHl from the Inte rn ational Maritime Organi zat ion (lMO>.
nB C is the Internati onal Code for the Cons t ruction a n d Equipment of
Ship s Carrying Dangerous Ch emicals in Bulk . BCH is t he Code for the
Construction and Equipment of Ships Ca rrying Dan gerous Chemicals.)
The marine environment is afforded three levels of protection against
an unc~ntrolled r~lease of t he cargo re sulting from a brea ch of the cargo
tank. FIgure 1-10 illustrates th e spacing requ iremen ts for Ty pes I II and
III containment in the cargo area , as specified in t he bulk chemical codes.
1.
Figure 1-7. The St olt Innovation serves in the parcel tra de worldwide. Dourteay
Stolt-Nielsen Tran sportation Group Ltd .
Figure I -B. The deck of an externally framed parcel tanker. With thi s design, the
cargota nks have smooth internal surfaces. Courtesy International Marine Consulta nts lIMC).
12
2.
13
Type II conta inment ill required whe n t ran8por1ing substance/:l t hat pONe a
significant ha zard to the environmen t . T he s paci ng require ments and t he
aurvt va bihty requirements orthe vessel a re Ieee than those for Type I COn _
tamment .
3.
Type I
8S
'",,-
'""
115m
11.5 m
The chemical codes furt her classify cargo tanks according to t he ir con.
struction.Independent tank s are cargo tanks not designed as a part of the
hull structure. An examp le of an independent tank would be a cylindri cal
cargo tank installed above th e deck . An indep endent tank is u sed to eliminate or at lea st minimize the forces or st resses th at may be working on the
adjacent hul l structure. An independent tank is in stall ed in such a manner
that it can be moved relative to t he vessel.
Integral tanks are cargo tanks t hat fonn a n essential part of t he hull
structure and contribute to the st rengt h of the vessel. In tegral tanks are
subject to the forces and stresses experienced by t he hull structure as a resul t of cargo operations and motion of the vessel. Figu re I- I I illustrate s
several cargo tank configurations on parcel tankers .
6115 or 6 m
760mm
Cargo
Cargo
7"~
Type II
Bfl50r6m
Type III
Cargo
Figure 1-10. The s pacing requiremen ts for Types I, II. a nd III containment un der
the bulk chemical codes . Copyright C> International Maritime Organization (110101,
London .
Gravity ta nks ar e those tanks ha ving a design pressur e not gre ater
th an 10 pounds per square inch gauge and of prism at ic or ot her geomet ric
s hape where s tress analysis is neither readily or complete ly determinate.
Pressure tanks are independent tanks whose pressu re is above 10 pounds
per square inch gauge and fabri cated in accordance with domestic rules.
C OM B I NAT IO N CAR R I E R
The USCG defin es a combina tion carrier as a ny vessel designed to carry oil
or solid cargoes in bulk. Th ey are s pecially built vessels often referred to as
i!
III
,
,e
J
0
~,
s
0"
-;
,,c
I
~
,,
relbu1k/oil ca r rie rs (OBOs) capa ble of alte rnat ing betwee n carrying oil
oa rgoee a nd bul k comm odities auch 8S ir on ore or coal. Combinat ion ca m : r8 ca n also be ada pted to meet th e s pecia lize d requireme nts of a custome r
8uch 88 alte r nating between the transport of ca ustic and alumina for th e
aluminu m indu stry. The advantages of t his design include th e ab ility to
carr)' cargo in both directio ns during a voyage a nd to shift t rades ea market
conditions and frei ght rate s change .
Figure 1-12 illustrate s a typical c r08S section of a n DBO . Th e design is
characteri zed by large rai sed h atch openings 8S well 8 S a doubl e-bottom
and top side ball ast tanks for t rimming of solid cargoes. Some of the concern s expressed with t his design include damage to t he tank coati ngs a nd
high st resses from t he loadin g of dry ca rgoes. Problems also arise in sit uations where m aj or components ofthe ca rgo sys te m (such as pum ps, valves.
ine rt ga s systems , and so forth) experie nce extended periods of inac tivity.
To combat thes e proble ms. combination carriere requir e frequent in spec tion and on goin g pre ve nti ve maintenance to e nsur e the continued reli ability of ca rgo system equipment.
,E
i"
9
15
"
Waler
Uw'"
hopper
la nk
ba llaSI
oroil
l arge ha\Ct1way
8
& e
,
H.d
Oil or dry bulk taiga
-;
~
,
i
!
~
Duel keel
.s>
lower
hopper lank
water
Double ecucm
ballas!
"-
~gure 1-12. OBO; typical section. Reprinted with permi ssion from t~~ lntemauoncl Safe ly Guide for Oil Tank ers and Terminals flSGOTTJ, 4th editio n. Cour-
>:
BARGES
rtation by water ut il'
thod of bulk liquid transpo
An f.'(me
induatrv
.
Th domesne tank barge 10
ust ry iIS com posed of approIZCllt
' "l.rtk
bll.rVs . e an d th ey account for th e transp ort of milli ons afton 8!(!ly
""'r
.II 000barges,
Tank hatch
3 eiertoaro
cargo tank
2 starboa rd
cargo tank
3 port
cargo lank
2 pert
cargo tank
1 starboard
cargo tank
Ra~e
t pert
cargo lank
Tank hatch
0
0
2 starboa rd
cargo tank.
0
0
1 starbOard
cargo tank
re
8 ': r;;ySTWS
daInagt>tothehull. The u
r~
'lr
Type III bargehulll are th081'designed to carry prod ucts of sufficient h az'"''
BARRI ER S
In the construction ora tank vessel, a physical barrier is genera lly required
to seperate the cargo and noncargo are a s of'the vessel. Se ve ral a p proaches
to meet this requirement are outlin ed in th e constructio n regulation s . The
m t common m thod is the we of a void-dead a ir space, known as a
cofferdam-that placestwo bulkhead s between the ca rgo an d non cargo a reas lUI seen in figure 1-15.
Alternative methods of separation includ e th e use of a ca rgo or ballast
pumproom an empty cargo tank, or a tank carrying a grade E ca rgo
dfl hFOmi of 150 F and above). This barrier extend s the breadth and
ellthtr~evesselcreating-thetransiti on betwe en the gas -s afe areas ofthe
e:ntructure and engine space s) and the potentially ha zardrie m~t8.lity ~:r:ve;: ~ther design features contribute to this bar,
u ng e act that the forward side of the after house
::::a
19
CLASSIFICATION
facing the ca rgo tank area is sea led, and aCCeR!! to the house te limited to
doors loca te d at the Bide of the superst ru ctur e. These changes have im proved the safety ofth~ ves sel o~e~ e~r~ier de sign s by enh.ancing two ba sic
principl es of constructIOn: (1) rrunmuzmg the ac cumulation of flammable
cargo vap or s in and a round the su pe rs t ruc t ure and (2) sepa ra tin g the
cargo area from potential sou rces of ign it ion.
C L AS S I F IC AT ION
Tank vessels are usually clas sified by the trad e in which the y are engaged
and according to deadweight tonna ge.
Th e tra de of a vessel is defined by the type of cargoes r outinely carried
over a n umber of voyages. In the tanker industry three bro ad categories
predomina te:
1.
2.
3.
Crud~il
carrie rs
Product carriers
Clean (gasoline, jet , diesel, etc .)
Dirt y (black oils-residual fuel oils, vacuum gss oils, asphalt. etc .I
Par cel camet'll (chemical/specialty cargocs, etc.l
Tonnage Rang!!
5 ,000 W 35,000 dwt
35, 000 W 160,000 dwt
Medium
VLCCs (very-large cru de carrier) 160,000 W 300,000 dwt
ULeCt! (ultra-large cru de carri er ) 300,000 dwt and above
Category
HandyfCoosto1lParcellBarge
Trod,
Pr oduct/parcel
Product/crude oil
Cru de oil
Cru de oil
~ 532"
./1
16.500 dw1
DnIn 30 6'
Beam 70'
Lenglh 86 1'
'00=_
Drafl49 ,6'
Beam 125'
2~ = _
Lengl h 1,141'
Ora" 65.4'
7
Beam 170'
~
Draft 82'
Beam 233'
Figure 1-16. Rela tive sizes of tankers. Tanker s ize ha s in crea sed dr amatically s ince \\!\\1I. The
Courtesy Exxon.
s"' ~''l.
o~ "
0
.:! ':'"
"oo .c
~~
'< 0
Z~
;:;. 2
,,- ~ g.
.
;;
5
~
ii
~
[
0;
~
\;'
a-
e TZtanker
REVIEW
23
D E VE L O P ME NT O F Til E SU P E RTAN KE R
During the post-World Wa r 11 era, t he lanker industry experienced dramatic change s in bot h t he dimensions a nd the t rade routes ofthese vessels.
Th e eve r pop ul ar T-2 tanke r of t he war yea rs gave way to modem construction (fi g. 11 7 ) in order to create more economica l ways of transpo rti ng oil
to meet the grow ing dema nds of t he industrialize d world.
A nu mb er of factors contributed to the rapid increase in ta nker size. includin g the hostilities in the Middle East that resulted in the closure of the
Suez Ca nal , a choke point for tanker t raffic to and from the oil fields of the
Per sia n Gulf. Nationalization of the oil refineries in the Middle East and
fier ce competi tion a mong international shipowners all played a role in accelerating the development of the modem-day supertanker. VLCCs and
ULCCs ply the most solitary trade routes of the oceans, typically loading at
offshore plat form s or single-point moorings and discharging at designated
lightering zones off th e coast (fig. 1-18).
Th ese vesse ls can ente r only a limited numb er of port s in the world
when fully loaded a nd ther efore remain at sea for exten ded periods oftime,
a typical voya ge often ta king seve nty to seventy -five days.
REVIEW
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
a.
9.
~ 1-18.Lighteringoperalion at Ilea A VL
b eBfJOW 8 8mallershuttle tank
.
CC (209,000 dwt) discha rges part of
ry. Oourteay Shell lnte
ti er(71,000 dwt ) th at delivers the cru de oil to th e
rna 10na1 Petroleum .
10.
Ch e m ical Liquid"
A liquid chemical.is a ny substance used in , or obtaine d by, a che mical process . Ther e a re literally hundreds of differ en t che micals t ra ns porte d by
tank vessels . Th ese s ubstances a re deri ved from ma ny sources and ha ve diver se characteristics. Th ey may be catego rize d aa organic or inorganic
che mica ls . Table 2-1 shows a sampling of each .
CHAPTER 2
TABl.E 21
Chemical Liquids
Cargo Characteristics
RICHARD BEADON AND MARK H UB ER
1<11
_I
Ker08ene
Jet fuel
Lubricants
24
25
Inorganic C~micals
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Vinyl chloride
Acetone
Acetic acid
Styrene monomer
Acrylonitrile
Boricscid
Sulfuric acid
Phosphoricacid
Caustic soda
Hydrochloric acid
Molten su lfur
Special Liquids
Liquid substances other than th ose classified as petroleum or che mical are
described as special1iquids. Table 2-2 shows some examples.
TABLE 2-2
Special Liquids
Animal l Vegetabl e Oils
Palm oil
Soybean oil
Sunflower oil
Other vegetable oils
Animal oils
Tallow and greases
Freshwater
Beer
Wine
Molasses
PROPERTIES OF PETROLEUM
Crude oil a nd th e pr oducts derived from t he ra w mat eri al are cons ide red
petroleum liquids. Crude oil is a mix tu re ofa wide ran ge of long-chain hy d rocarbon mole cules. A hydro carbon molecule is esse nt ia lly one or mor e
hydrogen atoms linked with one or more carbon ato ms , hen ce th e te r m hydrocarbon. The comp osition of crude oil va ries wid ely (pa raffins, naphthenea. or aromatics) depending on its geographic sou rce . Crude oil ca n be
described as eith er "he a vy" or "light" based upon its specific gr avity. The
number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon molecul e influen ces the
CARGO CHARACTERISTICS
FLAMMABI LITY CHARACTERISTICS OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES
FLAMMABILITY CHARACTERISTICS OF
BULK LIQUID CARGOES
There are serious fire risks ass . t d . h
certain chemical cargoes' h ceredi WIt. the transport ofpetroleum and
order. To enable the PIC iude a h ISCUBSlOn of these characteristics is in
gorieed accordingtotheirfl~~~:~'l~ degree ofriek, most ~argoeB are ceteterms used in the c1assificati
f I tty . FolloWlnglS a review of'so me basic
goes
. Volatility: In a fire invof~: c:r
'.
:
gIVen off by the liquid burns g fla~m.able liquid. the va por that is
mability of a liquid cargo will d not .d n liquid itself. Therefore, the flam to Produce. flammable vapor. V:iaet~i p,:manly on the ability of the liquid
dency of oils or chemical prod ta ty IS a term used to de scribe the tenthe PIO, thereareanumbe fUC to Produce flammable vapor. To assist
Tru
ro weyaof'ex
.
. . evaporpressure (TVP). V
presslOgthe volatilityofa liquid.
a liquid. FQr example wh
. apor pressure indicates the volatility of
::~~' ithwiU begin to va'pori::i~~~~roleurn (liquid) cargo is loaded into a
un t e space reach equilibri
th Space above. When the vapor a n d Iiq8
a
prellsure. The trueurn, e pressure exerted on the liquid is its
a
ue d'fli
vapor preaeu
f
I erences in compo.,",.
re 0 a petroleum liquid will
Ion and tern perature; consequently an-
to
27
CARGO CHARACTERISTICS
'"
"
T'''' ' '~.,
10
OllutJon
(purging)
o
..... DtI!JbOn
WIth air
(unacceptable)
.......
..... .......
5
G
H
''' "
.....
s
o
_
= .....
. ..-
15
10
20
A
21
Oxygen--percentage by volum e
"'~ClWI~l<bsl.~be_. . Wldc::::.
29
The fla"mma
1 ble limits
T blca n vary
' su bstant ially for diff
ueren t petro1eum
Bnd chemica carg oes. a e. 2-3 list s th e ty pical limi te
..... of n a mma b"I"
t tt y <lor
several cargoes. T 0 d ete rrm ne the fla mm able limit s of. pa rtiICU Iar cargo
ry a na lys is of the cargo.
'
consult th e data'" 8 h eels
V or dt he l.aborato
.
Va por. d "nat y: apor en eit y ie t he ratio of th e weight of a vapor or gas
with no air pr esen t compar ed to an equa l volume of air at the sa me temperatur~ a nd ~re s s ure . The va por dens ity ofa liquid can only be accurately detennmed m a s tandard .laborato ry experiment. A vapo r den sity of 1
indi cates t hat t he ~as .wetg hs the sa me as that of an equal volume of ai r.
Valu es lesslhan 1 indica te t hat the gas is lighter than air a nd will tend to
rise. Values greater than 1 would indicate that the gas is heavier than ai r
and would tend to settle.
An unders tandin g .of vapor ~ensity is important because most petroleum
cargo va pors are heavier than air and will settle in lower regions of a tank or
purnp room . This is an important consideration when determining the method
and adequacy of te sting a n at mosphere for the presence of cargo vapors.
Vap or den sit y is also an important element that contributes to the accumulation of fla mma ble vapors on deck and around the superstructure
while tanks a re venting during a loadi ng ope ration.
_ _ t.Thll......
....., lot Ill"*-' _ _ purposes 01Ny
Figure 21.
Flammable
range
. sron
. f rom t h e International
S r.
G '
. diagram. Reprinted with perrrua
e mon . our-
Benzene
Ethyleneoxide
Am
"
moma
Naphtha
1:4%
2 ooc
ro
15"5%
0:9%
8.0%
6.6%
100 .0%
27.0%
98.0%
6.7%
5.8%
11.5%
CARGO CHARACTERISTICS
30
t he fresh air is driven out of the cargo tanks and replaced WIth good quaHt;
inert gas. The net effect of t his opera~ion is ~ lo","er ~h.e oxygen content of
31
PURGING
Purging is the introduction of inert gas into a la nk th at is already in an inert condit ion with the object of ~educing the hydrocarbon concentration to
a point wher e subsequent ventilation with fres h air will not result in th e
creation of a flammable atmosphere. The purgi ng process is illustrated in
figure 2-1 by moving fr~m ~i nt F to point H.
Safe indus try practice dictate s that purgang of a tank should conti nue
until the hydroca rbon concentration of the space is 2 percent or less by volume as detennin ed by usin g a su itable hydrocarbon analyze r.
Upon completion of purging, the space is ventilated with air using portabl e fan s or the inert ga s system in the gas-free mode. Ventilating with air
at this point fu rther reduces the hydrocarbon concentration while increas ing the oxygen content ofthe space. Th e ventilation process conti nues un til
th e atmospheric tests reve al a return to sa fe readings (21 percent oxygen
by volum e a nd less that 1 percent LEL on a combustibl e-gas indicatorJ. '!?e
process of ventilating the tank with air is shown in figur e 2-1 by moving
from point H to point A.
.
.
It is imp ortant to realize that avoidance of th e namm~ble ran ge I~ thi.s
way is the exp ectatio n of the tran sportation industry and ISonly possible If
the operator thoroughl y understands the use of the inert gas syste m.
CARGO CHARACTERISTICS
30
h
C
bl
excrt"illf'd with heated cargo, 8S the creation 0.(a flamma e at mosphere is
po8tlible if it is heated to or near the flash point.
ClITpB
Flash Point
BOF or below
BOoF or below
BOF or below
Exa mp les
Natural gasoline, nap htha
Most commercial gasoli ne
TABLE 25
USCG Cla ssification of Combu sti b le Liquids
Flash Point above go OF (26.70C)
Gnuk Fltu h Point
D
E
Examples
Kerosene
Commercial jet fuels
Heavy fuel
Lube oils
Aspha lt
33
Once a cargo ~ a s been load ed into.a ta nk, it is th.e~ nec essary to deter:rnine
he quantity 10 t he tank . At t he discharge port, It IS necessary to again de t rmin e the quantit y of ca rgo onboard pri or to the disch arge.
e The sa fe, efficien t , and accurate determination of the qu antity of cargo
. the vessel's tanks is a key re sponsibility of the P IC . The quantity of cargo
~n an important factor for proper accou nting (billing); for ca rgo cal culat ion
:~etennining draft, trim, and st ress in orde r to ensu re the vessel is not
overl oade d); a nd for ca lculation of transfer rates. Th e PIC shou ld therefore
be familiar with t he followin g tenns relat ing to volume a nd weight, as they
are used in conju nction with the tra nsport ofliquid ca rgoes in bulk.
Density
Th e density of a substance is the weight per unit volume at a standa rd ternperature of60F (15.6C ). The de n sit y of a liqui d is expressed in ounces per
cubic foot. For example, at a standard temperature of 60 F 05 .6C ), the
density of freshwater is 1,000 ou nces (62.5 Ibs) pe r cubic foot and t he density of salt water is 1,025 ounces (64 .06 Ibs) per cubic foot .
If the densit y and volume ofa liquid a re known , the weigh t of the volume occupied by the liquid can be found by us ing t he following formula :
Weight:: Volume l( Density
If the wei ght a nd volume of the liquid are known , then the density can
be found by transp os in g the fonnula :
Denaity
Weight I Volume
If t he de n sity ofa liquid is known, it can be converted into s pecific gravity by di viding its de nsi ty by t he density of fre shwater.
API Gravity
API gr avity is a n arbit ra ry sca le developed by the American Petroleum I nst it ute a nd us ed in the transportation industry as an alternative means of
expressing the we ight of a mea s u red volume of a liquid.
CGO rHARACTERISTICS
than 10.
. .
.
For information purposes, the API gravtty 19 denved
ing formula:
8
.
u Sin g
the follow.
Un.it
1 barrel
1 cubicmeter
1 ton metri c (tonn e)
1 ton (long)
1 gTOs.e ba rJ't'1
1 n barJ't'1
ltfeasu~
42 gallons (US )
6.2898 barr els
1,000 kilograms (2,204.6226 poun ds)
2,240 pounds (1,016.0469 kilograms)
42 gallons at actual temperature in the tank
42 gallons adjusted to standard temperature of 60F
Viscosity
35
in determining t.he h.eati ng requ iremen ts of a ca rgo and t he proper tem peratures to be maint ain ed dunng cargo t ransfer a nd in t ra nsit .
Th ere are man y st a nda rds for expressing viscosity . Cont rolled laboratory expe ri me nt s a re used to determine the viscosity of a liquid. In one
method, Saybolt Second s Universal (SSU). viscosity is measured by the
time in second s t hat it take s for a liquid at a pre scribed temperature to
drain from a standard viscosimeter. Thi s information is typically derived
from a laborato ry analysi s report of t he cargo.
Pour P oint
The pour poin t of a liquid is the lowest temperature at which the liquid will
remain flu id . It is expressed as a temperature eith er in degrees Fahrenheit
or Celsius. The PI C s houl d be mindful of thi s temperature whe n transportingcargoes with elevated pou r poin t s. Exa m ples ofs uch cargoes include residual fuel oils, vacuum gas oils, wa x, and as phalt. During transport, the
cargo temperature in t he tanks should be closely monito red an d t he hea ting sys te m adj usted to mai n ta in t he recommended temperature. To avoi d
possibl e solidificati on of the cargo, th e temperature should neve r be allowed to approach t h e pour poin t of t he su bstance.
that n rly all workers may be repeatedly ex~ed day after day wit hout
ad,' rae health E'ffE'cts.- When expressed 8S 8 t~ m e weighted average, the
l'Onct'ntration is considered over a normal eight- hour workday a nd a
forty-hour workweek.
Permissible Exposure LimitTime Weighted Average (PEL-TWA)
TIlt'penn issible exposure limit (PEL) ofa substance is a designati on used
by the Occupational Sa fety an d Hea lth Administra tion (OSHA) and the
United States Coast Guard (USCG). The PEL represents a regul atory
value (as opposed to a recommended guid elin e>that mu st not he exceeded
in the workplace. For example, th e PE L-TWA for cargoes covered by the
benzene regulation is 1 ppm.
Threshold Limit ValueShort-Term Exposure Limit (TLVSTEL)
The thre shold limit valu e-short-term exposure limit (TLV-STEL) defines
the concentration ofa substance to which workers can be exposed continuo
c usl y for a short period of time, provided th a t the da ily TLV is not al so exceeded.
The STEL is a fifteen-minu te time weighted average exposure that
should not be exceeded at any time during t he workday, even if the
eight-h our time weigh ted average is within th e nv.
Exposures at the STEL may not be longer th an fifte en minutes and cannot be repeated more than four tim es per workday. There mu st also be at
least sixty minu tes between successi ve exposu res at the STE L.
Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TI..v-C)
The thresh old limit val ue-ceiling (TLV-C) is th e maxim um concentration
of vapor in air , expresse d as either a TLV or PEL th at mu st not be ex~eed?d ~ven for an instant. In situations when there is no es ta blis he d ceil109limit , the TLV-STEL is used.
Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH)
The .designation IDLH (immedia te ly dangerous to life or heal th) was estabhshed by the Nation al Institute for Occup ational Safety and Heal th
(NIOSH1, an agency of the Public Health Servic e
IDLW
d f
.
t_
IS e ined by NIOSH as a condition "that poses a threa t of exposure
W airborne contamina' ~
h
h
. likely
.
to cause death
'
.
n.... w en t at exposure IS
r mrmedlateor delayed permanent a dverse health effects or prevent eeto such an environme nt:
ca
rllct~cal application of th e IDLH design ati on is to provide a baste
ejectum of an appropriate respirator.
SOURCESOFCARGOIN FOa~TION
37
Odor Threshold
Expressed in parts per million by volume in air, the odor threshold is the
smallest concentration of a gas th at can he detected by most individuals
through the sense of smell.
It is not an ab solute valu e as it can vary considerab ly among individuals. Some odors are also capable ofdeadening the sense ofsmell. It is therefore not advisable to rely on the sense of smell as an indicator of the
presence ofa dan gerous vapor .
Knowing th e odor thre shold of a toxic substance is important . If, for example, a liq uid ~~s a TLV-C of 20 ppm and an odor th reshold of 50 ppm , by
the time an individu al dete cts the presence of this substance by the sense
of smell, harmful exposure has alrea dy occurre d.
Given th e number of differ en t liquid cargoes transported on ta nk
vessels. it is not possible for one person to know all the details concerning a
particular produ ct. It is a daunting task to become familiar with all the
products a PIC migh t be expected to handl e and transpo rt; therefore, it is
vital that th e PIC kn ow where to turn for accurate, reliable information.
__ _
e... BENZENE
...
(eoI _
-~---
-__.
--.........
___
_--..
. . cn_ _"------_._
. .. __
_--"_e-_.
---...... -""
---_
_-........ .. _---. ..
--
~ .r;-1II
:::=:;:E =:ii :~
.. ..
~,-
. . . . ,.
~ -_
~
,rooo~
_ _
_~~ ----4.-
~ l-,
_ . . . - ..
~
,. "
........-..-"" ......
" ....... . _
_1_,""
00.. .. _
~_
...
.-
...
..
~-
1----_
-------_-----:tOJIl_._.. . __
CM. "HE.unt
" - ,-,HAZAR D DATA
____
, ~ ~
'. ' J
.... _. CIOlU
...IT!
._
....
_ _ -..lI"
'-'
..- ........
n""...._'
.....
'0
r...- I_
,
I
"""_ . . - - .. _ _ .......
.... _
__
r.
_ ..
_
-_
_"_ _ _ 01 ... _ .,. ,,,--..-.
.... _
-...._
_
,...,
I ,lI_
<-.g
_ ~fO .OOIl_
-=-
... ,._
._-.. _.--__
__
_.- \'--,_.-'_..--- -'--- - ..,,--_
_ .--_--_._- "-'
.
__
.. _--"--.._._--.
_-_
...
"---'
:::::-==- - ....._..-..
__
. ....
"---,_
.
_--...
_-_.
"--"= =:'"':' ;:::'.= =.. _-_
..- .. -_ .
-_
..
-- '
_._"---".
..
_--._-----,_._-..
_-.-u
-=___.
____ ._.-..
"---".._----=
_
-__
-.......__._ .. _- " .... __
..:=..--_._
,----------"_._'
__,,.. _...........-_.-.-."-_
..
._.....
_
...
.... __
__
...... ....
.-- -----.. _-_
_."
,-._- -.. ...---_
.. _...
_--...-_
....
.
....
....=-_...
_--__.__---"
. ... _........
...--- ... _.
r;.>.l,I1IONNt'I llUPOHS! ''''QfllIlo\llOW
.........
a~
-::=:;,,:::::~
BENZENE
_.~
~ ' o
GoI _ _
:=.
,..
-.-----
l-__ __ _""
~'
.
_._--_
..... N _
~ =:--
......
u _ _ ..
_ ~'
."':::..- _
_'-1::. ____
.~---_.
=':'..:'~- _ . _ ---
'"'=--=-'''''''=='''
='.=.- ..-
..-=-.:-...:-...
~-
.,- -
-.,
....
........ "'-
.. ,..,,.. ,,,,... .
...
.mo:::...--........
.."::"::0--- '
===:.::-- - - . -_.....
....-_._-_.
."_
....._ ........
..... . . _.
-_.
==-z
_._'
"
...... _
_
... -._-...., ----- --..
."--_
...-..-...... _--,._
-_
--_
.. _...
_--_._
---_
..
__
....
------_-..=.-=--=-.. .- ._._._............
,,_.
__
.. ,,_
.. - .. . _
u
_.___
..........".-.____._00_---___.........._--.........-_-,._---,... _.... . ...u __
t:=:"l':::"" ..... ~
_-_
...~---
'
.~ --_
--"''''-
. ~- - _
...= ::.=_ - - - - ~ - -
,,-,,,,_
_ _ _ 0 .. -
,-
. ~_
_-
..
....
~_
.~'::...-- -
;:,,::r.:..._ _ . _ -
. ~_'":"=.."':"'::"..:.:::-"
..;.::,- - - - _
" ~. _ ..:.; ~
""='=.:::..::~=.:.. :::'':7--
u _
RUCl1VITY DATA
.... .......
...
.. ':..0.:=::::.::....
.,.
...
-'Figure 2-3. Excerpt from the Chemical Hazards Response Informa tion System
(CHRIS). Courtesy Unite d St ate s Coast Guard .
. uu.n.n.u "
CARGUCHARACTERISTICS
.0
HAZARDS
and follo.wing list shows the main hazards associated with the handling
an carnage of bulk liquid cargoes:
Fire and explosion
Static electricity
Toxicity
Oxygen deficiency
Reactivity
Corrosivity
:rhe"'safetyof
mendous strides ha ve been
de i
.
personnel a d fth rna e tn th e des ign
n
In
HAZARDOUS
AIU~
41
I-Jistori ca lly, efforts to r ed uce the ri sk ~ f ha n dli ng and tran sp orting fla mmable cargoes h a ve focused on t he eh m in at ion of igniti on sources from
h
those areas of the vessel where the e xiste nce of a flammable at
,
Thi I dto th id
' r.
'
.
moap er e
was Hkely- IS I' .
e I e nt mcatio n a n d deelgn auon of certain areas of
the vessel as potent Ia lly hazardou s zones.
As an a ddit ional safeguard, r.n a ny tank vessels are now equipped with
inert ga s syste
im p ~ d th e
, ms . T he u se' of hthia safety system has greatly
~fire_preventIOn m e asu r es In t I' tanke r ind u stry . AI!, pr eviously di scus sed,
operators must have a th or~ugh unders ta nding ofine rting procedur es to
realize t~ e ful~ be ne~ t of this system . The hazards a nd precau ti ons su mmarized 10 this section a ddress t he s afe carriage a nd ha ndling of t
c:
leurn and ch emica ls. For the purposes of fire prevention , a tank
be divided into the followin g a reas :
Loc a tion of fl a m m a ble atmosphe res : These are a reas such as
noninerted .ca rgo tanks, pumproom s , deckhousee, ven t stacks, ca rgo and
vapor manifolds, and others where the existence of a fla m ma ble atmos pher e is pos sib le.
Two general pr e ca u t ion s cover the ma in me thods of fir e pre vention in
th ese areas:
vess~
1.
2.
('.ARGOCHARACTERISTICS
Make frequent rounds to find potential sources of cargo leaks, flammable va_
pore. and ignition.
Ensure that pumproom bilges are clean and dry.
Cargo Tanks: The pre vention of fire .and ex plosion in t he cargo area of
the vessel is accomplished by th e Iollowing :
Maintaining an inert atmosphere in th e cargo and slop tan ks at all times unless they are gas free
Maintaining a positive deck pressure in the inerted ta nks to prevent the ingtess of air
Eliminating all possible sources of ignition
Electrostatic Hazards
Static electricity is a potential fire and ex plos ion ri sk wh en h andli ng certain types of petroleum and petrochemical cargoes . In some opera tions, the
electrical charge generated is cap able of igniting flamma bl e vap ors such 8 S
those found in the atmosphere of a nonin erted cargo tank.
CAUSES
The sequence nece ssary for the development of a static elec t ri city h azard
involves 0 ) charge gen er ation , (2) charge acc u m u lation , and (3) electrosta tic discharge.
The generation of static electricity occurs at the in te rfa ce of di ssimil ar
materials. These interfaces may be between two solids between solids and
liquids, or between liquids and liquids. If the two m aterials a re sep arated
by some mechanical action, one will carry an excess of positive cha rge and
the ot.her an excess of negative charge. The se pa rated charges typically recombine to neutralize each other.
. If on.e o.fthe materials is a poor conductor of electricity, recombination
will be limited and a difference in charge (elect rical potentia l) will exist between. th.B two bodies . These electric charges ca n acc u m u late and msY
equalize in the fonn of an electrical di scharge. If these electrical di scharges
generate a s~fficient amount of heat, they can ignite flamm able vapors . In
cargo operations, charge separation OCcursin many ways :
HA7.ARDS
43
.W
\
To reduce the risks associated with the handling of a known static accumulating ca rgo , the PI C mu st adhere to several precaut ions. (It should ~
noted th a t static precautions are not necessary when the cargo tank 10
question is ma intained in the in ert condition ).
Prior to the comme nce ment of a cargo t ran sfer, th e P IC should confe r
with a shore re presentative to identify any cargoes classified as sta ti c accumulators. Ifin dou bt the PIC should cons ult the a ppropria te :"ISDS and
follow th e guidan ce pertaining to the handling of th e particular p~uct.
The PIC sho uld take steps to min imize t he presence of water to t he
cargo system by properly draining all cargo tanks and pipelines pri or to the
CARGO CHARACTERISTICS
TABLE 2-7
Flow Rates Corresponding to 1 Meter Per Second
Nominal Pipeline
Diameter ( m m )
80
100
150
200
250
305
380
Approximate Flow R at e
(cubic meters / hour )
17
29
87
118
183
282
320
410
424
480
510
542
710
676
987
1.354
810
1.782
810
HAZARDS
45
At the disch arge t e r min al, th e PIC shou ld consu lt wit h the shore rep resen tative con cerning th e prope r proce dure to be followed when comme ncing th e disch arge of a static accumulating cargo. In general, the initia l
pumping rate as ho re s houl d be limited until a sufficient cushion is devel oped in th e bottom of th e sho re ta nk . This pr ecaut ion is followed t o mini mize the s pla shi ng and agit a tio n oft he cargo at the in it ia l stage offilling
th e shore tank .
Toxicity-Effect on P e rsonnel
Poisoning by toxi c liquids can occur t hrough one or more of t he following
three methods : (1 ) ing estion, (2) skin conta ct, a nd (3) inh alation .
INGE STION
The ri sk of s wa llowin g pet roleu m or che mica l liqu ids in norm al day-to -da y
operat ions sh ould be minimal provided individual s alw ays exe rcis e good
hygiene. To mi nimi ze expos ure through ingest ion , per sonnel sho uld be re mind ed to was h ha nd s t horough ly befor e meals a nd never to eat or dri nk
on deck . If accid ental inges t ion does occur, gu idance can be found in t he
MSDS or cargo information ca rds. Medi cal as sistance should be sought immediately.
SKI~
CONTACT
With most petroleum pr odu ct s , skin contact can ca use irri tation and lead
to dermatitis. Contact with the eyes a nd ski n can be particularly dangerous when handling corrosive cargoes s uch as caus t ics or acid s. Personnel
should always wear protective clot hing a nd eye pr otection wh en there is a
risk of expos ure through physi cal contact (splas h hazard ). Th e M SDS gives
recommended pr ecautions for minimizin g exposures. If a toxic or corrosive
liquid Comes into contact with a ny part oft he body, guidance ca n be found
10 the cargo infonnation s hee ts.
INHALATION
!he inhalation of cargo vapors h as long been recogni zed as one of the lead109 hazards of exposure for workers on deck. Cargo va pors are pervasive
and therefore difficult to control . The effect of the inhalation of petroleum
46
CARGO CHARACTERISTI CS
HA ZARDS
47
Reprinted with peemieeicn from the InternatiollQl Sa{ety Gu ide {or Oil TonA:t r. and f ermi
rum. (/5G017), 4th edit ion. Courtesy OCIMF , les, and lAPH
The odor of ca rgoes va ries greatly and , in some case s, ca n fool an indio
vidua l's sense of smell. Also, with some produ ct s, the odor thresh old may
be much high er than the TLV . In this case, h a nnful exposure may occur before the individual sta rts to sme ll t he ca rgo va por. Th e impainnent of the
sense of smell is esp eci ally se rio us if the mi xture contains hydrogen aulfide . Because of these inherent dan ger s, the PI C should never ta ke th e absence of smell as a n indication of the ab senc e of gas, bu t should always test
for toxicity , be aware of the TLVs , an d follow the pr oper e ntry procedures
for enclosed spaces such as cargo tanks .
Aromatic hydrocarbon,,: Aromatic hydrocarbons-c-includius benzene, toluene, and xylene-are found in varying pr oportions in a WIde rde
ray of petroleum cargoes such as gasoline, n aphtha , a nd eve n some cru e
oils.
.
. hydrocarbons are lower than most nona tomS tIC
Il'he TIN80f aromatic
llyarocarbons. For example the TLV of benzene a recogni zed carcinogen,
"
I
'
,
canreI
0 l!i 1 ppm . The latent effect of expo sure to ben zen e vapors
.
renrially fatal disorders of the blood. In the United State
ItlUPO . .
t
b
s,any
ontalOmg
0.5 percen or more enzene hy volume is classified as a
c
g
c/l.r ol ted ca rgo ," an d specific ru les must be followed that address han.
~gu :nd occup ational ex posure in the workplace. The detailed requiredhng can be found in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (Title 46 CFR
rnl'n~97 subpart C). Th e per son-in-ch arge should have a thorough underr'''d"ng of the content of t hi s regu lation , as he or she is responsible for
stan I
I
lian ce wit h the ru 1'8.
COro; yd rOgen sulfide: Some crude oils, described as sour, conta in a high
1of hydro gen sul fide . Th e effects of exposure to hydrogen sulfide gas
levI'be both quick a nd dea dly. For a more comprehensive discussion of the
c:.: te of hydrogen sulfide to ind ividual s when exposed to concentrations
I' ec cess of its publish ed TLV of 10 ppm, consult chapter 13.
In ex
.
" ha ia,IOn
" : I n divid
" vcIve d
Preca ution s against
t orI,C'., ) ' by In
1\' ua IS m
. h ndlin g poten tially toxi c substances should avoid exposure to conce n~~at~ons above the publi shed TLV: If exposure through .i~h~lation . i8
should beworn to mimrmze
paSS1ible, suitable resp iratory protection
..
.
fthe mhalati on of harmful vapors . Certain o pera tlo~s such as the v~ nttng 0 cargo
tanks during loadi ng, purging, afold gas-freeing m.ay result m elevated exe to personn el on deck. Dun ng th ese operations , the atmos phere ~x
::S~e cargo tanks via th e vent system and dilutes with th e s~oundl~g
air, increasing the ri sk of fire an d exposure to per:wnnel. IndlVld.uals mvolved in su ch operations shou ld wear proper respiratory protecnon'.
Personnel are advi sed never to ente r a compart ment.th at conta med
cargo--or one that h as been sea led for a period oftime-....nthout firs t tes t~i
ing the atmospher e. It sh ou ld be ass~e~ that t?e atmosphere o~
closed space is in cap abl e of su pport mg life un til proven otherwis ":
company and industry gui delines sou ld be followed with r espect tad teftstm g
and entry into an encl osed space. E n t ry S hould only be permitte
.
d a er a
" cherma
ist ce rt iflcat e has been Issue .
permit-to-enter or a m anne
6U
a:
.
t oxygen by volume. lndiAir norm ally contains approximately 21 percen I
t iek of suffering
viduale exposed to concentrations below that leve are a n
from oxygen defic iency.
t b volume an individAs the oxygen level decrease s bclov.: 2 1 percen 6nfortun~tely, many
uel will expe rience a changing bre athmg ~attern. iated with an oxyindividual s fail to recogni ze t he danger slT
g nh~ ASsobc. particu larly probgen-deflet
sloo late . h ta
encrent atmcsp h ere un nt
1 .1 I .
b can
ttomofaspacesuchasa
lem atic when escape in volves chmbmgfrom t. e 0 t "II differ among indif
'mpalnnen
WI
cargotankor pumproom. Th e dagree c I h " I ndition and so fort h;
vid ua Ia b ased on sue h vane
vari bies as age '~
p ystca co
,
ects foxygen deficiency behowever, all begin to expe rience theadverse~ t . 0 By maintained in the
low 16 percen t by volu me . The oxygen leve yprca
CARGO CliAltACTERISTICS
ed
adem tank vessels to control t he oxygen conten t
f hi
Inert gas IS us on m
ithi th t osphere of the cargo tankte). The use 0 t 18 8ys~em e nsures
WI
In
ea m
d .
d fi
. hi
Before
80%by volume
Nitrogen
Oarbon dioxide
Approx. 14%
Ox)'gen
Sulfur dioxide
ApproJ:. 0.3%
Carbon monoxide
Nitrogen olides
2-5~
Aft"
Same
Sam.
Same
Approx. 0.005% by volume
Same
Same
Approx. 0.01% by volume
30 m glm 3
Near a mbient sea temp .
HAZARtl s
4.
the vict im to freah air or s u pply oxygen a d if
n , I necesS8n..
I
. ti
.-esplrs Ion .
..
'~ I app Y artifici al
Th e s ulfur dioxide content of t he exh
.
f
BUst gas uauan d
llulfurcontento t h e fu e I O1l con sum ed in th
b
Y ependa on th
.
( h
e com ust io
e
the effiC ie ncy 0 t e scrubbe r .
n Proceaaaa weUaa
Reactivity
Reacti vity hazards a re associated with certai I . _
f
,
n iqume that te d tc
ext re mesO temperat u re , Vlole nt move me nt and f h
n w~actto
ing with in com pa t ible liquids and material~ Th s~ ort raswe~lastomix_
pend on the stability of the liquid and its co~pa~'b~o ~aetlon will deand mat erial s .
I I Y with other liquids
STA8 1l.1IT
The com pat ibility of chemical ca rgoes is associated with the .type hf r'l~c.
ti
. t
tact Withot er rqIon that mi ght occur when a s ubstance comes m 0 con
, I
,
Ii ld and materia s are
h n they
ulds, structural ma t eria ls, and so on. Some IqU I s .
incompatible and will react violently or becom~ ~~nta~l~n~~~dc:rg:es can
q
come into contact with each ot her. The compatlb,i1~t~ 0 Ch rt contained in
be found in the MSDS and in t he USCG Compatlblhty . aI reproduced
',J'itle46 CFR Part 150 Tabl e 1 and Figu~e 1. This cl~::;~f::er CG.388).
In the Chemical Da ta Guide for Bulk ShIpment by .
nd .....viewemerTh PI
'.'
al propert ies a ' "
e C s h ould be familiar With any unu~u ch chemical ca rgo,
gency procedures invo lvi ng a casualty WIth ea
CAlibU
l n''''''~'-
,,, ....
"I';VI EW
01
Corrosives
wh n transporting cargoes that are capable ~fdeterior~ting the structure
of. cargo tank and/or the vessel, the use?f sUitable coatfnga or epeci al con.
struction materials is required. By their very nature, corrosrvs, cargoes
pres nt a significant risk, not only to the vessel ~ut al so to personnel. For
this l'6880n, individuals working around or handhng th ese cargoes mUst be
aware of the physical dangers, emergency response, a nd use of prop er Pro.
tective gear to minimize the risks.
COATINGS
To protect the steel shell of a cargo tank , hard coatings a re commonly em.
ployed to provide a protective barrier. Consult chapter 12 for a discussion
ofthe various types ofcoatings used in th e cargo sys te m of a tank vessel. In
certain situations. special materials such as sta inless steel may be used in
the construction of the tank, piping, valves, and pumps. An ot her alte rna.
live is the use of stainless cladding.
REVIEW
1. Define the followingterms associated with the cla ssifica ti on of liquid
cargoes.
Volatility
Flash point
'Reid vapor pressure
2. Sketch a typical flammable range diagram and id entify the following:
Upper flammable limit
Lower flammable limit
Rich mixture
Lean mixture
Inert mixture
e e the following terms:
rimery inerting
",gj
freeing
op: ing.u
in:
eguipped vessels, how is a nonflammable condition main n Ii operating life of the vessel (between shipyard periammable range diagram to illustrate how thi s is
Jour ~int of a liquid cargo? Explain the jrn~ With respect to the cargo operation on s
15. Whe n h andl ing corrosiv e cargoes ' describe the pr eca u ti10m; t h at
should be taken to protect th e vessel and personnel.
C H A P TE R 3
DRILLING
Crude oil found in the world tod ay was form ed millions of years ego. Oildeposits are typically found under mountains , dese rts , m a rshes , and seas.
They are often found as far below the s urface as two to three miles
down-or deeper. Figure 3-3 illustrates sever al types o[oil-bearing forma
tions . In order to reach these formation s far beneath the earth's surface,s
well mtr !li be drilled.
T:He arilling process, whether onshore or offshore, is essentially ~~~
8:m . ell 8 sp'ud~ed , .or started, and drilling advances downward;;lls
ecre 109 ID diameter at intervals through out it s depth .
52
Figure 3-1. The search for petroleum has led to drilling in obscure areasof the.....orld,
inclu din g this remote spot in AJaska. Courtesy AReO Photography Collection.
may also deviate from th e vertical in order to reach more ofthe oil zone in a
desired a rea (see figure 3-4). The well is dug by forcing a drill bit, usually
rotating clockwise, int o th e rock or sediment at the bottom of the well.
"Mud," a mixture th at bar ely resembles the mud in which children play, is
composed of clay, chemicals, and water . This mixture, which can be tailored to th e specific needs of an individual well, is pumped downthe center
of the dri ll stri ng a nd exits through mudports in the drill bit. The mud
serves severa l functins: it cools the dri ll bit, cleans away cutt ings, and
mainta ins hydrostatic pressur e in the well. This hydrostatic pressure
helps elimin at e the possibility of creating a well blowout, which can cause
a fire or an explosion . At th e very least, a blowout wastes valuable reserves.
Once th e mud has completed its cycle down into the well and bac~ up to ~he
drillin g deck, it can be sifted through a "shaker" to find any otl-.beann g
strata or debris that may cause problems in drilling', The bUSiness. of
oil-well drilling and production continues to be a technically challenging
and innovative field .
Once th e well is drill ed a nd lined with casing, oil can begin to flow. This
is th e end oft he process for the oil-well dri ller , but only the beginning of th e
_ - ....... ... u
j~umeYforthecrudeoil Man
ali to flow to the aurfa ca . y wells have natural pr es sure t hat allows the
wells, including many l;thout the need for a rti ficial lift.(fig. 3.5 ). Other
t~e surfs,ce. Pumps canabee~ wells, require artificial lift to bring the oil to
lin the 011 out of the well (~ aced at the top of the we ll a nd suc tion taken to
"g. 3-6 ).
'\l~ lJ
IItAN SPORTING
Figu re 3-3 . Top: Oil may be tra pped in en annctine. or upward bulge of rock laye rs.
Within the form a ti on , the oil lies in tiny space s between grains of porous rock. Center:O il may gather a t efault. a place whe re rock layers crack a nd slip past one an .
other. Nonporou s rock sto ps the oil flow from porous rock. Bottom : One of th e
hardest places to find oil is in 8 stratigraphic trap. Here, t he porous layers bearing
oil ta pe r off under nonporo us layers of rock. Courtesy She ll Oil.
66
g
Figure 3-4. Offshore drilling can be done by directional drilli.n from la nd or from
both find and floating rigs and platfonns. Courte sy Sh ell Oil.
pressure of the crude oil afte r it leaves the wellhead. The gas a~d the oil are
Figure 3-5. Wells flowin g und er thei r own pressure must be topped with a "Cbrtetmas tre e"-consisting of gau ges and valves-to control the flow of oil. Courtesy
watering process simply separates the crude Ol~ ~m wa~r t hat may have
intruded into the well strata. In many cases this 18 done simply by sto ring
the crude and allowing the water to separate.
After th e initial processing, the oil must travel from the oil field to the
refinery for furt her processing. Onshore. this is accomplished via pipeline
(fig. 3.7).Offshore. crude oilcan be removed from the field in tw o ways : bya
pipeline laid along the ocean floor or by tanker. Tankers load the crude oil
fromfloating buoys or spread moori ngs, rather than directly fr om the drill ing platform.
Shell Oil.
separated, and then both are sent on for ~her proce esm g. The de-
CRUDE OIL
n many'instances, th e type and qu ality of the crude oil will determine the
o p'rOducta that can be form ed in the refining process . Crude oils vary
w e.t to sour in hydrogen su lfide content , fr om heavy to light in
m yellow to black in color .These variables are not only chardtli i1~eld and depth where the crude originated, but a lso of the
Figurt! 3-6. Man y wells requi re artificial lift to bring the oil to the surface. Courtesy
Shell Oil.
58
OiL t:XPLORATION
RE ~'IN ING
59
R Ef'I NIN G
Many of t h e 1?~ge8t and most heavily traveled sea routes are those over
which crude oil is transported to be refin~d. T~e economics of scale are such
th at VLCCs a nd UL~C?s are very efficient 10. moving vast qua nt ities of
rud e oil fr om the drilling area s to th e refinenes.
c Up on arrival at the refinery, the cru de oil is pump ed from the vessel as
ickly as possible and placed in storage. The cargo pump s on the vessel
~~Bcharge the oil from the ~ner:ted cargo ta nks and push it to a tank farm
ashore via a ne twork of ~)Ipehne~ . At some tenninals, ehoreeide booster
ump s assi st the vessel "...t h the discharge oft he cru de oil car go. Shoreside
pnd vessel person nel work close ly together in an effort to move the cargo ef~cientlY an d to eliminate pollution.
Afte r t he ca rgo has left the tank vessel, it ente rs th e maze of pipelin es at
refin ery (fig 3-8 ).10 t he fir st ste p, cru de oil may be stored for a period to
allow wa ter in t h e oil to se pa rate out an d be drawn oft prior to refining.
Eve n if t hi s was done at the drilling platform , the ~rocess may still be re.
peated here to better remove the water from t he oil.
Many different methods are u sed in t he refining of crud e oll~ some of
which a re qu ite complicated . Th ey vary wit h the type and quality of the
.,
Figure 37 . The Alaska Pipeline s tre tches from the N orth Slope (inside the Ar ctic
Circle) to the port of Valdez . Courtesy AReO Ph otograph y Collecti on .
crudes have some amoun ts of both paraffin wax a nd aspha lt in the m and
can be refined into virt ually all products, but of cou rse, in lesser
amounts.
Due to the wide va riety of sources of crude oils and their varying qu alities, the American Petroleum Institute has devised a qu ality scale for petroleum produ cts . Known 8S the API scale, it is based on the refined level of
the cargo and its specific gravity. Th is is a value t hat can be ca lcu la ted by a
pet~oleum chemist. Th e sca le runs fr om 0 to 100 degrees with most cargoes
falhngbetween 8 and 70 degrees, Th e API gravity or many crude oils is between 25 and 35 degrees. Th ey are not at t he bottom of the sca le even
though crude oil is unrefined, du e to the nat u ral presence of the lighter hydrocarbons extracted in th e refining pro cess .
Another variable in cru de oil is its s wee t ness. This obviousl y is not
sugar s we.et ness , but refer s to t h e presence or a bsence of hyd rogen s ulfide
~H2S), w.hlch has a distinctive rotten- egg odor an d ca n be toxic if breathed
'"dsufficl"entdoses. Crude oil with a hi gh con tent of h ydrogen sulfide is can'
ered sour" crude ,w hil e 01'I WIt
ith a low content of H S is con siid ere d
..Slsweet"
2
crude.
Ym
"
...
'-..:~
~
r~ .
....
-. ~
tJ.:.-.c ,
'I
'. 1
]
. ~'
... ~
",
J ..; 111
.
..- ;:
.- t
. _--- - _ ':.-- __ - .
. '. 1 -
I .. - ...., _ _
_...
r;.- '
_~_~~~
' j' ........-.1
~ -~{
.J
:1 " "
!.L
..
,.:,,'
.'~~:~~
"'''11111
_:".... ... -
11 , 1 , ..
:- r "
J
'
I'
""
'.
lItll
..
,4It
_, '.....
ucts found in the marketplace. All of this requires a lot of che l~ e PrOd.
,
t
tn 8try
and
REFI NING
61
tower may be pre sent. in whi ch the at mospheric preaaur e has been reduced
to nearl y a vacuum . In this tower. th e residuum can bevaporized furt her at
a lower tempe~ature ~ 80 that it will not break down che mically. Thus, more
of t he erode 011fraction s ca n be dr awn ofT th rough the vacuu m distiller.
Cracki ng
A second operation in the refin ing pr ocess is the breaking down of gas oil
called "cracking." Cr ackin g is classified as either thermal (if a distjllation
tower is used to break down t he oil mixture ) or catalytic (if a catalys t is
used ). A catalyst is a s ubstance that assists in the breaking down ofthe gas
oil without itselfexperie ncing any chemical changes.The catalyst may be a
fluid wh ich is pumped into a chamber to mix with the oil, or it may be a
solid which the oil passes over . Following us e, the catalyst is cleane d by
buming. This rem oves t he waste carbon from the surface of the catalyst
and also heats the catalyst for further use .
There are ca ses wh ere t he residuum cannot be broken down by either
th e distillation tower or the catalytic cracker. In these cases, the residuum
is sent on for further processing to the "coker."The coker unit processes the
resi duum into a cokelike product. whic h can be either a liquid or a solid.
Th e coke is created from t he intense heating of the residuum in the coke
fur nace .
Figure 3-10. The initial process in refininj{ crude oil is c~lled fractionabon. The.distillation unit is similar to a large teakettle. The crude I S heated until the various
fracttona begin to boil off. Courtesy Shell Oil.
BUILDING PRODUCTS
Once the crude oil is broken down into its ~omp~n~nt parte t hrough the dis.'
ki
recess chemist s begm building- t h ose productsn
tdJatlOnorcrac mg prcceee.
. .
f
d
"'.
. d etnal sociew - Th e Butlding 0 pro ucta OCCurs in ...
sa ry to run an m u
.
I
. ti
d
,,,any
. Iu dimg .....forming
ways , me
,..' alkylation . po ymenza Ion . ba n. hYdrogena.
tion . Many refin eri es use a variety of th ese process es to uild th eir prod.
ucts. while others may utilize only one or tw o processes .
Reforming
Reforming is the process of rearranging hyd~ocarbo~ comp~)Unds in the
presence of heat and a catalyst without ch angmg their chenucal composi.
tion . The total number of hydro gen and ca r bon atoms in the moleCUle are
not changed, but some bonds are broken and ne w bond.s are fonned. This
process all ows refin eries to upgrade th e octane of gaso.lme components as
well aa to build aromatic hydroc arbons. These a romatics are th e basis for
many plastics, explosive s, and ot he r hydrocarbon p roducts.
Alkylation
Alkylation is the proce ss of taking s mall hydrocarbo n compounds and
building them into larger one s. Different molecul es can be combined to create products su ch as high- octane ga soline or aviation fu el. The alkylation
unit places the hydroc arbon and alky la te catalyst in a furnace to allow
them to mix together. The catalyst assi sts in t he bu il din g of the complex
hydrocarbon molecule s desired .
Polymerization
Polymerization is very similar to alkylation except that the molecules built
together are all ofthe sam e type. The process al s o in volves t a king smaller
molecules and building larger ones. In both the polyme ri zat ion an d the
alkylatlo.n ~roce ss . heat and a catalyst are u sed to s peed up the process and
make building conditions less severe.
Hydrogenation
Hydrogenation takes the free hydrogen molecules rel ea sed wh en hydrocarbons are broken down and mixes them with unstable hydroca rbon com'
pounds . In thi sway, t he compounds that are being crea t ed ca n fill their
.
ne.cessary hydrogen bonds and become more stable This a llows th e ereation
of compla x h yd
b on structures that will not
' decompose or breek
d
rocar
own as ':aadil y as the unstable hydrocarbons Further bl ending of these
com~~:u ~Ilows the creation of a variety ofhy'drocarbon-ba sed prod uc.t8.
hYdrocarb~n t~~e are other methods of building, mixing. a nd rearr8ngtn~
hydrocarbo s~ e four processes mentioned form the largest percen ta ge 0
n reetmenta. In some cases, due to the hydrogen s ulfide con-
REVIEW
63
.""C' .
te
nt of th e cr ude oil, it mud.st be "sweete ned" befor"... ,...... slDgcan beet
W
eglD
This process vanes ~ccor 109 ~ th e a mount of hydrogen sulfide in th~
cru de oil a n d t he desired sulfur m the end product.
BLE NDI NG
Once the chemistry of building t he corr ect hydrocarbon compoun ds is complete , th e components a re read y to be assembled into the various products
the refin ery produces . These pr oducts vary by location,quality of erode oil.
t ime of t he year. and market dem a nds. A variety of producUl based on gasolin e stocks can be created for different sectors of a market. Gasoline can be
regul ar, h igh-octane. unleaded, summer- or winter-bl end , or a combination of these with dete rgent added. Other products such as lube oils,
greases, waxes, and a va rie ty ofeo lvente and other petroleum products are
blended in the refinery to serve th e needs of the marketplace.
Ofte n t he blending process creates products that are hazardous , flammab le, toxic, or corrosi ve. Th ese products must be contained in ta nks or
sto rage cylinders that all ow for app ropriate separation a nd reactivity precauti ons . In some cases, the prod ucts may react with the steel on the inside
of the vessel's tanks or a shore tank . If t his is the case , stai nless steel or
ot he r lined tanks and pip elines are used to move th ese products .
On ce the ble ndi ng and tes t ing a re complete , products may be moved
away from t he refi nery in a va rie ty of ways, including tankers, pipelines,
tank railca rs. or tank trucks. All modes of tra nsport requi re special attenti on t o the h aza rds and dangers of moving petroleum products . Such hazar ds in volve not only the obviou s environmental hazard s, but many other
dan gers as well .
REVI EW
1. Wh at are three broad classifications of crude oil?
2. Wh at is meant by a sou r crude oil?
3. Wh at is t he fir s t step in th e refinin g process ?
4. Define t he followi ng te rms:
Distillation
Cracking
Reforming
Alkyl ation
Polymeri zation
5. What is the purpose of blending?
CHAPTER 4
T
-,e
e,
I-
'",c.
I:::J
i"
I:::J
I:::J
~
c,
";;;"
"
"
II
OJ
I;::
f------<l
/
'"
c,
/'
l~ _
. 's
I.
2.
BOTTOM PIPING
i"
I
argo pipingsystems are an integral part,of ~ny tank vessel. The pipe.
lines provide the path for the flow of liquid to an d from the cargo
tanks. Thepersonin-charge(PIC)ofthe cargo oper ation mu st have a thorough working knowledge of the piping system to avo id the possibility of
spilJs or contaminations, Newly assign ed personnel should familiarize
themselves with the system by carefully tracing out the piping prior to assuming a cargo watch. Cargo piping systems can be cla ssified in a num ber
of ways. Oneapproach is by location of the piping in the vessel:
~ ~
".~
H,-1)
"-
"
BELUIOUTH
bi
.
Ib
'"
ellmouth found
~ the after end ofeach tank through which th e ca rgo tanks ? re loaded and
di h
e two such opemnga known a
d The cargo tanks generallyhihav
Be arge .
h d'~ in di
S
Vis main and stripping bellmouths, W rc Iller In rm ens ron and in 10Ca.
Ion as measured in distance from the bottom of the ta nk. The stripping
bellmouth is smaller and is placed closer to the tank bot tom to facilitaw
draining at the end of the discharge. The bellm outh is d esign ed to mini.
mizevortexing,a whirlpool effect that occurs as t he ca rgo le vel approaches
the stripping stage in a tank .
e uter en
~
--<>0-<]
c,
1>--0<>-
00
N
~ I I>-<><>
BRANCH PIPING
l!l
--<>0-<]
c,
I-->
c,
1>--0<>-
00
f--oo-o
Bev eled lor welding
to suction pipe
<><>0-
I>-<><>
0-
00
~
-0<>-<]
[>--<><>-
vortex lormation
and set bell to proper
height
c,
~
lil
[ [!)
Bonom p!atill9
Curing.
LY
~i-
"
[>--<>0>
-J;Ri
G
connected to th e sta rboard main through the bran ch line. Many new
f!lE'l!l arE'equipped with two bellmouths that operate through a 8ingle ::.:
a!l seen In figure 4 1.
Loop (Ri n g Main )
Another type of bottom piping system commonly se~n on barges and cer,
tern d edicated ..........0 carriers is a loop or nng mam. Fi gure 4-3 iIIustr.t
~..
. . . I h
ea
toop system in which the piping ":lnsln a conunuous eire e t roughout the
bottom ofthe vessel. interconnecting the cargo tanks an ~ pumps. A loopar,
rangement is s uitable on vessels where cargo se grega tio n ill not a critical
factor such 88 cru de-oil carriers .
In Iaet, some large r-crude-oil vessels are designed wit h minimal bottom
piping in the cargo tanks. Th is a rrangement is common ly referred to as a
free-flow vessel. Cargo flows through the bottom ofth.e t~n k s via remotely
cont rolled sluice gates in the bulkheads . As t he vessel IS dIsch arged and de.
velops a tri m by th e ste rn, cargo is directed to the bellmouths located in the
aftermost ta nk. Only a short run of bottom piping is therefore needed to
connect th e hellmouths in the after cargo ta nk to t he pumproom. This significantly reduces cons t ruction costs by elim inating a major portio n of the
large diam eter piping th at wou ld otherwi se be necessary.
Piping Details
The dimen sion of t he piping is usually dictated by the size an d capacity of
the eargo pum ps as well as the anticipated loading ra te s of t he vessel.
Coastal tankships and ba rges generally have ca rgo piping ra ngin g from10
to 14 inches in dia meter, whe reas the piping on large crude-oil carrie rs can
reach 24 to 36 inches in diameter. The proper support and anchoring of the
bottom cargo piping can be seen on the vessel under con struction in figure
4-4. The cargo piping is us ua lly constructed of steel or equivalent material
(carbon steel) although vessels carrying certain p arcel s may require the
use of special material suc h as stainless steel. The schedule of th e piping
(thickness of th e pipe wall) va ries wit h the service in whi ch it is employed-cargo, inert gas , or va por . Federal regulation stipulates that cargo
piping must be tested eve ry yea r hydrostatically and a record of such tests
must be main tained on board .
. Cargo piping sections are connected t h roug h the u se of bolted flanges or
slip-on (Dresser ) couplings. Bolted flan ges (fig. 4-5 ) a re employed to connect successive lengths of cargo piping; how ev er they do n ot afford the degree of flexibility necessary to handle the bending st resses of t he vessel or
the thermal variances of the pipe . Slip-on couplings. on the ot her hand (fig.
4-6). provide a leakfree method of connecting piping without the need for
flanges . These couplings accommodate cha nges in te mperature as well as
~he bending of the vessel (te ns ion and compression forces) that occurs dur~
mg cargo operations and at sea. Som e ope ra tors h ave experienced problem:;
I
'"
--
II .
--~. ~: " .
p-
............- ....
.
.
:I'
. . . - ,-
z: :',
'. -
.-.
- -- .;
..,;-~='-'- -
'- ., . . .: ,
Figure 45. Cargo piping secticne connected through the use of bolted flanges.
CoUrtesy International Marin e Consultants (lMC).
10
wIth ,dip-on couplings (fig. 47) due t? excessive mov ement of t he piping
and dt't.t,noration of the gasket matenal cau,sed by t~e cargo. Anot her ap.
proach to welded piping connections is t he tn.staliatlOn ~r loop s or bend s
that allow the piping to expand a nd contract without causing undue s t rai n
or possible fractures .
DE CK PIPING
The above-deck piping generally consists of one or more d isch a rge mains
eonnecung the cargo pumps to the athwarts~p's ma nifold piping. The
cargo manifold is the bitter end of the on-deck piping th at forms the inte r.
face between the vessel and the shore facility. The manifold is generally located amidships and equipped with valves and blanks. It is considered
sound practice to always close the manifold val ves wh en there is no active
transferofcargo. Securing the vessel piping in this manner is a pr ecauties.
ary measure against the possibility of cargo movement (gravitation) when
the transfer has ceased. The end of the manifold piping is fla nged to pennit
~nnection to the shore facility via flexible cargo hoses or mecha nica l loadmg arms.
Dresser, style couplings will not maintain an oiltight seal or holdpipesections together it
pressunzae Without the pipe being clamped or secured on EACH SIDE of thecoupling.
T.herelore,neverpressurize the line it the pipe is nol secured andfirmly su~orted on both
siCkls 01 the flexible seal The mas ter should be advised of any repairs requiring the. removal. 01
in.hne supports so that ~pprOPriate precautions can be taken. Dresser couplings Will alsofall
~ thepipe is not straight, so always align the pipe properly when lilting newcouplings.
Oil spllls are extremely dangerous and cosily, and everyettortshould be made .to ensure :~~
[hey do nol occur on your vessel. Since Dresser style couplingsare the"w~ak Ilnl( In the . .
Proper Inslellallon, support, and maintenance ol lhesecouplings Is essential to sate operations.
Fi~re 4-7. An important messa ge from one fleet operator concerning Dresser couphng. . Ccurtesy Chevron Shtppmg
. .
Compa ny, LLC .
Flange s
Manifold fla nge s are u su ally const~cted in accor~ance with a national
d rd to ensure a s mooth operation when m a k m g the co nnection be
s~n
ath' vessel and the facility . I n t he United States , t he Ame ri can N .
ween
hi ' h th
.~_."
a.
tional Standards In !lti t u te (ANSI ) p u I S ~s e criteria lor standardized
flanges including suc h items as the following:
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Inside diametRr rn
Outside diameter tOD)
Bolt circle diameter (BCD)
Number of bolt holes
Thickness of the flange face
Raised- or rtueb -fece fla nge
Material of ecnetrccnon
e
Tightening a bolt cilcls
perway to lighlen up a ring is to take the slackup evenly \hen u
TNl ~ing baCk and 'onh as shown in the draWing Don't OV8foo'lI R~n:~ilduaIy
.~e~n" can be eaSilycracked by tIghtening the boltCilCle UI'leVllI"tf' ee lhal .
eser
pressure on the wleoch can stnp the boltthreadsor puI out....: a~ ....lhal a It1Ie
flce SS
u'" s,""
Shipping CompanY, LL C .
rum IOCIMFI.
1.
2.
Suitable gas ket material must be used in the j oin ts a n d coup lings to make
a lea k-free seal . It is not advisable to double up on gaskets or to reuse
them. Gaskets are gene rally constructed of a fiber or n eoprene mate rial;
however , Teflon may be used with certain cargoes .
When ANS I flanges are employed, a bolt must be pl aced in every other
hole at a min imum, and in no case should less than four bolts be used in
the connection. Be aware that company policy usually specifies that a bolt
When usin g non-ANSI flan ges , a bolt must be placed in ev ery hole.
For permanently connecte d flanges , a bolt m ust be placed in every hole.
Each nut and bolt sho uld be u niformly tightened to distribute the load and
ensure a leak-free se al. Any bolt ex hi biting signs of strain, elongati on, OT
deterioration should be rem oved fr om se rvice.
Couplings
.
~ f 8ecunng.the
.
h lll~
hose ormechanica1loading ann ~ t e neet
of quick-connect couplings . The t ypical qUlck<OJl
Blind lIange
There is a right way and a wrong way \0 put a blind flange on a cargo nser. The
hlwrong voay
produces damaged lingers and dented toes , This IS unnecessary, Do It Itle rig way.
1. Stick a boltthrough in a bottom oil-center hole.
_
lh n nge
2 Plc!I up the lIange with bo\h hands and hang Iton the boll usmg anyhols l"notebeadroPped
sien a nuton the bolt. The lIange Is now completelyundercontrol and can Th , ....
3RI
I motf..center hole, as
ate the Ilange and stick a boll through in the other bot0
catch the gas ket.
Putgasket In ctece
fll
"".
nsert remainder01 bolts and tighten
. 0
4, bolls Will
Figure" 9
Illa't
Ill.
Figure 4-10. Manifold coMedions typically are bolted or the y employ quickCOllDect
2.The actualconnectIOn 1$ a~ by
lacing the
Coupling k) a matching
ASA !lange . No cntlCal alignment ol bolt
holesor gasket it recessers
e-l
diameter.
couplings.
~~e;~~~~~zes of~~duce~s
F'
.
. Ily employed a t th e cargo
'K'Ure 4-11. On e sty le of q uick-con nect couplin g typlca
manifold (Ca m. Lock ). Courtesy MMC Inter national Corp.
77
Crmll'iOYPTS
I.
2.
3.
4.
Fj
gure 4-14. Cargo systems inte rconnected at the manifold t hrough the use ofa
runaround(te mporary piping). Courtesy International Marine Consultants (IMC).
cllerJIlchn
~;~
ce.
tanThe
.
' or swaged (crimped colend fittmgs
0 Lth e h os~ a re etith
. er b U1il tom
lar)steel nipples that are equipped with welded carbon steel flan ges,
C o m p osite Hose
Compositehose is lig ht, flexible , a nd resi stant to most chemical cargoes . It
. constructed of numerou s layers of polyp rop ylen e films and fabrics with
~:mer an~ outer5spira D wi re helixes. Compo site hose is suita ble for chemi-
Reinlorcement-mult,ple
biaswrappedplies
01polyester reinlorcemenl
A third crossover u ses a flexib le hose, usually called e jumper, to interconnect cargo systems at t he manifold on the vessel. The PI C mu st exercise
ext re me caution wh en using a crossover between cargo systems, given the
increa sed ri sk of contami nation . T o protect against the possibility ofleakage, crossovers a re typica lly equip ped with blanks , removable spool pieces
(pipe sections) , or double valves for segregation.
CARGO HOSES
Flexible cargo hoses a re frequently em ploye d to m ake the connection between the fixed piping on the vessel and the shor e fac ility. Ba rges gener
ally carry a number of cargo ho se s on board wherea s t ankship a utilize
ho ses provided by the shore facility . The mo st common h ose t ypes used for
transferring cargo are rubber, composite, and st a in less steel.
Rubber Hose
Helixwrre-c-anows hose
10 be Used lo r sucnon
Cover-provides protettion
against external abuse
F;gu 4
h
Courtesy Apollo Intema. re -16. Conatruction ofa typical rubber cargo ose.
honal Corp.
----.0---------
Stainless Steel Ho s e
Stai nless-steel hose is compose d of a stainless-steel corrugated t
ered by a si ngle or doubl e stainless-ste el bra id. Stainless-stet!! h ll~~ CQ~.
- 1resistance
OSC III II '
ab le in situations where chemica
an d h iIg h er tem per ature
lltt.
be encountered.
1Jla}
81
Markings
Cargo hoses should ha ve th e following ma rkings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
CARGO TRANSFER
During cargo tr ansfer , t he import ance of visually checking the hose canna
be overstated as operators have experie nced problems ranging Ircmdetenorati on of the hose lining (tube) to complete failu re . Although cargohoses
are ruggedly constructed, they st ill repr esent th e weak link in a cargo
t ransfer. The person in charge of the transfer mu st keep a watchful eye00
the hose, the connections, and in part icular the vessel moorings.Themoor
ings must be properly tend ed during th e cargo transfer to keep the vessel
in positi on alongside the facility , Failure to monitor the condition of the
lines could result in unaccepta ble surging of t he vessel or movement offthe
dock, which could place undue st rai n on t he hoses and connections, Accord
ing to federal regul ation, th e car go hoses and stee l arms should be long
enough to allow the vessel to move to th e limits of its moorings without
placing a strain on th e hose, arm, or tran sfer piping system. Several factors
should be considered when determining th e n um ber of lengthS of cargo
hose to be connected. The PI C should accoun t for th e ra nge of the n-de m
locality, th e anticipated change in fre eboard of th e vesse l, wind and c~
ren t condiItione
at the facility, a nd vess el t ra ffic. The use 0f exceSSI\'f
bl bl
lengths of cargo hose is discouraged as th ere is a n increased risk ofa Ig.
, . '
sen'
of hose getting pinched between the vessel and dock' thi s could have d
'
lth sa .
OUB consequences. The cargo hoses must be prop erly supported WI
rg
dlea or straps to prevent kinking or dam age to th e hose and its coup ~~
(figures 4-17 and 4-18), The use ofa single rope sling is not recomlI1en
Figure 4.18 . Flexibl e hos es sho uld be supported by belt slings, saddles, or bridles,
Courtesy Chevro n Shi pping ,
Correct
rrccrrect
oreucw hose
83
rial . Addit ionall y, t her e sho~ld he no gouges, cu18,or slas hes that penete
the Iir st la yer of h ose rcmforcement.
traU'
l\l e chani cal Lo adinK AnnR
Modern ahore faciliti es that accommodate lar ge veeeels a nd h ave high
ca rgo transfer rate s frequently URe mechanical loadi ng a nna, which are
steel pipe s that te le scope to ma ke t he connection with th e vess el manifold
(figures 4-20 a nd 4-21 ). These are o~n referred to as "ch ickeans."
The a rms a re controll ed hydrauhcall y and em ploy swivel jcinte which
enable th em to follow the movement of the vessel at th e bert h . Alth ough
steel arms a re ca~able of handling greater pressures an d flow rate s th an
hoses. th e perllon -lO-ch a rge shou ld be awa re of'severa l concerns with their
use. Mech anical loadin g arms have a limited opera ting envelope, which
mean s they a re much le ss forgiving than cargo hoses whe n the vesse l hegins to surge or drift at t he dock . Th e PIC should take th is into account
when spott ing t he vessel and pr operly te nd the moorin gs to ens ure the ve sBel stays in position at the berth . ~f ost mecha nical loading a nna employ
some fonn of quick -connect coupling such as hydr auli cclamp s or Cam-Locka
when connecti ng to the manifold . As in th e case of cargo hoses. it is imperative that s uitable gasket material or a -rin gs be installed in the connect ion
to maintain a leak-fr ee seal. In t he Unite d St ates. mechanical loading
Acceptable
CARGOTRANSFER
~
Support hose with slings
whe re appropriale
Figure 4-19. Hoae handling guide from one manufacturer . Courtesy Uni-chem
Hose Corp .
be drained at the end ofa cargo transfer prior to its removal from the m~ni'
fold. A number of methods are u sed to drain the hoses , including graVlty,
vacuum pump, or blowing the lin e clear with a su itable gas under presllUl'f
y
Th e per son-in-charge is required to in spect the hose pri or to use for h
unrepaired loose cover s, kinks , bulges, soft spots, or othe r defects W nawould permit the discharge of oil or h a zardous ca rgo throu gh th e hOlle m
:.0
Figure 4-20. Mechanical loadi ng a nna (chickBans) used to ms ke the connection between the vessel an d the facility. Courtesy Mar garet Meehan.
..
1'lt"I NG
85
lines called loading drops.!hese d~op lines are used when loading the vessel
shore. On vessel s eq uipped Witha pumproom, the drops route the cargo
direct1~ to th e ~ttom pip m g and the tanks. Loading the vessel through
these hnes permits th e operator to bypass the pumproom entire ly It '
sideredsafe pr~ctice ~ avoid loading through the pumproom whe~ a ~h:~
exi8tB, thereby Isolating th e ves~el cargo pumps from the loading pressure.
The person-in-charge s~ould venf~ the status ofthe pumproomvalves prior
to comm~ncing t,he loading op~rallon. Each cargo system or group is generally servtced by its own drop line; however , some highly segregated vessels
such as those with in -tank pumps may have a drop for each ta nk.
(roDl
P U M P R O OM PIP ING
The pumproom is a comp lex compa rt ment that is th e heart of the discharge
operation on a ta nk vessel. It conta ins the necessary piping and pumping
equipment to deli ver t he ca rgo to the shore facility. The pumproom is a
comparatively small compartment usu ally located at the after end of the
cargo section of the vessel. The aft locati on of the pump room takes advantage of the tendency of the vesse l to trim by th e stern during a discharge. It
is also close to t he engine room. Locating the cargo pumps a t the low point
in the system enables the pumps to operate in a head condition , which results in a mor e efficient discha rge operation. Th e proximity of th is space to
the engin e room is also convenient when connect ing t he pump to a drive
unit. Due tothe complexity of the pipin g in thi s space, th e per son-in-charge
must carefully trace t he lines to become well-versed on th e proper lin eup of
the system . Figure 4-22 is a sim ple pumproom sketch showing the bottom
piping from the tanks directing cargo to the suction side of the pu mps.
From the cargo pumps, the vertical discharge lines deliver t he cargo to
the man ifold and on ward to the shore facilit y. Most pumprooms a re also
equipped wit h cros sovers that permit t he cargo systems to be interconnected on the s uction and discharge side of th e pumps. To prevent th e
poS,sibility of contamination through th e crossovers, it is advisable to
m81ntaindouble-valve segrega tion or install blanks bet ween th e systems.
Another function built into the des ign of the pumproom is th e a bility to
--- -- --,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,,"'"
_1-
Chod<
vefve
Pumproo m
drop
Reltef
valve
Main
cargo
",mp
~er
Pump
suction
Bulkhead
b1ock
1
1
I
I,
From
",,.
tanks
- - I-
Rising or non rising stem. \Vhen the stem moves up and down85a functi.on
of operating th e valve , it is classified as rising stem. In a nonrising stem
valve, the gate or disk rid es up and downon th e spindle through the useof
a reverse thread .
Throttling or nonthrottli ng. A valve is ccnaidered throttli ng when it is
2.
suitable for controlling liquid flow, meaning it can be operated in a partially open position. Nont hrottHng valves are not designed to control flow
and should only be u sed in a fully open or fully dose d position. Operators
should bear in mind th at t here is a risk or ja mming when using a
nonthrottling val ve in a partiall y opened position.
3. Ma nual or moto r-operated . If th e valve wheel is physically controlledby
th e operator it is a manual valve. In automated cargo systems,the valves
are freq uently operated through th e use orhydraulicor pneumaticmotors
\-
1 ~
I
I
I
B A S I C VALVE TYPES
Main deo:
DIscharge
1
Riser
To manIfOld
I
I
I
I
I
I
pumproom
I
I
87
- ---
n R.~ I \j
a';;:=::~Qt-L
==H':'=":~Bet
Thru st washe r
Tension pin
Relalner
Bushing
W aShBf
r,..;--
Slem
Gland
Pack ing
Bu Shing
~
Deck plating
Figure 423. A valve ope rating stand on deck permits remote actuation (via 8 reach
rod) of th e valve locate d in the bottom piping of the vessel . Courtesy Haywar d Man.
ufacturing.
89
Gate Valve
rts of a typical ri sin g lite m gate val ve a re shown in figur e 4-24
keypll
f h
\
. h
.
'I'h e lin at the top 0 t e va v~ 18 t e operating mechan ism called the
Start gee \ which is ope rated either ma nually or by a motor The 8 'dwh ,
h n h .
.
cem cr
!Jan
. the rotating 8 a t a t IS connecte d to a circular gate for disk ,
d
Th
kl
'nd le IS
~ pl . h moves up and own .
e pee m g a nd gland ass embly makes a Iiqle
"".h ight seal where t he st.e m exits the to p of the bonnet. The bonnet is th e
t
uld- r housing that is typically bol ted to the bod y of t he valve. When the
uppe . fully opened, the gate r etra cts in to th e bonnet a nd out ofthe path of
valv~ ls 'd The body of the va lve is t he flan ged POrtion installed in the pip ethe
.
h li id n
W hi
bod y of the val ve is a set of
. liqu!
c hrDugh which t e rq u r OW B. It In t he
bn vee r efe rred to a s guide ri ? s.wh ich keep the ~~te a ligne d when moving
groo d down. When the valve IS 10 the closed posu tcn, t he operating ga te or
uPka~ wedged firmly into the seat.
dis IS
\
h . '
Gate valves are a popu ar c oice In c? rgo systems w:ven t he ir- d ur ability
d the fact that they offer t he least resistance to nowm th e open position.
~her types of valves common ly fo.un d in car~o se rvice include butterfly ,
globe. plug, and ball valves. Following a re vano us type s of valves installed
on tank vessels .
Wh"' ~
til
Yokesleeve-
GATE VALVE
Advantages
Simple design
Gland - -
Packing
Figure 4-24. The key pam of 8 rising stem gate valve. Courtesy U.S. C08st Guard.
Durable
Disadvantages
Not easily automated
Prone to jamming
High cost
Numerous turns
Nonthrottling
90
91
DlTITER"'I .Y VALVE
PLUG VALVE
Adl'afltngf'S
M vantalles
Sifllple and com pact design
Quick acti ng
V SII prone to obstruction s
BallY to automate
Dur a ble
Suitable for bidirect ion al flow
Less durable
Prone to obstructions
Prone to leaking
Prone to improper sea ting
Nonthrottling
Disadvantage s
Nonthrottling
GW BE VAL VE
Adt'ontages
Precise throttling
Flow control
Durable
Directional flow through valve
Disad vantages
Prone to obstructions
Prone to improper seating
Numerous tu rns
Not eas ily automated
High cost
Pre ssur e drop across open valve
Greater resistance to flow
Check Va lve
The chec k valve is de signed to pennit liquid flow in only one direction. It is
typi call y found on the di sch arge side ofthe ca rgo pump a nd in the inert gas
delivery lin e on deck to preven t return flow. The check valve opens when
the disch arge pre ss ur e from the cargo pump or inert gas fan lifts the operating di sk in the valve, thereby allowi ng flow (fig. 4-30 ).
The chec k valve is de signed to operate automatically either un der a
weight (lift check) or spring load <swing check ) when the cargo pump or
inert ga s fan stops. The weight or tension of a spring on the disk causes
the valve to seat, thereby prevent ing ret urn flow. Experience has shown
that check valves a re prone to leak ing, pa r ticularly when ins talled in a
hostile environment. For example, the corrosive na ture of in ert gas ca n
result in a ch eck valve deteriora ti ng to the point th at it rem ains stuck in
BALL VALVE
Ad va ntages
Quick-a cting
Simple a nd compact design
Easy to a utomate
Suita ble for bidirecti onal flow
93
SPECIAL VALVES
92
the open posit ion. A similar s ituation ca~ occur when ha nd ling viscou s or
high_l.('m pera ture pour-point cargoes which are ca pa ble of gumming up a
check va lve to the point t hat it sticks open.
Reli ef Val ve
The reliefvalve is also found on the discharge sid e ora cargo pump; it Protects the piping system from the effects o~ over-pressuriza tion. Relil'f
valves are spring loaded and operate a utoma tica lly wh en a pres et preS8ure
is reached in the discha rge line of the pump (fig. 4-31).
When the relief valve opens, th e cargo is returned to th e suction side of
the pump through a short recircul at ion line . prevent ing an y further
buildup cfpressure. The operation and sett ing ofthe r elief va lves should be
checked to ensure the cargo system is properly protec ted .
Pre lisure.Va cuum (pV) Relief Va lve
The pressure-vacuum relief valve is s pecially design ed to provide struc,
tu ral protection of the cargo tanks from the effects of over- or under_
pressurization of the tank atmosphere. The val ve contains two operating
disks (pressure and vacuum I that are held in th e normal ly closed position
by a weight or the tension of a spring. The valves a re design ed to open (lift)
at a preset pressure or vacuum in the tank. When th e press ure disk opens,
the atmos phere in the cargo tank escapes , relieving th e excess pressure via
Pressurevacuum valve
Vent pipe
Top covel
Vacuum
valve
Vacuum
valve
sea,
vavebocly
Pressure valve
Figure 4-32. Pressure -vacuum relief valves provide st ructural protection of the
cargo tanka. Courtesy Pennea Mari time Prot ection .
BLANKS
9.
PV valv es
=><
"
,S_
/~
,-
==:,==;;r====#=;] valva
IG ma,n /
.0
P rt"8 8 U N' R
<,
Mast vent
!]
::
t
pV
valves
elie{
1.5 psi
2.0 psi
Vacuum lUlie{
-Q .5 psi
- 1.0 psi
r
MaSI
tiser
Bypass
varve
BLANKS
A blank is a de vice that is gen erall y inserted at one of various locations in
thecargo pip in g system to pro vide a positive means of segregation between
cargoes. Several s lyl es of blanks a re in use, t he most common being a spectacleblank tfig-4 -3 4). I n m os t cases, a blank represen ts e physical bre ak in
the piping ; th erefore. any le a k a ge is unable to continue past thi s device
and simply leaks out ofthe line . A spectacle blank consists oftwo disks-an
open (flow) and a solid (no-flow) disk- th at genera lly swing on a pivot
point. The status of the bl ank is clea rly indica ted by th e visible disk (refer
again to figure 4-34 .)
MaSI
/ l ise r
Deckl&OIa tlng varve
~ rna":=/=;C==;r===~i='il
4-34. One type of blanking devi ce (spectacle blank ) commonly found in the
Figure 4-33. Three applications of PV valves.
96
REVlEW
97
Caution should be exerc ised when swinging a bla nk; the se ai...
..,pie
gui de lines should be followed;
I.
2.
J
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Verify that the piping is not under pressure (no ac tive cargo tra nsfer)
Prio r to swi nging the blank, d.rsin. ~e piping on bo t ~ s ides of the blll.nk.
Ensure the pipeline in quesnon I S Isolated by d OSing the apPI'QPri8~
valves.
Do not stand in a position that could res ult in contact with th" cargo.
Cari'fully swing the disk out of the lin e and inspect al l f1 a ng" Or mating
surfaces.
Inspect the blank for corrosion and physical damage.
Inspect the D. ring or gasket material prior to installing the disk in the
line.
Check the disk for proper alignment in the pipeline and secure th e blank.
Ins pect the blank for any leakage after it is in s talled.
One dra wback to the use of blanks in the piping system is access forop.
eration. Blanks require local operation, therefore th ey a re not user.
friendly when insta lled in such locations as the bottom pip ing of th e vessel.
Blanki ng devices are often found at the manifold on deck, with a mix.
mas ter , and at crossovers in th e pumproom where access is not a problem.
An alte rnative to inserting a blank in the line is the use ofa rem ovable
spool piece, a section of pipe wit h steel blanks on the ends of t he pipin g. Removing the spool piece provides the ultimate assurance a gai nst an y risk of
conta minatio n th rough th e pip ing. Simple blanking devic es, however , of.
fer reli able protection wit hout the la bor involved with a spool piece.
REVIEW
1. What are two common design s for botto m cargo piping found on modern tank vessels?
2. What is the name given to the bitter end of pip in g located in the bot.
tom of each cargo tank?
3. 'Yhat is meant by a ' free-flew" design , as applied to a large crude carrier?
7.
8.
9.
10.
a.
blank in th e p~p ehne .
Prior to breakin~ the cargo hose co~n~'Ction at the end of a transfe r,
what are th e typical methods of drainin g the line?
CHA PTER 5
.-- - - -
.- - - -
Wind
.- - - -
.- - - +- Ullageopeflll'lg
Cargolank
(lG)
_ _ _ _ _ __
~ll__
loading operation.
5-2. Vapor plume developed above the deck duri
unng a
Richard Beadon and Eric Ma.
101
"
ent inl{ systems ~re ca~ gorized ,in two ways: mast riser venting and
" . h_velocity venting. Fi gu re 5-3 Illust r ates th ree Contro lled venti ng a rhlg e ments in use on modern ta nke rs.
rlll1g
." ,=",=,,====~Ii=
l'il valve
.
Mallt Risers
Mast or king-po ~t vents ~~ysically direct the exit ing cargo vapors well
above th e deck vra hard prpmg bef~re releasing it to the at mosphere . The
use ora ta ll ~ent.stack can ~ seen m figure 5-4 . Contro lled venti ng ofthe
cargo tanks m .t~l s m a~e rl s ve'! effectlV~. Howev~r, when certain meteorological cORdlll.ORS exist (low wind and high humidity), vapo r accum ulation is st ill poSSible.
IGmal ri /
A
PV valve
::
<.
iJ
./
~ ,c.===;;====;r==!!~:!J
...."
/nser
lorna,"/"
Bypass
valve
PV valve
Venlmain
Deck isolating valve
-,
-,
/
~~"';="=/
";'="====~=;l
L BypaSS
valve
:::U,:
i~3. ?,~trolle? venting arrangementa. Individual cargo tank vente
g hlgh.veloclty vents (HWs) and sta ndpipes . B. Common venting us'
. p
A.
y.
I. C. Common venu
I '
cspher th
h
ng emp oymg a separate vent main which vents to still
e roug one or more maet risers or HWs.
Figure 5-4. Vent stack method of controlled ventin g. Courtesy International Merine Consultants HMC).
10 2
1
High-velocity VEll1hng
during loading or ballas ting
/-
1,
;1
,7
.1
I.
~
,,
I
" .S - -,'
2
Preuure valve
bf ealhing
--
, ' ....._
,,,
,,
@Stud bo/lIflUl
@Gasket
Figure 5.6. High- velocity vent ...alve (Martin Hi-Jet ). Artw ork by Rich ard Beadon
Figure 5-5. Cutaway view ofa high .velocity pressure-vacuum re lief valve, eleoreferred to as a bull et valve. Courtesy lan -Conr ad Bergan, Inc.
devices, a minimum exit velocity of30 meters per second is achieved when
the valves open, ensuring that the vapors rea ch a cons iderable height
above the vessel.
The type of venting system an owner elects to in stall on a vessel depends on numerous factors, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Regulatory requirements
Vessel trade
Types of cargo transported
Health concern s
Venting capacity
Experience factor
Convenience/ease of operation
Ease of maintenance
~igure 5.7. High-v elocity ve nt va lve on standpipe (bulle t va lve 1. Courtesy Interna banal
Manne
. Ccn sul tan ta (lM C).
104
Venting systems vary cons iderably from one vessel to the nextfore, th e PI C s hould ca refu lly t race out the piping arrangement
the~.
milinr with th e pr oper lin eup a nd usc of the sys te m.
an b<! fa.
In addit ion to providing imp roved venting of cargo ta nks dun I
ing, th is piping a lso plays a n important r ole in va rio us operation~g Oll~.
a ted with t he pr ope r use of t he vessel's inert gas system. For exasSOci.
s uitable supply and vent ing arrangements are cri t ical when it is necamp]e,
to repl a ce ca rgo tank a t mospheres.
ellsary
. Operat! ons in volvin g com plete rep l ace m~ n t of a car~o tank atmo sphere
include pnma ry merung. purgmg; gas-freeing, and re merting Adela '] d
discussion of gas rep lacement methods can be found in chapter 15 ~I"
..
Gas Systems.
105
' nett
TABLE 5 1
EP~
Emi SSIOn
S ourt:t'
Ga lloli ne
crude oil
-.4
P
JKeros.ene
Di8tilla te oil no . 2
Residual oil no . 6
Looding Op eralion s
Ships
1.8
0 .61
0 .5
0 .00 5
0 .005
0 .00004
Bartles
3. 4
1.0
1.2
0.0 13
0.0 12
0.OO9
Tanker
Balla sti ng
0 .'
1.2
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
The U.S. Coast Guard developed and pu.bUshed regulations (Title 46 crn
m in. th e design, ennstr-uctmn , and operation ofvapor control
Part 39) govelank vessels operating in U.S. waters. However, it
..ts notth e
~~~
l '
.. ili
CoastGuard but th e indi vidual sla tes th at enact regu au one requmng e
useof these systems.
107
Ii ilhH I
1
!
- l I b - . (#.)
~
s
,~
e
<
9~
,,
~
~
~
iJ
~
>
;;0
a
,
j
"j
i.
o ,
e
@'
"
;Ii
:.:. ~
'j
i.
a E
'.
, e
.s a
] ,~
,e =
,,
.,
! ~
..
", 0>
~~
.~
<:
"
'i~
~ ~
".
t:
.~
a
.=
.-
,.
~
0
,~
!~
i~
~~
,~
.~
~~
.,
.~
i'j
to"
01 .'::
is E
.
Figure 5-9. The va por manifold is clea rly ma rked to avoid confusion or possible
cross_connection. Th e vapo r hose is requ ired to have th e sa me coloring and
!Iteociling as th e vessel vapor ma nifold. Courtesy ~I ark J ones.
usually accomplished by closing valves or installing blanks in the appropriate branch lin es. Other ta nk ers (such as chemi cal carrie rs and certain
product carriers) a re fit ted with ded ica ted vapor contro l systems for individual cargo tanks or tank gro ups .
To furth er guard against contamin ation of dissimil ar cargoes, drai ns
must be provided for removal of liquid condensate from the vapor control
pipingresulting from ( 1) liq uid carryover while loading du e to mists in the
vapor st ream , ( 2 ) conde nsation in th e piping due to temperatur e changes,
/31cargo ta nk overfill, or (4) ca rgo sloshi ng at sea.
The hose used for transferring vap or s mu st he electrica lly continuous and
constructe d of material tha t is resistant to kinking and abr a sion . The hose
asse.mbly should be pr ovid ed with prop er support to prevent excessive
strain, kinking, or collapse of the hose.
The vapor hose mu st also meet the following minimum strengt h criteria:
rz!ie
25 psi
5 psi
- 2 psi
108
CLOS En GAUGING
'
Vapor
I:
L
j 'solation valv~
I
-1 meter
'
c-
109
- - _
Red ba nd
Yellow bafld
Red band
0.1 m
0.8 m
0.1 rn
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Vapor
Do"
Ship
Figure 5-10. Th e vapo r manifold (top ) must be fitted with a manually operattd is0lation valve t hat gives a d ear indica tion of th e valve's stat us. The vapor control
hose (bottom) mu st be colored a nd ste nciled 8S shown . Courtesy Richard BeadOll
and Mark Huber.
.n.0
Th e color a nd marking at each en d of the hose should be similan
respects to the vessel va por manifold (fig. 5-10>. As part of the declaration
ofinapection {DOn checkoff, the hose sh ould be in spected far cuts ,tesrs,or
defects that may render it ineffectiv e.
CLOSED GAUGING
Il taf\\l.ers
Il O
111
<0'
The bar graph sh own in figure 5- 12 furth er illustrates the normal ope rfng pressu res and settings for PV reliefdevice s in a va por cont rol syste m,
a I It is important to realize that PV val ves , like any mech anical device .
canfail when ne eded m os t . Therefor e , routine in~ pection a nd maintenance
areessential to en sure p ro pe r st ructural protection ofthe vessel. As part of
the regulations, each n ewl y installed PV va lve must ha ve a means of
checking that the valve operate s freely and does not remain in the open p0sition. For more details conc ernin g the function of PV va lves, consul t chapter 4.
Figure. 5-11. On the ve81lel shown here, a ca rgo tank was overp res8urized whenthe
~IC faded to open the appropriate branch lin e valve and the PV valve was inopera'
uve. Numerous underdeck framing member s were fra ctured and th e entire deck
above the cargo tank was deformed upw ard in to a pro nounced dome. CourtesyLl.
Comdr. Douglas B. Cam eron, U.S. COBBt Guard .
li Z
OP~;IlAT IONS
112"
11 3
"8U
".
PV brilr. pressure sel DOin t
stat iC aC
Fi nal Ga u gi n t(
trol regula ti ons prohibit th e opening of a cargo tank to at.moVapor c;n . g active ca rgo transfer, The intent of th is requirement IS to
sphere un~em vapor-tigh t throughout the operation. In fact, it ehould be
keeplly
th unnece
e eye
to open a tank to atmosphere during loading if a ll re. .
lOla d
qUIre equ ip me nt-is fu nct ioning properly.
55' ''''
set pcmt
~ -56
(In of H~O)
System pressure and
OPERATIONS
This section addresses a number of th e operational concerns th at a PIC
must keep in mind during a closed load in g ope ration .
Loading Rates
One critical element that affects th e overall sa fety and success of VB~r
control operations is the determination of max im um allowable loadmg
rates. The regulations specify that cargo loading ra tes m ust tak e into BCcount the preeeure drop through the vapor piping system as well 88 the
venting capacity of the pressure relief valves on the tan k. A graph reflecti?g t~e cargo loading rate versu s the pressure drop for a typical in 8talla
tion 18 shown in figure 5-13.
AAAk p
Wh
en
loadlOg
1,400
2,800 4,200
5,600
,
. beween cargo loading rates and the
Figure 5-13. This gra ph sh ows the relab on8hlPh
et remote cargo tank. Regulapre811ure
drop through t h e vapor pi'ping from
. t e rna t the pressure drop th rou gh
,.
. that ca rgo loa di109 ra es ta ke IOtaaCC'Oun
.
Ivee on th e
10nllllpeCify
ttv of h
sscre rehefva
. ,apaclty 0 t e pre
t he vapor piping as well as the ven , 109
tank.
1/'
ANDVAPORCONTROL OPERATIONS
VENTINOSYSTEMS
'
,._
...
Af7l\ DEcL.AAAnoN
OF INS PECTION ADDENDUM
t{!!!!f
~OPllU __
et:
2
3.
5.
.-.
.,
~~ . - - - _
. . . - - ... -
Declaration of Inspection
vapor control . the declarat ion of inspeemcludeentries for critical aspects ofthe system. The Shell
tie.DDI in figure 5-14 illustrates th e required ent ries for
~ra Ions. Additionally, the use ofa sta nda rd che cklist (lig.
uaed in crude-oil-washing operation s should help
iehapa.
in~ to conduct
,::;
. e-ooo", _ _ _ '
. ...... _
""
.. ... -
.. ..
M '
. .... _ _ _
.~
__
,... , "
'/011
-
. _
....... -
.. -
...................
"'.
..
....
_ .... _
___ _
...
.. _
- -_
... - - -
, __--._.. _ CItI I _
'""'111"
.. _
1oI.;IMIIt.. _
1ll1l
,~
...
. ....... ... _
..._
..not,
.. _ . _ .. _ _ ......,....,
_ _ OA"
li_
Ligbtering
-14.This addendum to the Declaration of Inspection lists the required ena mU8t be completed by the PICs when conducting a vapor control operartesy Shell Oil.
If l enninal operates a va por line v acuu m aSSist. havi operating hm" s beln
delermlned'?
o C811.rfiC8la of lnspectiof'l 0 1 Cei1.lficate of Com pl iante ef'ldorsed
All oillrans!e f proced u res co mpl l6d wllh
C:J
C:J
C:J
C:J
C:J
c:::::J
c::=::J
c:::::J
c:::::J
c:::::J
c:::::J
c:::::J
Load,ng rat es
preV, ntin
to those used
In crude-o il-
g wmeceeearv
mi18 h ape. Cou rtesy
OJ
Cargo hos es drai ned , disconnected. and cargo system valves shut .
c::=::J
c:::::J
c:::::J
c::=::J
All appl icab le regulations per1ainlflll to Inet! Gas syst ems compiled wlIh.
Bra nch lin e v alv e st atus on 10 vessel cl'leclled and sati sfactory
CJ
CJ
CJ
CJ
CJ
1"
119
CHECKLIST-MARINE VAPOR CONTROL OPERATING PRoceOURES
Vapor bal an cing r equ ires car.eful coordina tion bet ween the PICs of
ex penence with va por b a 1ancm
. g h 8 S revealed
eSCh vesse l. To. dafte,tavessel
:
some intere st mg ac .
1.
3.
Cargo pumping rates are "tical when conduct,o, a c,oeed uIgh teri ng operation. The PICs must diSCUSSand carefully monito th
.
throughout the t ransfer .
r e pumpmg raws
e
.
n
'OUI'VESSEL
3.
The service veeeel must ha ve a means to inert the vapor transfer bOM
prior to commencement of the lightering operation.
The semce
. vessel must have an oxygen analyzer fitted within 3 meters~
the vesselvapor connection .The analyzer mu st hav e a suita ble connedlon
fora calibration gas to enable the testing of the in strument .
Theservicevessel must have a visual and audible alarm that soundswhen
the Oxygen content in the vapor system exceeds 8 percent by voIUJTIl', . J
1eu
The service"esse I sh 0 uld be
be equipped
emu
. d tor loca
with an oxygen mica
whirl' the cargotransfer is controlled (i.e., cargo control room orondeck)~
electrical InSU
. 1eung
flange or a length of nonconducttvs
. hoae lO ust d
tailed.bet ween t he vessel vapor connection on the service
. vesselao
L.
Maintenance
The vent ing and vapor control syste m of the vessel requires periodic in specti on an d maintenance. Consult the manufacturer's manual for t he recommended interv a ls a nd det a ils ofthe se rvi ce. If no gui da nce exists. cre ate
a preve nt ive m aintenance (P M ) sche du le for the vessel ba sed on operator
experience with t he ins talled sy stem . Critical a reas requiring a tte ntion in
the vent system ge ne rally include t he followi ng:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The increased complexity of cargo tank venting and vapor control eyeterns requires ongoing training and diligence on the part of the vessel P~C .
Sound tanker practice dictates that everyone involved in the operation
should fully understand the proper use of these systems and carefully
check the lineup before commencing a transfer. There is no room for com-
VENTINOS YST
120
C H AP T E R 6
REVIEW
Ii
''/;1''<l?'i.8p.mlOg operations.
JO HN O'CONNO R
he various parties wh o have an a ct ive interest in the way oil is quantified have standardized cargo measurement over the past several
decades. Those who wish to familiarize themselves furthe r with th e th eoretical an d practical aspects of cargo measurement can refer to cha pte r 17,
-Marine Measure ment ," in the Manual of Petroleum Measurement Sta ndards publi sh ed by the American Petroleum Institute . Thi s publi cation
has severa l sections, the most pertin en t being section 2, "Meas urement of
CargoesOn Board T ank Vessels ." This a nd othe r rela ted publi cations ha ve
been formal ized during many years of discussion an d technical critique to
arrive at what can be con sid er ed standa rd methods to gauge an d sam ple
petroleum a nd other liquid ca rgoes.
J22
.'
on documen ts such us a bill ofla ding or a certifica te of
tanks I~ h.8le
[ume ofcarga tha t t he cha rterer ha s purch a l;ed . As qUa.n.
hde votu
,
Thlslst
~
h
v<'''"e'
II ) .
.
t
rt.of th e mea surem ent process lor t e BhoreBide ' _
nwnnel are no pa
b
~n lt
IX'
( It ately the ma stcrJa cccpts the cargo on card the vessel w' '
the crew k" ,m, dge of whether th e volu me as liste d is re pTesenla t,. Itll
e
ve l um e of ca rg.v<' of
ne direct I now
J
pplied . Th e cre w ca n mea sure t hee vo
~actuawume~
hlai ned in the vessel's tanks , a nd th e t wo volum es can t en be compared. If
y confi
they are cJce" , the mast er could be reasonabl
if
f dent that
' .the volu me
listed on the hill of lad ing and/or th e cern rea te 0 qu a ntity I II accuraU:!.
ShouJd there be a la rge discrepancy between t he two volumes , the master
has the right to have the cargo on the vessel m~as.ured a second time to
k sure that all potential errors have been eh m mated. If the volume
~i~ ;annot be reconciled, then the ma st er will usuall y sign the bill of lad~
ing unde r protest, noting the discrepancy and any steps taken to aCCOUnt
for the difference .
PARTIES INVOLVED
The following list ide ntifies all the parties involved in carg o t ransfer and
measurement :
Th e t'essel owner is an individual or corporation that holds title to t he
vessel.
The uessei operator may be the vessel owner, although in most cases,
th e ope rator is a differe nt party contracted or employed by the owner to
conduct day-to-day ope rations of the vessel.
A charterer is an individ ual or corporation that employs the ves sel for
one or more voyages to ca rry ca rgo.
The supplier is t he party providing t he ca rgo, which is normally s tored
at a terminal or in a nother ve ssel.
The receiver is th e party tha t acce pts the cargo. The vehicle used to accept
or receive th e ca rgo could be the vessel , a storage tank or tanks, or t he metered pipeline receipt that is provided after cargo pas ses t hrough a pi peline.
A terminal is a ehoreeide facility capable of sto ri n g, rec ei ving , a nd/o r
supplying cargo.
An inspection com pa ny is a third party employed equally by the s u p plie r
and the receiver to measure the cargo. Measurement will routinely cons ist of
~olume measurement of the ca rgo and sampling, followed by analysi s at the
ins pection company laboratory to determine the cargo quality .
TERMS OF SAL E
10 most:ci rcumstances, someone other than the vessel owner or operator
has title to t he petroleum that is transported on a tank vessel. In mo st
123
ci:t,
MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT
Typical cargo m easurement e q u ipment ca rried on board a tank vessel coneiete of the followin g:
Opentank gau gin g tapes
Gauging bobs
Water indicating paste
Product indicating paste
Thermometers
Clolled tank gauging devices
Temperature probes
Sample bottles
Sample bottle container assembly
~U:A SUR~:~U:NT
124
Reslr icted
0,,00
Uc:III,cr~el
- - - - - -- - - - - - ---
' r- -
- --
I
t- -
- - --
125
------
ff-
Figure 6-1. Gauging methods on 8 tank vessel are typically cla ssifi ed 8S open,re.
stricted, orrJosed, based on th e amount of atmosphere released from a tank dUring
the process. Copyright C International Mari time Organization (11\10), London.
Based upon th e \ '1'8 81'1'8 design a nd regulat ory require me nts , gauging
of the cargo tank s will be classified as open (ope n to t he atmosphere), reo
stricted, or closed 8 8 seen in figure 6-1.
Cargoes that are not requir ed to be in erted or ca rried u nder a nitrogen
blanket are loaded into tanks that are open to the at mos phe re an d t here.
fore at atmospheric pressure. Cargoes that require inerting are introduced
into tanka that are maintai ned at a positive pressu re slig htly hi gher t han
atmospheric pressure. Under mast conditions, t he se t anks s hould not be
opened to the atmosphere. Sh ould it become ne cessary to open a n inerted
cargo tank , follow indus try- recommended safe ty pr ecaution s and mai ntai n
a positive pressure (see cha pte r 15 for further informat ion ). Tank vessels
that routin ely carry inerted ca rgoes or load at te rminals wi t h res trictions on
the emission of cargo va pors are fitted with closed measure men t devices.
These devices permit ga ugi ng, temper a ture reading, a nd sam pling of the
tanka to be accomplish ed without the rel ease of atmosphere or loss of
pressure .
rc
Many lank vessel s are equipped with st a ndpipes and vapor cont rol
Figure 6-2. A vapor control valve per ~its introduction of a s pecia lly deBlglled gauging tape. Courtesy MMC
International Corp.
Figure 63. Ullagee can be taken without leaking vapor using a specially designed gauging tape in conjunction with
the vapor control valve shown: in figure
6-2.Theae tape s can also meaeur
perature and the oiVwate..r in
Courtesy MMC lntemation I
To br8alheIl8qU illl~e ,
Base sl rip
Sealed
outer jackel
AeSlslaoe:e
unlho<tecl
he...
liquid surface
6-5a. Radar ullaging systems such as thi s Saab TankRa dar measure ullages
Figure ring radar waves off th e surface of the liquid in a tank . Such systems are in-
by ~~n safe and extremely accurate (+I-5mm). Courtesy Saab Marine Electronics.
trinS1(l:l11y
Radar
-;;"-;;,..."'::::::'~_...,.,.
teanermuer
Ullage
Keystrip
Resistance element with
controlled tension and
placement and low
temperature coeuctent
Slable electrical
side insulation
~"g
Antenna
feeder
Cleaning
hatch
Decksocket
(yard suPPly)
128
h
,
In addition to th ese measurement terms, t ere a re vo umetri c terms
th at ar e als o important to und er st and . Th ese te rms in clude the follow.
ing:
Total obsen'f' d volume (TOV) is th e total measu red volume of all petroleum liquids, sediment , water in suspens ion, an d free water at th e observed temperature.
Grossobsen!f!dvolu me (GOy) is the total measured volume of all petroleum liquids, sediment , and water in sus pens ion, excluding free wate r at
the observed temperature.
Free water frw) ia the volume of water present in a container that is not
in suspension in the contained liquid.
Gross standard volume (GSV) is the tot al volume of a ll petroleum liquids, sediment , and water in suspension , excluding free wa ter, corrected
by the appropriate volume correction factor for the observed temper ature
and API gravity, relative density, or density to a standa rd temper atur e
such as 60F or 15C.
Total calculated volume (Te V) is the total volume of a ll pet roleum liqwds eediment, and water in suspension, corrected by the a ppro priate voliim co
ion factor for the observed temperature and API gravi ty,
I bv ensity, or density to a standard temperature such as GOF or
I f'r:.ee. water measured at the observed temperature .
....:;;<M~l.:::
volumt' (NSV) is the total volume of all petroleum liquids,
<hmen water in suspension, and free water, correct ed by the
alum correction factor for the observed temperature and
la i e ensity, or density to a standard temperature such as
129
(fig_ 6-6)_
Reference point
RerOl"enat point
Ullage
Bob
ro t
liquid level
i
Innage gauge
Ullage gauge
Note: The datum plate may actually be me shlp'S bottom, a striking ciete. or
another polnl Irom which the retereoce height Is measured
130
M EA SUR E M E N T PROCEDURE S
Prior to th e start of a ny ~ ell 8u rem ent p ro~ed ur.e . it is pr ude,nt to refer
the vessel's tank calibrati on tabl es. T he calibration or s t ra pPing tah l ( to
nerated whe n t he vess el is bUilt. Thea a8
'h eY a re somet imes called) a re gebe
eta.
bles
will be se pa rated in to anum err 0of eecti
sectIO ns, .one se ctl on for each lank
Th e table will Jist th e l oca t i o~ ofthe reference ~tnt ~or e ac h tank as well a~
the total ga uge heigh t. Th e sim plest form of ca libration t abl e assumes th
mem he~s or pipe
. IIDes . Th e ship.
at
th e tank is a cube wit h no in tema I ,rrammg
yard specialis t who generates t he tables does so s imply by calculating th
tot al volume of the tan k. then di viding t hat figu re by the n u mber o r fee~
and inches bet ween the gauging point and the tank bottom .l\.teasurementa
ar e normally shown to the nea rest quarter-inch. although th ere are ta bles
{or larger vessels that may be broken down into increments of One-eighth
inch.
For accura te measurement to ta ke place. it is important to have what is
termed repea tability during th e measurement process. Repeatab ility is
th e ability to ta ke multiple ullage or innage measurements over time and
get th e same value. It is recommended that each measurement be done
twice within a short period of time. To illustra te : a tank hold s 30,000 bar.
rels when full , a nd the distance betw een the ga uge point and the tank bottom is 50 feet. The total volume of th e ta nk di vided by th e gauging distan ce
would equal the number of barreIs per foot, or in this case, 600. To extrapolate, each inch would equate to 50 barrels a nd each qua rter-inch would account {or 12.5 barrels. Some calibration tables ta ke certain aspects ofthe
tank's shape into account such as the turn of th e bilge. the volu me of space
occupied by any cargo or ba llast Jines th at run through the tanks, and in.
te rnal fra ming members.
After reviewing th e calibration tables to determine th e referen ce point
and height , gauging of th e tanks can commence. Prior to taking each set or
measurements , th e ga ugi ng equipment should be checked for wear. Handheld gau ging ta pes (fig. 67 ) should be checke d for kink s and excessive
wear at the clip th at holds the ga ugi ng bob to the tape.
Cup-ca se thermometers (fig. 6 8) should be chec ke d to make sure that
the thermom eter glass has not been cracke d a nd that the mercury in the
gl88S has not separate d."Standa rd" or lab -approved thermomete rs can be
obtained that are cert ified by ind ependent labora tories to rea d te mperatures within a small tolerance (usu ally 0 .5) over a defined ra nge, for exa pie, 50 to 110 Fahrenheit. If a standar d thermomet e r is carried on
oard it should be USed only to check th e readings of th e working the~.
mom~tef! If a standard thermometer is not availabl e then the vessel s
er ture device should be checked against the petroleum inspec~or's
the8t ~~ routinely calibrated in a laboratory se tting a nd cert ified
M EA SU lt E M ~; NT "HOCE IlUlt~:S
131
An e 1ect ,....
~~8
~~
-g.--.--t9f-
lonaga
..pe
Ullage
" pe
t,
~
~~
t-
i.-~
,t-:
t-
t-~
;-
E-
' 0'
lt
~t".
f-
Innage bob
Plaln
E~ensi on
outage bob
ullage
bob
TypIcal gauging
Deepgrooved
ullage
bob
r....
~.
~
of Pe
6 7. Several types of bobs connected to han dheId t e pee. FromManual fC
..
J
1
1990
~Mea8 u rem e n t 0
areasurement Standards, First Edition , u Y
,
.
P t 1' .._
.
Bqa rd Tank Vessel s ." Repnnted
courtesy 0f the American e rv. ,, 1,lU 1
.,
MEA.<;UHE MENT
132
ll-_
133
e
id . h I
cAI'<M
_ volumes ca cure
I trnportent factors to consi er 18 t e ocation of t L
One
I
.
'"
. of the
. t moe
Ideally
the gauging point
s h ouId b e centered directly
6-91.
r
i
ASTM
thermomeler
Corrosion-
resistant
meta'
Closure
(manufacturers
design varies)
1'.. "
2tlO-mi
minimum
capacity
I.
di
":
.................
Cupcase
In
1" t:.'/a"
~minimum
2.~
Flushing case
thennometer
e I
a-8. Typical
nk F
M
mp oyed when measuring the tem peratur" of
anualofp, r 1
o .iii rom
urem cerc e rc eum Mcasurement Standard s. First Edition,
......to 0 I ersce
ene PlItrol
' e cn BoardTank Vessels." Reprinted courlee)'
ilium nstltute.
FIgure 6-9. The effect of vessel trim is evident on the observed (ullage] measurement ofcargo in a tank. Courtesy John Hanus and John O'Connor .
1:\5
13'
EQUIPME N T USE
There ill often a debate about th e equip~ent to be us~d in th.1'm t'a1lUrernen t
process. namely. whether to w:'e t he eqUIpmen t t h a t 18. came~ on hoa rd the
vessel or the equipment provided by th e petroleu m m sp ect ron compan
The crew should keep in mind th at the in sp ecti on comp any is paid by t{
cargo owner, or by both the su pplie r and receiver, to gauge a nd lIam pll' the
cargo. Inspect ion companies a re routin~ly a udited ~ dete~ine compl~
ante with industry procedures and to verify th at equipment 18 maintained
in good condition and calibrated on a regul ar basis. All t he equi pm>nt
needed to conduct and complete th e ins pection mu st be in th e possession of
the inspector. Should a mea surement discrepancy arise , th e parties with
interest in the cargo will look to th e in spection com pany to clarify or reconcile t he difference . If the inspection company uses t he ves sel's equipment,
it hag util ized devices beyond its cont rol and cannot attest to th e mate rial
condition or accuracy of'those device s; its position is th er eby compr omised.
Ins pector s shou ld use their own equipment, and it would be pruden t for the
vessel's personnel to compa re the inspectors' equipmen t to t heir own. This
allows the vessel to establish a baseline comparison, whic h may be used afterthe conclusion of the gauging process to reconcile differences. Ali an exampl e, suppose that th e vessel has experienced an in -transit difference in
th e car go quant it ies between t he load and the discharge port . If the vessel's
load ed qu anti ty was determined using t h e vessel's ga ugi ng tape and
cup-case th erm ometer s, and the predischarge quantity wa s determin ed
using the inspector's ga ugi ng ta pe and temperature probe , the two different seta of equipment will yield differing volumes. As this sit ua t ion would
norm ally be uncovered jus t pri or to the start of the discharge oper ati on, it
would be best to delay th e sta rt of t he discharge and compare th e vessel's
equipment to th e inspector' s equipment. Th er e may be a situation where
the inspector's t ape differs from th e vessel' s tape by one-eighth inch.
'Possibly the vessel's cup-case thermomet er read s 3 lower t han th e tnspec~r's temperature probe. In any eve nt, it is best to reconcile discrepancies
mcargo measurement while the ca rgo is still in th e vessel's tanks .This aford!lliall interested parties a second opportunity to regau ge th e vessel.
fth carg o tank was wa shed artcr tilt' 11l8t cargo, II di\t'rmi nlltion
e
dIJres. 1 p1sd e as to t~e pre.sen ce of.an y w ate r tha t may he on t he b ot tom of
I1IIJst ~ .lflhe tank ISnot in e rted , It may ~ pO~lIlbl e to determ ine th is by a
th.ewn.
etion th ro ugh th e ull a ge opening In th e ha tch U II'
b . h
_llnllpe
tble to el h h
OKa ri g t
't'!SUl:U ht. lfi t is not POSSI e to s.lg t t e bottom ofthe ta nk through th is
j
/lll!lb1:
then another acce ss poin t ma.y need to be opened, such as the
openl :; Butterworth plate (tank cleaning opening). if l iquid is observed
Iiun!'
sho uld
the tBnk bottom, t hen attempts
. '
. be made to obta in. measure00
Prior to usin g the ga ugmg tape, It ISbe fit to place a coati ng of prodment. water .indicat ing paste on the s urfa ce of th e ga u..ing bob Th
or
' )1 h
I
h .
.
e
~ ctdicatingpaste
WI c ange co or w en to co,:,t act ~th petroleum or water
III
ding on the typ e of paste u sed ) and will Iacilitate reading the mealdepen nt once th e bob h a s be en withdrawn from the tank. If the liquid '
~uretlle
. h ale hh
. tape mu st be extended into t he
"
1 the gauglng
, t en t h e gauging
~wuntil the tip ofthe bob makes contact wit h the tank botto m. Once the
bob makes contact wit h the tank bo ttom, the total height up to th e refersnce point shoul~ be reco r~ ed ~n d compa re d wit h th e ta nk's total gauge
beight as listed to t he ca libratton tables for the vessel. Performi ng thi s
comparison will confirm the tank bottom was reach ed and th e ta pe or bob
\lillS not caught on one of the tank's internal framing members or some
otherobstruction on the tank bottom.The bob should beleft in this position
for several second s, with appropriate steps taken to ensure that the tape
and bob remain st ill. When t he bob is withdrawn from the tank, the petroleum/water measurement s ho uld be read to th e nearest one-eighth inch. in
practice a minimum of two mea surem ents sho uld be obtaine d from each
tank. lfthe two measurements coinc ide , t he n t he readings should be reoorded.Ifthe two measurements do not match, then a third and possibly a
fburt h measurem ent should be taken until consec utive readings provide
matching resul ts .
Should it be determined (from the visu al obs ervat ions) that th e liquid is
10 contact with all four bulkheads of the tank, trim corr ections can be ap el~d and t he vessel's calibration tables can provide the tank volume . Howr if the liquid s urface does not make contact with all bulkheads-for
lnple, ifthe liquid was containe d at the after end of t he tank and did not
the forward bulkhea d- a nd trim corrections were applied, it is poseit at the re sultant number wou ld indicate that there was less than zero
lu ein the tank . In this situatio n, t he volume in the tank can be calculiy using the wedge formul a . T he volume of t he liquid wed ge at the
eitd oft he tank can be determined from certain ph ysi cal dim en sion s
kcombined with the observed measurements from ga u ging. The
. ns required are tank length, tank width, distance between the
.c~(gauging point) a n d t he a fter bulkhead, a nd th e mea surement
glhd. It will be necessa r y to ensu re that all me asurem ents are in
ystem (eit her Engli sh or m etric), so conve rs ion of one or more
136
137
these are discharged, it is nonnal for the internal su rfaccs oflhe ta 8~C a.
coaled with It film fclingage)orthicker layer th at is most on en enco~ Ulbe
alo ng the bottom of the ta nk. Volume measureme nt in t his sitU'I~te~
. s add itional
..
. ua tion QUire
s te ps a nd some common sense. In a Alt
wh ~
thick, viscous ca rgo s uch as vacuum gas oil (VGO l is en coun tered , multi;~
measurements s hould be obtained to create a pr ofile of th e layer on tht
tank bottom . In some cases, th e layer on the bottom may be th icker at th
forward end of th e tank t han in the a~er section . As a rule of thumb ,
mort" measuremen ts th at can be ~btalOed and .a\eraged, th e more repn.
eentetive the calculat ed volu me Will be of what 15 ac t uaJlycontained int hf
tank. While not exact, th is meth od is currently the mos t practical.
th:
iog)
IS
Gauge lape
Gauge tape
Reference poinl
Waler
...."
Bob coaled
with paste
Wale l cut
Ullage
9. The measurement of free water using a bob coated with waterteo For accurate determination cffree water, it is important no to Ill.)'
aide at the bottom of the tank. From Manual of Petroleum.
13'
...
--
..._-
___
....
~
~_ ...
"~
_ _. . - - . .. _
-e
,_
.. 0IC>0'0lI_
--........-
--
mp'fe cargo (ullage ) report that is completed after each cargotra ns,
fep.!!ft p'roVlW an accurate accounting of the cargo on th e vessel for 1111
itA movement . From Manual of Petroleu m MeaJluremrnl
art: January 1986, "Guidelines for Marin e Cargo Inspec
the American Petroleum Institute.
139
,p8 can
h Id
b 11
"
requirements
st
the inspector s ou not e a owed to obtain a ss m I r h
p eo t e cargo
eh
d,'cls, te,
h eargo tan k , or tan k s, h ave fini
'
until t e
r h U ntil ed loadin . Second ' th e mspector
OIlid know t~e contents 0 e.ac tank and whe re the liquid level of the
sl! 0 faUs withm the tank . ThIS may be accomplished by providing the in.
~arg tor with an ullag~ sheet o.f recorded measurements and an escort from
.pe< "ssel's crew. Third , the Inspecto r should properly label each sa 1
thev~
..
' ..
1 h
rnpie
tainer. Finally, a r etain sa m p e s ould be obtainad from th e inspecto
':~t can be sealed and re tained on boa rd in case qualit y differences a ' r
nse
dtne 'ng the voyage or a ft er 11.... com pleti
etlan.
u~all1ples mu s t ~ repres en ta ti ve ~fthe cargo load ed , a nd th er efore special sampling ~U1pment ~nd techniques o~ procedures have been developed. It is routlOe for the inspector to provid e his or her own equipment .
Samplecontainers are usually one-quart glass bottles that can be sealed
."ith a plastic cap or cor k (fig. 6-12 ).
Each bottle is held in an assembly that allows it to be lowered into the
tank to 8 predetennined level befo re the container is opened and the bottle
allowed to fill. There are several diffe re nt types of sa mples. A spot sample
i! 8sample that is taken at a specific loca t ion (depth ) in a tank. Uppe r, middle, and lower samples are spot samples take n at the midpoint ofthe upper
third, middle third. and low er third of t he ca rgo tank. A gra b or lin e sam ple
iss sample that is obtained at the header or manifold at a specific tim e during the load ing or disch arge operation . An all-l evel s sa m ple is obtained by
lowering a weighted, stoppered bottle or be ak er to a point 1 foot 10.3 meted
above eithe r t he tank bottom or the fre e water level, opening the container,
thenraisin g it at a ra te that allows it to emerge from the cargo with the container being about 75 percent full (maxim u m 85 percent). A running sample is obta ine d by lowe ri n g a weighted, unstoppered bottle or beaker to a
perm 1 foot <0.3 me ter) above ei t her the tank bottom or t he free wate r level;
theopen containe r is t hen rais ed at a rate t hat allows it to e merge from the
falio with the con tainer bein g about 75 pe rcen t full (maxi mu m 85 per. To obtain a com pos ite sa m ple in the la borat ory , t he sa mple is voluetncally blended from all t ank sam ples of the sa me cargo . according to
t volume contained in eac h tan k. The type of sa m ple to be t ak en is norI pecified by the ca rgo s u pplie r or receiver. a nd th e vessel's crew
iil note which type of s a m ple wa s pulled from each tank. Bottom or
amples are often r equested whe n initiall y loading a tank with a
li is sensitive to contamination. The t ank is loaded until a sa m ple
asonably t aken and the loading operat ion is normally sto pped
the results of the laboratory analysi s.
'0-
..
140
CARGO CAl.cUI.ATlfJN
141
e
Since u . bast
are kept ha nd y , or easy
at theretlead ing
it 18 .. if these measurements
.
PO,'
~rence
rt the gauging process. In this ,:",ay it will be immediete l
dl10ng inc ifthere has been an erro r 10 gauging, and follow-u Y :Oll~lble to
COrk deta,'
:.;r.:;:,, ~
Alle ma lNo rig
""
1-
CARGO CALCULATION
PREDISCHARGE INSPECTION
AND MEASUREMENT
ed to measure the cargo prior to th e dischar ge arc the
sed after loading. Prior to gauging, the inspector may ina gh weather that was encountered during the sea pasI!lrfill~tg'~ m8Y become useful at some later time if it is
a P.tiy ical loee of cargo occurred during the voyage,or t~8t
ae unteble volume of free water is found along With
:}l
Ihe vessel is "ga uged out" a nd all the necessary infonn ation is reeii the calculation of the cargo volume begins. The goal of thi s exercise
culete the volume/tonnage of cargo tr ansferred (loaded/discharged)
terminal. Cargo tonnage mu st also be determined to enabl e personerify that the vessel's st ability. dr aft . trim, and stresses are within
. .The cargo tonnage, often referred to 8S the cargo deadweight, is
ith the fuel, water, stores, and light-ship tonnages to arrive at
I displacement of the vessel.
sential that accurate readings be obtained for the following:
cargo(ullage/innagelwater cute)
f1l.,.of the cargo
cificgravity of the cargo
..
142
text .
The first ste p in th e calcula tion is to correct th e v~ l ume ofcargo tee stan.
te mpe::
derd volume. Liquid cargoes expand and contract WIth changes in tern
United States, the Amencan Petroleum Institute (API) set the standard
temperature a t 60cF US.6G); in countries that use the m et ric syste m, 15"e
(S9cFJ is the standard tempera ture.
The volume correction factor is foun d by entering t he AP I t ables with
the observed temperature a nd API gravity of the cargo. Using th e follOy,i ng
formula. the standard (net) volume ca n be determined by multiplying the
observed (gross) volum e by th e volume correcti on fa ctor.
Standard (net) volume", observed (gross) volume
. the tank?
E ter t he (volume-to -wei ght) conversion table with the API gravity
3 . n rgc to find t he a ppropria te conversion factor . In thi s case:
(If the ca
Long tons per b arrel
4 Eit her multiply the standard (ne t ) volume by th e long tons per barrel
or di~de t he st a ndard (n et) volume by t he barrel s per ton.
Standard (net ) velume x long tons per barrel _ long tons
14,5GO.5 xO.15186 = 2,211.2 long tons
Standard (net) volume I barrels per long tc n e long tons
14,560.5 / 6.585 .. 2,211.2 Iong tons
143
TABLE 6-1
Excerpt from API Table 6B-GenE'ralized Produclll
Volume Correction Factors for Gen eraliz ed Products
API Gravity at 60
Temp. ( F)
135.0
135.5
136.0
13.0
0.9709
0.9707
0.9705
13.5
0.9708
0.9706
0.9704
QF
14.0
0.9707
0.9705
0.9703
14.5
0.9705
0.9703
0.9701
ndard (net) volume I barrels per long ton '" long tons
TABLE 62
Excerpt from API Conversion Table 11
API Gra vit y
13.8
13.9
14.0
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
15.0
0.9704
0.9702
0.9700
144
TABLE 63
Ellcerpt from API Con version Tab le
API Grat'ity
13.8
13.9
14.0
14.1
14,2
14.3
14.4
6.580
6.585
6.590
6.594
6.59 9
6.604
,,
if!
,,
,
-'
T. b! 6-1, 6-2. and 6-3 repri nted (XIU rU>By oflhe American Pl'tro leum Il\Stitu~
PrIm/tum MM8/H" rMlit Tobln - Vo/umt Corrtdion FactDnl, volume 2, 19110. '
CARGO PLANNI N G
Vessel personn el normally develop a det ai led pla n (prestow)ofthe uPoom.
ing load based on tentative orders and a nticip at ed cargo values receiVed
from th e owner/operato r and te rminal. Som e of t he factors considered
when drawing up th e cargo plan in clud e the following:
Num ber of gra des an d quan tity
Limiting draft Iseas cna lload line )
Vessel trim
III
146
147
07
Figure 6-15. Depend ing on t he vessel , the cargo operat ion may be controlled on
dKk, in the cargo cont rol room, or, as shown here, on the bridge. The insta llation
sbo\\'11 enables th e PI C to mon ito r cargo ta nk ull ages, tempera tures, stress, draft,
trim, and inert gas pressur e on a single screen. Cargo syste m valves can be operated bytouching a light pen to th e screen . Courtesy Seab Marine Electronics.
Figure 6-14. On automated veeaela. the cargo oper at ion is freq uently controlled
~om a console located in the cargo control room (CCR). Courtesy Shell intema -
Today, inte rnat ional sta ndards governing load lines have been implemented by th e maritime nations of th e world and incorporated into U.S.
rules. When a vessel is constructed, th e appropriate load line markings are
calculated and permanently etched on th e hull by an authorized classification society. In the United States, th e load lines are usually assigned by the
~erican Bureau of Shipping (fig. 6-17). Each mark corresponds to a given
duplacement, or the total tonnage of wate r displaced by the vessel. This
tonnage is exactly equa l to the weight of the loaded vessel. The various
~arks are identified as tropical, su mmer, winte r, and winter Nort h Atlanhe zones including sa lt water and fres hwater conditions. Due to the fact
t~lltsalt water is more buoyant t ha n fresh , allowance is made for the extra
linkage ofthe vesse l in fresh water this is kn own as th e freshwater allowsnce(
FWAl. ThiIS sys te m of ma r king
. ' permi.t s vessels to loa d more cargom
.
.
~glO~8 of predomin antly fair wea ther and duri ng seas ons when good
se~/r can be expected (refe r to t he load line zones and seasonal chart innear the end of this cha pte r).
..
LOAn LINES ANn ZONE LIMITAT IONS
148
3 In.
21',
10000ard ot
eemeeot
~~
These measurements
to be laken trom
center oiling 10
top 01eact\ line
l..+L3
cen19f of nng
1~
l-
149
in.
TheCllfller 01 the ling is to be placed on each side 01 the vessel at the midl:Ie01 the I&ngthas
tlefrl.-.lhe load Une Regulations. The ling and lines are to be permanelltlymar1<ed. as by
cenler punch. chisel cut. Of bead 01 weld.
American Bureau 01 ShIpping
Tropical Fresh Water Allowance
Fresh w erer Allowance
F
Load line in Tropical ZOnes
T
Summer Load Une
S
Winlet l oad line
W
WNA Winler NOr1h AllanbC Loadu oe
AB
TF
Figure 6-16. American Bureau of S hip ping inspe ctors chec k a vessel's load line
marki nga. Courtesy American Bureau of Shipping .
For example, a tanker loading in Val dez, Ala ska , on Decem ber 1 (winter seas ona l zone ) would load to the win ter marks. In cont ras t , a vessel
loading on the sa me date in Rio d e Janeiro, Brazil (t ro pical zonel , would be
allowed to load to the t ropical marks .
Zone Allowance
When 8 vessel is loaded to the tropical marks in December, auch 88 th e ~lC'
ample at Rio de Janeiro. it cannot cro ss into the su mme r zone without Vl O'
~81ing. th~ I~w. In this instance, the vess el is not only governed by th e eone
In wbu:h it Ieloeded, but also by the zones through whi ch it tranaiUl. Jfthe
10 ded. passage of the vessel proceeds into the summer zone, then ita drall.
",,, .":~
ua,,,,, ot exceed the Bummer marks at any time while inside that z on~.
mJ'i. 1J<ick: is to load the maximum allowable tonnage without !>l'lllg
I i1eoa !b-e veeeel proceeds from one zone to the next. Allowance ean
..
Figure 6-17. Load line ma rkin gs for oceangoing veasels an placed amidships on
both sides of the hull. The American Bureau of Shipping ill authorized to assign
[Gad lines to vessels registered in th e United Stales and other countries. Courtesy
American Bureau of Shipping.
CARGO TERMS
' 60
How many tons can th e vessel be loa ded beyon d th e s um mer I0 8 dlr
hoe?
Zone allowance '" 9 day8 x 60 ton s/day = 540 tona
151
. . the difference bct ween t ho forward an d afte r drafts ofthe vee,,;:~culation of trim is closely link~d to the following terms:
,el.
'1 dinal centero(buoyancy (LeB) IS the cente r of volume ofthe unlPngl pou rt ion of a vessel's hull an d is the point through which it is a sed all upward (buoya nt ) torcea act. Th e LeB of the vesse l is found in
d~ r\\'atcr
~ .d tatic tables or curves of the vessel.
\lieJ;:n;':dinal cent er ofgra,l.Idr. ( ~CG I is the coun te rp art of LeB. or the
int in the hull through which It IS assumed all the down ward Igravita-
CARGO TERMS
Following is a re view of the key terms used in ca rgo ca lcula tion:
Dead weigh t is the total weight of ca rgo plu s crew , sto res , water f I
and ballast on board at 8 give n tim e. In t he tanke r ind ustry, deadwei~h~ei~
used as a rough mea sure of the cargo ca rrying capacity of a vessel.
. Disp lacement is the ~eight ofthe wa te r that is di spl aced by th e hull; it
18 exac~ly equal to t?e weight of th e vessel when floating freely. Thus the
term dl8placemen~ IS used to denote a ve ss~l's weight in ton s a t a given
draft . When t~e displac ement of t he ~es se ll s known, a number of important hydrostatic values can be determined by Insp ection eithe r from th e tao
blee or curves of the veaeel.
Light . hip is the displacement, or weight in tens , of a vessel minus
cargo, crew, stores, fuel, water, and ballast; in other words , it is th e wcight
of the empty vessel.
T ofU pe r inch im me rs ion (T P I) shows the number of to ns required to
sub~erge a veseel I inch amidships . The change in draft. on a vesse l is propcrttcnel to the amount of weight loaded or di scharged . Th e TPI varies with
the draft and shape of the vessel at the waterline. Th c values forTPI can be
found ~n .the hydrostatic tables or on the deadweight scale of th e vessel.
This Information is valuable when computing change s in mean draft
= d by the loading and discharging of weight. The following formul s is
..
.
Trimming mom ent. Wh en a .we~ ght IS loa ded or discharged at a given
' 4"ce forward or aft of the uppmg cente r, a t rimming moment is eredis_-
,to<!.
Likewise, a mo ment I.S create dh
w en a
:=
;~th a vessel rotates longitudinally. This hinge is not fixed lO.asingle poon but moves forward a nd aft with changes in draft. and tnm. .
M0r,nenl to change tri m 1 inch (MTO is used in conjunction with the
g momen t to de termine t he change in trim ofthe vesse l: MTl v~r
~th the dr aft of the ves sel a nd t he exac t va lues can be denved by m10 f
'
n rom the h ydrostatic tables.
1;lJinlin
B
152
CA HGO TERM S
2S' 02"
Chang~
in trim
25'00"
~
24 ' OT' '" new draft: forw a rd
25'00"
~
25' 05" = new dr aft aft
aft. th e cha nge in trim (5 inches) was added to the after drafland the same
amount was subtrac te d from the forward dr aft.
When a weight is loaded or disc harge d, a slightly differe nt problem is
encountered. Th e first ste p is to determin e the new mean draft producedby
th e changed disp lacement of the vessel. The chan ge in t rim can then be
computed and ap plied to th e new mean draft. to find the forward and after
dr afts .
EXAMPLE,The in it ia l draft of the vessel is 25 ' 00 " forward and aft. (even
k ee l) a n d the MT1 is 1,000 foot-tons . TPI at t hi s d raft is 50 tons/inch .
If 100 to ns a re loaded 100 feet a ft of t he tipping center, wh at a re the new
Fre8hu'al er a nd d ock water " ."o wan cell.: Freshwater is less buoyant
lt ....te r: therefore the load h ne regulations allow Ior
Ihi S b y aseign.
than sa"
I' ,
. the vessel a fre shwater m ark. The fr eshwater aUowancei s the number of
:~heS the draR will ch ange wh en moving from freshwater to salt wate r and
.
rsa. In many ports. the harbor water ma y he classified as brackish (
Vlte ve
. .. ) requtrmg
.. t hecalculation ofanewallowance
. tureofsaltandfresh water
~ the term dock-water allowance com es into pla y.
'
e~ock_water a llowance is the nu.mher of .inches a vessel may load below
'I marks in water ofa known s pecific gravity. To find this value, a sample
~;the water a longside the dock is obtaine~ and th~ specific gravity is measured with a simple h yd r om eter. The specific gravity offres b wate r is 1.000
and of salt water 1.02 5 . If the sample at the dock reveals a specific gravity
00.010, h ow ca n t he dock-water allowance be found?
First , the freshwate r a llowance should be found by refe rring to th e hy
drostatic tab les or vessel characteristics. In thi s case, the vessel has a
freshwate r al lowance of 10 " a nd th e specific gravity alongsi de is found to be
1.010.
Second. the d ock -w a ter a llowance ca n be dete rmined since it is already
known tha t at a specific gravity of 1.000 , th e allowance is 10' , and at a speMe gravity of 1.0 2 5 . it is ze ro. The value at the dock is 1.010 or 15125of the
way betw een the ze ro a n d 10 " allowance. Thus:
15
Dockwate r allowance : - dO"
25
: 6.0"
draf\a?
100 ton s
50 tons1inch
:=
Z.
25'00"
Trimming moment
To eli mi nate confusion, vessel per son n el ofte n develop a ta ble of dockwater allowan ces based on t he d ifferen t speci fic gravities th at may be encounte re d.
L.ll2::25' 02"
153
:=
new mean dr aR
:=
Change in trim
:=
25' 02"
TABLE 6-4
Dock-woter Allowanet"ll
(Frcllhwoter AllowaDCt' 10")
Specifi c Gravity
1.000 (fresh )
AllowDnCt'
10"
8"
1.00S
1.010
1.015
0"
1.020
1.025 (s alt )
"
2
SUOf
J~""
SlJMW(R
lO'ot
..
WltfTVl
.....1..0 ..
_ ~-
~:-..-.":::.':.='
'
....
......
'" "Tt~
l ONE
154
,
s a nd shear forces, One of the major conce
e
B en ding stress
' th e stress on til
f'b Ik liquid cargoes by tank vesse I 1S
safe transp~rt 0 uproblems are bending stresses and shear forces
i a conce n t ra tiion of weigh
,
The ,twodipomary
I b nding occu rs wh en t here
ere 1S
longitu
' 0 f t h e vesseI or near th a
icul inaI etion such a s in the 101id section
ar oca I ,
I d ' h
een
di gpoint(s)ofa vessel can be calcu ate wi t a cargo-loading
, ,
irn/
'
'
CO ,
Th e ben 10 am or by using a tradItIonal
to stress rorm, Additionally
gr
pute r pro
h h II d '
, ,
PIC should check the bending stres~es on t e u
unng a cargo opera 'on
by comparing the mean and midship draft~,
,
Sagging (fig, 6-18a) occurs wh,en there 1S a con cent r,atlOn of weight in
the midsection of the vessel, ~usmg the deck to be subjected to compression forces while at the sa m e time the keel 1S under tension.
Hoggi ng (fig, 6-18b ) occurs when there is a concentration of weighta
both ends of the ves sel, causing the deck to experience tensile forces while
the keel is under compression,
A well-conceived cargo plan should minimize t he bending stresses of
the vessel through proper distribution of the cargo and ballast Over the
length of the vessel. It is important to remember t h at sea conditions (fig,
6-19) can amplify these stresses, ultimately causing permanent damage to
par-trc
'--,
(a} Sag
(b) Hog
t
tion of weig ht at c g ~ resse~ (ho~ or sag) exerted on the hull due to a con-centr8
ertai n locations In th e vessel.
ct u r
e (fract ures ) and in the most ('x treme case IOKS ofthe
sel.s tru
\es t nlet
8 ral failure ).
'.
.
u
e occur when t wo forces act In OPpOSite dlre<:ti ons Ipar all el to
the-~e I (Il
\'e~Shellrrorc
ea
The r 5 1'de of the bulkhead causes a shear force.
~ tank
d on .eithe
rienC
166
REVIEW
157
""'0
dock a n d com pa re them to the p reca lcu l.8t e d value.s . As di sc u s sed in cha p.
REVIEW
List th ree way s t~ at ca rgo m easu~em e nt is. c1~sifi~ .
L Wh t are calibratIOn tables? Wh at mform atton IS denved fromthe cal.
2
'
table of t h e vesse I'"
. ib arion
~:scribe
t h e difference between ullage. inn age , and water cute
3.
(t hievage ).
.
.
How can the t rim or list of a vessel influence the accuracy of cargo
l.
,
measurem ents .
.
.
5. What is the differen ce, be tw een ROB and OBQ? When 18 each apphed
in a cargo ca lculation .
.
?"
Wh .s cargo sa m pling n ecessa ry dunng a cargo tra nsfer" What 18 the
6. differen
yl ce between a bot tom samp1e an d ~ Ime samp.e.
I' .
What is the API gravit y of a ca rgo? What IS the relationship between
7. AP I gravity and s pecific gravit y? (Refer to chapter 2 .)
What is the difference between an observed (groealvolume and a stan8. dard (net) volume of ca rgo measu re? How does one convert from the
.
observed volume in the tank to a standar d volume?
9. What information is needed to determine th e volume correction factor
from the API tables? How is the standard volume converted to a
.
I ad
weight, na mely tons?
10. List t he maj or considerations when planning the cargo. oac.
I"
11. What is the freshwater a llowance of a vessel? ~~~ loading a veese 10
brackish wa te r, h ow is the al lowance determme ,
12. Define the following te rms:
LeG
Deadweight
TPI
Trim arm
D,i splace~ent
MTI
Trimming moment
Light ship
LCB
ld be taken into acl3. When planning a cargo load, wh at stresse~ shou d gging Where is
COunt? Explain the difference between hoggm g an sa
.
. ) ale s are detera shear force experienced on a tank vessel?
Explain how cargo transfer (loadingldi8chargl~g ~eck the rates?
mined. Why is it necessary for the PIC to frequen y c
C H A l' T E R 7
Cargo Pumps
5~
...
u.
>,"
"
,
II--t--H--H-t-+--t-+--H 5
~
H--+-H-H-~--I--l"
"~
,
..
forth )
5.
5
The cargo pumps are located eit he r aft of the cargo tanks in a formal
mpftrtmentcalled the pumproom or at the lowe st point (well or sump) in
c
F~~re 7-1 illustrates the typical location of the pumproom,
places It In close proximity to the engine room a nd takes advantage
ndency of the vessel to be trimmed by the stem. Depending on the
SOme vessels are also equipped with a forward pumproom.
:nk.
KINETiC PUMPS
161
rore.noc ne eCho t
' '"
I:08
. d for a ll a pp IC811008 .
sigPte sUIte.... d a8si Iied
1 8S kime tiic or poaiit itve-diIsplaceme nt or, ti
n.. rnpS are
"f . ' rene rc pumps
P"C" d into three grou ps: cont rt uJ':'al, vertical-turbine (deep II) d
. .
di 1
we ,an
iVIde
d
ar' rged . TYPCIl of posrttve- ISP acc me nt pumps inclu de reci
-.. Ipr oca tiing
5ubflle
(lobe ge a r, sc rew, a nd vane).
and rotary
.,
KI N E T I C P UMP S
,
,
,
.1, ,
,
11>
the ca rgo sys tem of 8 ta nk vessel and explains th eir operation .
pumps In
Ce n t ri fu ga l Pumps
centrifugal pumps a re often referred to as th e main cargo pumps {MCPl,
. the fact that they discharge th e bulk of the cargo from the vessel.
~en pumps have a high-volume out put which makes th em wellsuited 8S
rneee
. size
. consridering their
. cargo pumps. Centrif
entrt uga I pumps a re small In
:~nut and have few moving parts, which generally equate s to greater
.,
.1
'I
I +I
Ii
-2 SUbmerged cargo pump located in a sump at the bottom of the cargo
Scott R. Bergeron.
162
CA HGO PUM PS
K INETH..: PU M PS
163
F'lgUre 73.Simple view orthe internals or a centrifugal pump showing the main rotatingelement (impeller). Courtesy Ingersoll Dresser Pump .
,.,rt
port
1 .,rt
Port
dgepwell pump
:3 slarboard
2 starboa rd
1 starboard
--
KI NETI C PUMP S
164
CARGO PUM PS
165
9.
~
5.
6.
1.
Reduce
.
over on deck 18 acce esibl e for
pnJl\e
Jl\
. .
lIe rv\c e
aeduceu
Submerged Pumps
Out!et _
proIllP
Shaft
P~SS~~8
through the mi ddle line. The outermost pipe serves as a
nwd:: which segregates t he hydraulic fluid from the cargo. 'Ibecergcts
eoffe
Uql,lid sur/ace
Subtl1e located in eac h tank (fi g. 7-6), In modem construction, the 8hif\, toward
pl.ll1lpBcall powered deck machinery and automated cargo 8Y8t.etlUl has
b)'lir8~ o~ers to ins~ submerged pump s on their vessels. Figure 7-7
a:.
!'tnPpe fthe pipestack with ai r , nitrogen, or mert gas through a connec~e top d ck The cargo in the disch arge pipe is forced th rough a smalltlono n e .
.
'
h
h h
. . ,. th
diameter stripping (riser) Iin e di re ctly as ore, t ere y rmrummng e
I Cargolank2
port
Drop
Pump sump
Submerged
cargopump
Figure 7-5. Croee-eecttonal view of a deep well pump. Copyrig ht Inte rn ational
Maritime Organization OMOJ. London .
I
I
I
J
ia"1'-+...
To group 3 Grou 2
Submerged
cargopump
cargo lank2
,tsrbollrd
nilold
I
I
I
L
I
' d with submerged
. 'A typical piping arrangement on a veeee squrppe
a h,cargo tank.
K INETlC
I'U~tI'S
167
Local capaCItyCOfllrol
CapaCItyCOfllrol valve
Cotlemam purging COflnecliOil
---<Ipressure pipe
Hydrsu l ~
()isdlarging
Strlpping completed.
Purging started.
Coflerdam
surrounding
t"ridraulic section
High-pressure
hydraulic meter
DL&tf\8nUing and
service without
lifting pump
. ec..lional view of a submerged pump shewing the major compora Moho AS.
Purging oornptete<l.
submerged pump.CourtesyFrankMohoAS.
Pump Operation
mpe typically operate in either a he ad or a lift c~ndition. The
m umping situation is the head condition in whIch the cargo
me physical height above the inletofthe pump. Wh~n operated
eail condition, cargo fills the casing of the pump by gravity, thereby
168
CARGO PUM PS
KINETI C P UMP S
169
_ _ !I'
,,,
,,,
,,
,
,,,
,,
"""'
"'.,.,"
Tota l
______--.'+
...
SlatlC suctio n
"'''
r""" "",
dIscha'gt
""
Figure 1-10. Cargo pump operating in a lift condition in which the liquid level is
maintain~ng an adequ~te ~rime. On inerted vesse ls, the positive deck pres~ ure re~w red to be maintained above th e ca rgo in t he tanks further assists
In kee~mg th~ pu mp prir.ned, p8rt~cularly when a pproaching th e stripping
s~ge In the dI8~~arge . Figure 79 illustra te s a typical gravity or static sue.
t ion he ad condition.
. In th e lift cond itio n , the cargo level is some physical dista nce belowthe
ml~t of th e pump. In a convent iona l pipeline vess el, th e pu mps begin toex~enence this condit ion wh en the cargo level fall s below the bottom piping
In th~ tank (fig. 710). Thi s makes it nece ssary for the pump to perform
work In an effort to draw the ca rgo up to the inl et .
CAVITATION
A centrifugal pump does not oper ate efficiently in th e lin condition and
may begin to exhibit signs of cavitation . Ca vitati on occurs when the pressure in the suction line fall s below the va por pr essure of th e cargo. resulting in the formation of vapor pockets in the liquid stream; th ese pockets
eventually reach th e inlet of the pump. This is fre quently referred to as
"gas aing" up the pump. When these pockets of vapor colla pse on th e impelIer vanes, they create undue noise and vibration in the pump. In the short
cavitation results in lower pump efficiency as evidenced by a poor
'sd ia rge tate . In the wor st case it can cause phy sical dam age. actual.ly
e
. me'liil urfaces and possibly contributing to bearing or fatigu e Failn pump. reaulting in a shorter service life .
Vortexing action around the bellm outh in the cargo tank . This typically
occurs with a low cargo level in the tank.The cargo begina to forman eddy
near the bellmouth which can admit IG and cargo vapors (atmosphere)
into the suction line of the pump.
2. Carg o characteristics that may contribute to the formation of vapor pockets in th e auction piping leading to the pump . For example, high vapor
pressure ca rgoes such as n aphtha are susceptible to pumping problema
due to vaporization of th e liquid in the suction line.
3. High temperature ofthe ca rgo, which increases ils tendency tovaporize.
4. Leaks or h oles in the suction pipin g allowing air into the line.
I.
Theoperator of a centrifugal pump must be mindful ofthe cause and effect of cavita tion, particularly when approaching the stri~pin.g s~g7 in th e
.discharge of a cargo tank. To minimize the effects of caVl~tlon, 1t ISc~m
m ti practice to partially open a cargo ta nk with ample gravity head tpn~e
)to main tain an a de quate flow to th e pump .The operator must decide
n it is unreasonable to continue dischargin g the cargo tank with .the
ti'ifugal pump or ri sk losin g suction. It is usually necessary. to switch
. . r d twedge)
~ the stripping pump or eductor to drain the remammg Iqu,t
.
tank. The point wh er e one mu st shift. to the next tank In the disquence will vary with differ ent pumpin g systems and ~pe~::r
ceo For example, whil e discharging a single-hull veeee Wl a
CAlm O PU MPS
con ven tio nal bottom piping system and after pum proom 11
mu st carefully monitor the perform an ce ofthe MCP when th'e Ie operatt,r
ge tti ng close to the tan k bottom. Even with a prim e tan k pa rtica,;Ro level is
th e MCP will cavi tate or lese s uct ion en ti re ly if a sufficient "81~ ropel\ed,
sp he re from the tank re ache s th e pump. Consi der how differen ~thofa.tlllo.
tion is on a dou ble-h ull tan k vessel with no botto m pip ing an d subeS1lua.
pumps located in a sum p in each tank . As the cargo level approR ~erged
~ottom of th e ta n k, th~ p,u m ~ con tin ues ,to,receive an adequate P;i~: ~he
til t he only ca rgo rema m mg In the tank IS In th e su mp. Anoth er be fi n.
t he doubl e-hull vessel is t he a bsence of framin g in the bottom ofl hne !tof
.
.
cargo
tank; th e smoot h mner
botto m does not Impede
the flow of liquideto
the
p u mp.
PRIME
Certain te lltale signs in d icate th at a centrifugal pump does not have an ad.
equate prime. The ea rlies t indica tions that a pump is sta rved of adequate
liqui d a re slight fluctu ations in the pump gauges (tachomete r and dis.
charge pressure ). If th e ope ra ting condi tio ns are no t changed , the gauge
flu ctuations become more errat ic and the pu mp generates noise and vibra.
tion. Unless a sati sfac tory flow to the pump is restored, it will lose suction,
overs pee d, a nd trip out. To resume pumping it will be necessary to opena
tank with s ufficient gravity hea d to r eprirn e the pu mp,
An ope ra to r ca n em ploy various techniques to red uce the cha nce crt he
main ca rgo pump losin g sucti on when no p rime tank is avai lab le.
When a pump fir st exhi bits s igns oflosing suct ion, it is common practice
to reduce th e pump spee d (rp m) and partially close (t hrottle) a discharge
valv e on the pump. Throttling th e discharge va lve reduces the velocity of
the liquid through th e pump, smooths out th e flow, a nd maintains a reasonable delivery. Another recomm endation is to shorten th e suction pipe
by ending the di scharge operation close to the pump, thereby minimizing
friction and flow losse s. Finally, the operator should ensure th at the suetion line to the pump is isolated by closing block va lves a nd crossovers,
thereby minimizing potential air leaks in th e system ,
CROSSOVERS
...
171
have adequate flow through the clllling for the speed at which it is
IUhe car go tank level has reached the POint where there is inopt'r/l~I~~'gravity
head to properly su ppor t the Opera tilJnof hoth pumps,
llic1e
llu
should
sh uht down the distan t pump and finish with one pu mp '
ratar
"',eope
y,gut"7 11 'Uustrates t ree pum ps connected on the suctionside th rough 8
doelll1~
crossover,
'tuation whe re two centrifugal pumps are delivering into the
I the s l
' k f
.
, herge lin e, there IS a ns 0 unequal sha ring of the load The
en diSC
I'
d
b
'
se.l1l
ith the greater de Ivery ten a ~ put a ack pressure on the distant
pIlJllP";. harge. The net effect of th ia back pressur e is equivalent to
pllJllP . 18Ca discharge valve, resulting in inadequate movement of liquid
.l. .... tthng
. I
h ti
' . ' h
uo>v
h the pump a nd. po~ntl a ove~ ea mg. ~ 10 t e previous case, the
througult f th is inequit y 18 overheatmgofthe distant pump. Pump manunet res enera lly recomm end that both pum ps be operated at the same
fad urersl
speed
so cloSely observ ed for a ny difference in te mperatu re.
S HORE BOOST ER PUMP
KINETIC PU MPS
173
-/ -- I
I
I
I
I
I
Sea Suction
vll ives
I
I
I
I
I
~nll
GrOUP 3
Slraine r Pump
suction
Main ca rgo
pump 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
_1- --
--
Bulkhead
block
crcssovar
valves
Crossover
valves
Eng;ne room
L'"
c:onUolier
eoctcn
Main cargo
Bulkhead
blo< k
I
I
I
pump 2
Crossover
valves
Group 1
Strainer
Main cargo
pump 1
Pump
Bulkhead
suction
block
Sea suction
valves
--
--
Separat or lank
-~~
GfOUp 2
Slrnlner Pump
--
PUITI(l' oom
Starboard
sea chest
I
I
I
L
dition is restored. At the same tim e, gases in the recirculation tank and
pump casing are vented throu gh an ext raction line to the discharge side of
the pump. These devices m ake it possible to discharge th e cargo tanks
more completely without d amaging the pump. The y also protect the pump
from damage resulting from operator erro r such as closing a valve on the
8\1ction side of an operating pump. Th ere a re many designs of self-priming
~um~s on the market; therefore the operator should consult the manufec~ !!. man ual for a detailed description of the type and method of operaIi fthe one fou n d on the vessel.
. umping system the problems that typically arise are rela~d to lac~
or l ack of delivery. The operator must carefully monitor carg
.,
174
I>()SITlVI':- DI SI'I ..AC l';M ~;N T I'UM I>s AN\ll'; lll lL'T(lll.<;
2.
C
::k
lati on . When th e drop Iloadi n gj va lves fire left open or an autoFlrci~CII tve in the discharge line is frozen in the open position re~~~
.
' .
'
III ula
tion oecurB. If th e pump III equipped WIth an automatic priming
Clre
the recirculation valve may be frozen In the open poaition. permit.Ylltern,
. h return ofcargo to t hee sucti
eucuon side of the pump. Where fitted, cargo
ung t e
relief valves should also be checked to ensure they fire in the norpump
't.
1I dOlled p ORI IOn .
Y
a>' hanical fail ure. A worn or damage d pump, an excessively worn impelMt c
ki
l d-' I
..
o, .
h n rauore. lea ng g an ....sea s, or a bad dn ve unit may cause
ler. ea
problems.
SUCTION SIDE
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
175
CARGO PU M PS
Air or vapor bound pump. This condition generall y OCCUI"ll at eta rt_up due
to improper pri ming of the pump . Centrifugal pump s must be initially
primed by opening a vent at the top of the rasi ng to bleed ofT any gilt
tra pped in th e pump. The casing and impeller mu st be filled with liquid at
start-up or the pump will not operate.
Clogged strainer. When a foreign obstruction becomes lodged in the
strai ner, it restri cts the flow ofliquid to the pump, which results in a loss of
suction. It is the n necessary to clean the strainer by closing the appropri_
ate valves to isolate it, draining the cargo from the unit, a nd removing the
access cover. The strainer is generally composed of cylindri cally 8haped
mesh designed to pr event foreign objects in the liquid flowfrom damaging
the internals of th e pump .
Cavitation. This results from air leaks or vaporization of the cargo in the
suction line of th e pump. Refer to th e earlier discussion of cavitati on in
this chapter.
Insufficient g ravity head. The pump ceases to operate due to a lowcargo
level in the tank.
Cargo characteristics. The viscosity or specific gravity of the cargo may be
grea ter th an the pum p is designed to handle. Pumping problems can also
occur when the te mperature of a heated cargo is permi tted to cool to its
pour point . In th e worst case scenario, t he cargo actually begins to solidify
in th e tanks .
Mechanical failure. Mechanical pr oblems inclu ding a worn or damaged
pump casing, en excessively worn impeller , bea rin g failu re, leaking
gland w's eals, or a bad dri ve uni t may cause discharge pr oblems.
2.
3
..
DISCHARGE SIDE
1.
Escessioe dis charge pre ssure. Thi a may occur at a terminal with an exceeslve discharge head . It if! a common problem when the vessel pumps must
deliver the cargo a considerable distance or vertical height to the shor~
tank. Check for valve malfunctions in the discharge line such as a sheared
. In
. t h e pump opera timg a ga inst a close
ste rn or dropped gate resultmg
valve .
dt
CARGO P UMPS
176
Au.~illry
slide val\'e
Piston valve
177
.
t af t h e piston creates a va cuum , thu!!. drawin, t\
vemc n
. tak
I
F"
.
te ca r go mto
,"emO
e va ve . IguTC 7-13 18a simpl
r
\."
tinder throu gh a n m
e
VI ew 0 a rethee)' . gpUnlp.
C1 Proca~~g the d isch a r ge st roke, the pi~ton forces tho cargo out of the eylinDo h th e d iKch a r ge va lve, creating a delivery pres sure on th
t\ t
tona
1m
take an d dI SCh arge valves are usually
e ou i e def th" '"h pump. Add tt
side of ~~ake these pump~ double-acting. Si~p\y stated, a double.acti'~g
stalled. ne in whic h pum pm g actton occurs Simultaneously on both Bides
pulllP I~ tonfor eac h st rok e of the pump .The ne t res ult i8 a smoother delivPlS incr ea sed pum pm
.
orthe
. and
g ca.,
pa~l. y. Re ciprceating
pump s ar e self
t~ .
meaning t hey have the ab ility to regain suction whe n suction is
pnJ]1l:~ se pumps a re capable of moving the atmosphere (vapors and inert.
1051. ir ) which ma y be drawn from the ca rgo tank with th e liquid during
f 31
M1.5 0final
U n.lik
e-e
stages of st n. ppmg.
I ~ ~ntnif ug~ \ pumps, they can develop
th eu
nece ssa ry t o draw liquid in to the intake when operating in a
UIII
theva dition. The m ain disadvantage of reciprocating pumps is that they
:~l\Y slow. For example. a reciprocating pump on a typical coastal
k vessel gen erally h as a capacity of800 to 1,000 barrels per hour tbpb).
~ ncem when ope rati ng a pos itive-displacement pump is that th e disline is open. A positive-~isP~8c~ment pump will de,,:elop a consi~er
abledischarge pressure if the pipeline 15 blocked or a valve ISclosed agamst
Slay rod
ch:
lhe pump.
Pomp cylinder
R ota ry Pump
Another type of positive-displac ement pump is th.e ro.tary pump : which operatesby physical ly trapping the ca rgo a nd ca rrying It ~m t~e inlet to ~he
outlet. Thi s is usually accomplished through the rotatlO.n of mte~eshm~
~ars, lobes , screws, or vanes. Figures 7-14 through 7-17Illustrate differen
typu of rotary pum ps .
,Figure 7-13 . Simple view of a reciprocating pump. From Principles of Naval Engi
neenng.
Reciprocating Pump
poeitive-diaplaeement pump typically used in striPpingllervice
1E~i!ii!~.~m~.,Ia~n~,k vessels is the reciprocating pump . Th e design general1Y
Dsists; oftwollislona (duplex pump) that move back and forth in eyle
e d i her by steam or air. The flow of liquid to and from the
UUlp'i8 ccompliehed through spring-loaded val vee. On the intake stroke,
e
sueuco
Swinging Iype
moving venee-"<e--____
179
capacity of these pu.mps is limited by the volume of th e space becBsing a nd rotat lT~g eleme nts. Rotary pumps nrc self-pri ming
the
tYo'ccncnerall Yh a~e ~ be tter d lllc ha ~ge ~apacity tha n a recipr ocating pump.
and gd pend on hqUld flow for lubn.cali on; t herefore it is not recomme nde d
TheY h' Ybe allow ed to operate without liquid for an extended period of
. th ey. ~re ~ se d ori
th. flte t Ine marine se ~ce
pnmanly as st ripping pumps or in
tlJll ". ,where a h ft con di tion I S encountered , such as with.
d
'watlOn
f numn i I
rorwar
1I1
roorn. This type a pump I S a so wen suited for vesse ls transporting
pump . cosity ca rgoes suc h as as phalt.
high-VIS
Eductors
'l'he
EducLOTS are typically u tili z ~d for stripping on vessels t ra nsport ing a dedi-
d cargo. On a crude ca~ er , for exam ple. eductors are commonly used
Discharge
Sucllon
Figure 716 . Screw pump. Courte sy J er emy Docekal .
Inlel
usvtew
CARGO PUMPS
180
2.
3.
888
Gelated
REVIEW
1. What type ofpump is typically employed for the m a in ca rgo pumps on
modem tank vessels?
2. Wha t type s of pumps are typically employed for st ri pping service on
tank vessels?
3. Define the following terms: gravity head. static s uctio n lift, pump
head . disc harge head .
4. Wh at is t he main rotating element in a centrifugal pump called? In
what area of t he pum p is energy converted from high velocity to a combination of velocity a nd discharge pressure?
5. During a cargo disch arge, wh at are t he telltale signs that a cent rifugal
pump is being starved of ade quate liquid?
6. Define ca vitation. Wh at a re the short- a nd long-term effects of'eavitating a pump?
7. How does an oper ator pr event loss of s uct ion in t he main ca rgo p~p
wh en th e cargo level is low in the t ank? <Desc ri be the use of a pnme
tank.I
181
\'
. a shore booste r pum p employed i n la ndem with th
. n..en IS
d
h
e veeee S
12. "'''
IlIps? Wh at concerns Ge S t e shore booster p
,
,go pU
'
\' D
ib h
urnp create lor
,.
atcr of t h e vesse . escn e t e performance of th
\'
the oper rnps befor e a n d a ft er th e bcosta r pump illsla rte d e vellSc S
~rgo::possible c~use8 for the m~in cargo (centrifugal) p~mp to lose
13. Llst.t during a dis ch a rge oper at tcn .
suction
h
t th
.
ist the gauge s t at 88S lS
e o~erator 10 monitoring the perfo r14. L ce of th e ca rgo pumps. Where IS th e emergency shut down for the
",an 1C8,go pumps locate d?
veeee
.
ry diff
m er e nces betw een a deepweU (vert icalWhat ar e the prima
16. tu rbine) pump a nd s ubme rged pump? Wh at are the advanlages of
deepwelVsubmerged pumpmg systems over a conventional pumprooIl1?
MV r ETRO LAB
W" r ld Tra ntp or1 Co.
C HAPTE R 8
RH.
RH '
~ -"
Tf lL, US M
R t'J:
rltOPCCTS
~5
0 00
bb\s
JtI
<Po, gPO phis
_2 F.O. u.S, non
1~
1~1.l~
o;G RATE
The following item s, derived from fed er al regul ation as well as company
manuals, must be checked prior to comm encing a cargo tran sfer an d at the
cnange of watch, before each success ive PIC ass umes responsibility for the
c r'go operation.
REG
HAl-L AST
"-
JET
Jf.T
JH
!i-o
5-0
!i-o
JET
JET
JET
5-0
10 - 0
S,OOO bp b (lUll)
IIARGE RATE
REGULATIONS
.1""-
LOAD~A.rOR CO:aROL
he tran sfer of ca rgo between a vessel and the shore fa cility or between two vessels requires ca reful planning a nd exec ution by the
person s-in -charge. Th e goa l of this ope ration is the sa fe a nd efficient
tra nsfer of ca rgo. With thi s in mind, t he P ICs should conduct a thorough
insp ect ion of th e vess el a nd faci lity before assuming the ca rgo watch to
minimize the possib ility of cargo contamination , spills , fir es, and explc .
sto ne. This cha pte r addresses the precau ti ons tha t should be followed by
a vessel PI C when ever a cargo transfer is under t ak e n. a nd it focuses on
the cri tical poin ts of th e loadi ng a nd di sch arging operations. Preparation for t he cargo transfe r begins prior to the vessel's a rrival at the
ber th . It in volves t he developme nt of a ca r go plan outlini ng such thin gs
as the identity of the ca rgoes, tank la yout , seque nce of ca rgo transfer,
cargo quantity a nd ca lculations, and ot her det a ils of the up comin g operation (fig. 8-1).
REG
-, 't-"
112 1
g "HoSe. 3
_3 #-2.. ~ 9 15" H eee
~ .L
yes.l@)
N /';"
)-es([!P
TANKS
fl5
l o ~O
1"- /
;
tr2 F.O.
LLA.'
5 -0
115
1"- /
BALLAST
/"-
112 F.a .
U F.O.
' 2 F.O.
S- o
5-0
5-0
Figure 81. Typical plan outlini ng the cargo layout . qua ntities, an d rates.
2.Cargo hoses and loading arms. len gth: Cargo hoses and loading
anns must be long enough to allow the vesse l to move to the limits of ~ts
moorings with out pla cin g strain on the hose. loading arm, or trans fer piping system (fig, 83).
3.Cargo hose 8UPPOrt : Eac h hose must be properly sup~rted ~ prevent kinking or other dam age <such as a bight of the hose getting pmched
between the vessel a nd the dock ).Th e hose should be properly supporte d to
prevent undue strain on it s couplings (fig 8-4).
I
Transfe r sys tem alignment: The pipin g system must be pro~r y
. d to permit the sche d uled flow of oil or ha zardous material. Prior to
n up the piping sys te m, it is recomm end ed that all valves ~e ~~nuany
u 1 y checked to en sure they are initially closed. To mJI~tmlZe th
<h
. .
. r the PIC to line up t he.
II uma n error It 18 standard practice lor
. divid I
for the scheduled transfer and th en have another m IV! ,~.
~ <
I it i I 0 common prac .Ice
I II Correctness. On automated vesse 8, 1 18 a 8.
b.
II: rsonnel on deck verify the opening and closing of valves. Wit
Figure 8 -3. Cargo hoses mu st ha ve s ufficient len gth a nd be pr ope rly supporte d to
prevent undue st rain on th e couplings .
185
aRsive chan ge of t he cargo wa tch, the PIC abculd chi'ck the curach SllCC f aU cargo system va lves .
tatUS
0
' tS
...J1
,.
Tron st'l'.ero>'st eTrt, Il n ll Hed. c u.m p fJlIe n tH; Any pa rt 0 Lth e trans rer
5.
. , not n"..eded for the ope, ration I II to he .securely blanked 0 r sh u t oIT.
piPIJ1 Cargo hOlles or loudrn/! arms, not In 'Ul'; The end of each cargo
6 loading arm not con n~cted for the tram:;fer ofoil or hazardous matehOse 0T t be bla nked-ofT usmg proper closure devices such as butt rfl
nal ll1US fer-typ e re silient seated valv es, or blank flan ges.
e y
alves,
wa
..
Th e cargo hose or loading a nn is to be
v
Transfer
sys tem, ,~ ed p iping:
7. d to fixed piping on the vessel 88 well as at the facility .
CO~~~~'f'rboard. disch argf.'ls~a su ct io n vu /t'f.'s: Eac~ overboard dis.
e or sea s uctIOn valve that IS conn~ted to the veseel'e cargo piping or
ch~ stem mu s t be seale d Or lashed In t he dosed position,
tallg.t orgo h oses, con d ition : E ach ~argo hose use d in th e tran sfer must
be visually inspected for any unrep aired ~oose c~vers , kinks, bulges, soft
. te or any ot he r defect that would permit th e discharge of oil or hazard::~go through the ho se material. Further, there sh ould be no gouges,
ts or slashes that pene t ra te the fir st lay er of hose reinforcement. The re~o~ementlayer refer s to the strength members in the construction ofthe
hose---fabric, cord, Or metal.
10.Ca rgo h oses, p ressu re rating and labeling: Each ca rgo hose or
loading arm must me et t he b ursting and working pressu re ra tings contained in Titl e 33 CF R P art 154 .500, Each cargo hose must have the
i\I~ 8-4.A h
08e
rack us ed at a terminal.
186
.---
'"'
must have suita ble gasket materi al to ensure aleak-Frae seal \\'h", eCbons
.
.
n stan_
da rd flanges are employed, a bolt must be Install ed at least in every th
hole and in no case should th ere be fewer than four bolts for tempora 0 er
nections. If the fla nges are nonsta nda rd or th e connection is penna;;' nc~n.
bolt must be used in every hole of th e flan ge. The deta ils concerning: ,a
tr ansfer connections can be found in Title 33 CFR Part 156.130.
argo
12. Monitoring devices: These devices may be inst alled at a shore f .
cility to significantly limit the amount of a discharge of oil or hazardo a
materi al durin g a transfer. These devices, when required by local autho~~
ity, must be install ed proper ly and maintained in proper working order.
13. Discharge containment equipment: Each shor e facility is reo
quired to have ready access to sufficient containment material (i.e., a
boom) an d equipm ent to conta in any oil or hazardous materi al discharged
onto the water during transfer opera tions .
14. Discharge containment area: Thi s refer s to the fixed container
<trough) or enclosed deck a rea located under the vessel manifold (refer to
figure 8-3 ) int end ed to collect a ny sp illage du r ing connection and di sccn nection of cargo hoses or loading a rms. Th e containment a rea must havea
means of being drained periodi cally so as to pr ovide th e required capacity . The required cap acity of the fixed contai nment (trough ) area is dependent on the diameter of th e cargo hoses or loading arms connected to
the manifold. The details concerning the capacity of the cont ainment area
for a vessel can be found in Titl e 33 CFR Part 155.310. As oft his writing,
all oil tankers and offshore oil barges with a ca pacity of 250 barrels or
more must have peripheral coaminga (at hwartshi ps as well as foreand-aft) that completely enclose the cargo deck area, ca rgo hat ches, manifolds, transfer connections, and other openings wher e cargo may overflow or leak. The coamings must be at least four inche s high except in the
after corners on the port and sta rboard sides of the vessel, where they
must be at least eight inches high .
15. Scupper. or draine: Means shall be provided to mechanically
close each weather-deck drain or scupper in the container or encloseddeck
area so that in the event of a tank overfill, ruptured hose, or pipeline leak,
the cargo is contained on deck (fig. 8-5).
Figure 85. All weather.deck drains must be plugged during a cargo transfer.
16. Communication syste mlla nguage fluency: Two-way voice communications must be pro vided between the persons-in-charge of the transfer operations. Th e communicatio ns equipme nt must be suitable for the
area ofoperation, such as the use of intrinsically safe portable radios when
transferring flamm able or combusti ble liquids. At least one person at th e
eitecfthe transfer operation mu st be capa ble af fluently speaking the languageor languages s poken by the PIC on the vessel and the PIC at the facility.
17. ErMrgency shlltdown: Both the vessel and the shore facility must
heve a means of stopping th e flow of oil or hazardous car goin the event.of
anemergency during a tr an sfer opera tion. For vessels, the method may.mvalve a pump control, qui ck-actin g power-actu ated valve. or an operatmg
procedure. The emergency shutdown mu st be operable. from the cargo
deck, cargo control room or the usual operating stanon for the per8Onin-charge of the cargotra nsfer on the vessel (fig. 8-6 ).
The facility must provide an emergency means to enable the PIC of the
ssel to stop the flow of oil or hazardous cargo during a tr~nsfe.r. Th:
ethod ofshutting down may be electrical, pneumatic. me.cha~cal hnkag
e shore facility, or through electronic voice commUnlCatlOr . hi th
o~ oil transfers, the facility must stop the flow to the vesee WIt n e
11 Wing limits:
188
...
I , 1980 .
mence ope ratio n on or b f
Th '
(. O f e Nov
r
rrty second s for facili ties tha t co
d
elJl11ll
1980.
mme nce ope ration afte r N
oV{'rnh('r 1,
W1
In
t hese limi ts :
mu st Slo p
Ta '
18.
" Ph er eon-in-cbare
I i e , a t site s Th eTe must be
des!
son-in-c arge on the vess el a nd a t the shore facilit
a eSlgnaled per.
to be a t th e s ite of the transfer opera tion and ' y. ned!PICs a re required
transfer personnel.
rmme late ly available to
19. !7ansfer p rocedu re s manual: Ea ch ve sse l cond .
uctm g the tr ans.
fer of oil or h az ardou s ca rgo mus t have a t ransfer r
cargo transfe r must be conducted in a ccordance ~t:t~dure~dm~nua~. The
transfer procedures manual.
e gut elines In the
20. S u ffic ie n t p ersonnel: Th e personnel re uir d
a tion a s outlined
th e transfer procedures
in
<'
H~:(; U I..ATl n N S
1B9
f th
e vessel and
o to ensure that
ellch 111
Identity of t he prod uct to be tran sferred
Qua nti ty to be transferred
,Sequence of t he tra nsfer operation
Tran sfer ra te
.....e
or ti tle a nd loca t.
ion of ea '
ch person
participating In
" lh e transfe r
I~
.
Details ofthe t ransfemng and receiving Byste ms
Critica l stages in t he t ransfer operation
Feder al , state. a nd loca l rules that apply to the t ransfer of oil or hau.rdous
" .."go
Emergen cy procedures
Discharge containment procedu re s
Discharge re porting proced ure s
Wa tch Dr sh ift a rrangem en ts
Transfer shu tdown procedures
dock must displ ay a red flag (bravo) by day and a red electric lantern at
night wher e vis ib le from all sides (a ll-round light ). When transfe rring
cargo at.anchor, onl y the red fla g shall be displayed . A warni ng sign shall
be posted a t th e gangway or point of access to the vessel with the following
wording ba sed on the type of cargo being tran sferred:
FOR OIL CARGOES
WARNING
No visitors
No emoking
No open lights
Fi...~.Jl.lia..,ner",,"O,IJltdown control for the vessel's cargo pumps.
FOR HAZARDOUSMATERIALS
wARNING
Dongerou. Corgo
No visitors
No smoking
No open lights
--
190
HE1;UI..\TIIJN S
191
';; .t8
be C
""tol11
. d
. th .
..
SS-'. n Vessel s reqUIre to operate In I' mert condillon must verify that
tlO
u1l1
h cargo tanks h a ve an oxygen content ofB percent or less by volume
on th e vessel.
If th e vessel is transferring a benz ene regula ted cargo, a warning sign
Co m pany Re commendation s
.J'
tion
to
the
aforement
ioned regu latory requirements ,companies frelna dUJ
GO INFORMATION CARD
CA A
,.
:: ..
''''''''
""
( .. ...,1&>1
,___
, T _ " . - _ _"
. , '_ _ ..... _
, _ _-_ _
1 _",
_
c"....."
(. .. . III M (. ...
1' ' ' 'Xl IDlI<JijIJ
'0- '
,.
''' 'XI('",c"n
'''''''C.''
'1-,,_
IS ......
1l6_
P5 _
c..
.......
"T___
22_. . _
__
..
". ....
.1.1I
C-. .. _ -.. _ _ I
l- .
"'-_.._-_ ...
,.... ----- _c_
__
.,.,
, ..
lD_
_.
'............'I_....._
.. _
_.
DDTHIS
Q
Q~---.;===---~
' 11I1
_1
__ _._...........__
. __'__
..._
800-424-9300
MARINE RADIOTELEPHONES
CALL 202-483-76U5
Iod
eo.-.-.T . _ ~
IF THIS HAPPENS
. ..... . - . _ ._
_
1_ _
.LIo<h.-.._
_
II
IN C A S E OF ACCIDENT
. _.-.. . ___"'_
_-1_ '..",.,
..."---'",-,. .-.--u
..
1
F~~_~~~~O~:~~~:~~~~~_~~:~~~:~:~~
k
, . , . _ _ _
_
HAZARDS
r- ----------------- -----------
EXP L
P1 _
" , _ C..- _ _. ,
OSURE
fJ5B-:Il
(I " '''' C'II
.,_.__
I CORROSIVE MATERIAL
r-----------------------
1'"
~__
., k_ ..._
(I "'-;~ ">PII
' . ...III!t.1
.. _
__
'" _ _
-.
C...C
.' ''II
"-'<>
,~_
,_......
,_
~::~ N.""
and
Description
.. _ _ .....,
r...
"""'..
5I< _
_ .......
:I5B-:IO....
.--_
"
..
Remove to Iresh air. II nol brealhing, apply artifK:i al resetration, Ollygen. II breathing is difficu~ , administerollygen.
Call physician .
8 9 C d'
ronspicuous l ocation on
Figure 8-11. Spool-type insulatin g flange is a one-piecedouble-sided flange rnachined from cast nylon . Courtesy Apollo International Corp.
..
. posttion on a tank.
U11 age opemng
WIth flame scree n In
19 6
197
lasted condition, per sonn el should veri fy to t he best of th eir a biltre hal.
y rltao
at
th e ball ast water is "clean" prio' r to di scharge in to th e harbor ' S~rmu
neous ca rg~ an d b a IIa ~t ope ra tio ns should .o? ly be conducte d after care.
ful calcula tio n ofbendmg, sh ear, and ata biltty condit ions (free eurfae
el
of the vessel.
12. Portable electric eq uip me n t: Portable electric items must be disconnecte d from th eir power source.
13. Con /ai.n me n / boom: The riggi ng of a containment boom around
th e ~essel dunng cargo transfer operations may be requ ire d by local au.
thortty or some shore facilities (fig. 8-13). In th e event of a discharge of
cargo Into th e water , th e containment boom limits the movement of the
spill with th e pre vailing winds or curre nts. The proper use ofconta inment
booms not only protects adjoin ing shorelines and se nsitive ecological areas
but aids the res ponse and cleanup effort,
14. Spill response eq u ip men t: Emer gency spill response equipment
on t he vessel sha ll be readi ly accessible. The spill response locker typically
includ es such ite ms as portable (Wilden) pumps, absorbent pads, scoops,
buckets , rags, squeegees, mops, boots, gloves, aprons, and goggles.
15. Draft or freeboard restrictions: The P IC should confer with the
facility concerni ng the ava ila ble depth of wate r alongside th e dock and any
freeboard restrictions th at may be imposed prior to th e car go tr ansfer, If
th e depth of water at the dock is in qu esti on, it is advisable to take
soundings around th e vessel at th e proper stage of th e tide, An accurate determination ofthe depth alongs ide th e dock is necessary to avoid the possi
bility of the vessel touching bottom during th e final stages of loading.
While discharging, the change in freeboard, coupled with th e ran ge of the
tide ~ could result in undue st rain being placed on the connections or mel:\uica1 loading arms, The PIC should take corrective act ion to prevent
sucll a~ occurrence.
6, Freshwater allowance (FWA): When a vesse l is being loaded to
its appficable limiting load line, the PIC should check th e density ofth e wa
teralongside the vessel to det ermine any allowance that should be applied
ifl10ating in fresh or br ackish water. Performing this check will avoid the
possibility of overloadi ng or loading the vessel short.
OPERATIONS
After all pret ran sfer and safe ty checks have been completed, the cargo o~
eration can begin . When the PICs ofthe facility and the vessel report then
readiness to commence the cargo tran sfer, th e manifold valves are op~n~d.
The start of liquid flow is a critical point in the cargo operation, req~m ng
the personal supervision of the PIC. It is standard industry practice to
start the cargo tran sfer at a reduced rate with personnel sta ndingby at the
manifold on deck to check the connections, hoses, arms, and piping for
leaks. Personnel should make a round of th e deck, visually checking t~e
Water alongside the ves sel and the ta nk ullages to confirm th at cargo IS
fuI.Wing in th e correct dir ection. On vessels equipped with a pumproom,
Uil l space should be checked frequ ently for any leaks. The vessel cargo
Ii s must bechecked for prop er venting or inert gas delivery, as th e opera I n warrants. At the st art of th e cargo transfer , the PIC should keep a
watch on pump, manifold, and deck pressur e readings .
198
(1\'~;ltA'I'I () N S
199
When t he P IC is sa t is fied th at th e ca rg o tr an 8 ~ .
l8
s moot hly. t he loading or d ischarging ra t e can be inl'r" a"d prOCeeding
.
. . . . . se loth.
maximum . AEI t he ca rgo trans fe r proceed s it is r~co m m d d u agreed
.
' e n e tht
pers on nel mak e continuous ro und s of the de ck check!
I ~ vcssel
.
,
... fi g SUI' 1 I t
ca rgo a nd ball a st ta nk level s, mamfold connections h
~I
em!! 8 s
,
, ose""arrns' va1Ve
a Iignmen t, pumproom , mooring lin es gangway vessel tr m
id I
. "
.
8 1C, we th
tI a current, and secu nty. Some ve ssels maintain a slat
bo a er,
playing t he curren t ca rgo a nd ballast tanks involved in t h tn ard dis.
.h
any stop gauges or fina l u lla ge s noted on board Th e PI C she rsldnsrer wit
.
'" a u ca lcu)
t h e cargo tran8f~r ra te ho~r~y ( to en~u.re compliance with the 8 ate
value) to det ermine th e anticipated sa iling tim e In a dd,", "
h greed
.
.
10n, t e p
s'peed a nd manifold press ures should be recorded by th e PIC. The esump
hsh ed cargo t ran sfer pla n must be followed and a ny last- " t h tab"
ati
or d e re or devi
evratrcns
from th e pla n should be' recalculat ed mm
t u eidc ang.
"
" I'
0 aVOI exces
arve tnm, 18t, st ress, or stability problems . A number of oper au
h "
ir
e
th
ion
of
'
.
I
a so req uire t e attention 0 th e PIC at ce rtain pomts in a cargo one
t t ~at
inclu de the following :
rans er
1. Sampling: Tank vessels a re su bject to sampling a nd lab ans] "
"
"" h
~ I S"
va~ o us POints In t e tran sport ofa cargo. For example, a vessel may be reo
~wred to perform ~ot~m sa mpling at th e beginning of the loading Opera.
ticn . Bottom sa mphng ISperformed for quality assurance and to ensure the
vesse l was pro.per~y prepared to receive th e ca rgo being loaded. The PIC
~hould determine ifbottom sa mpling is requi red for a ny ofthe cargoes duro
ing th e pr et.ran sfer conference. The tanks that mu st be bott om sam pled reo
cerve 8 partial load to 8 specified level, a nd then the operation is shut down.
The loading opera tion ca n only resume after th e PI C receives clearance
from th e laboratory. Lin e sa mples a re usually ta ke n ofTthe facility pipeline
through which th e vessel is being load ed . Th e PI C of the vessel may reo
quest a line sample be tak en from th e dock manifold, which is then labeled
and sealed by a witness. Th e lin e sa mple is usually retained on the vessel
for the duration of th e voyage should any discrepan cies ari se concerning
the quality of the cargo. The ca rgo tanks undergo a final sa mpling toward
the end of the loading operation, a nd a lab analysis of th e cargo is provided
to the vessel prior to leaving the berth.
2. Heating coils: When handling cargoes that require th e application
of heat, the PIC should be familiar with the operation of the heating coil
system on the vessel and the permissible temperature range of the cargo.
Prior to loading a heated cargo, the heating coils in the tanks should be
checked and any leaks or defective coils repaired. During th e loading operation, the temperature of the cargo arriving on the vessel from th e shore Iacility should be determined. If necessary, heat should be appli ed to the
cargo tanks to attain the desired temperature. Vessel personnel should
~nitor the ~argo temperatures during the loaded pa~sage a~d make th~
necessary adjustments to the heating system. When diechargtng. the PI
i l'
" ", [0
11litial load ing rote : The tanks should be initiallyloaded st a reduced rate
to minimizeturbulence and splashmg 8S the cargofirst enters the tank.
The cargotransfer procedures manual on the vessel specifiesthe correct
initial loading rate.
CUJhion the ta nk: The reduced loading rate should be maintained until
B. the bottom of the cargo tank is covered to a specified heightwithcargo.
C. Maximum loading rote: The cargotransfer procedures manual oft he vessel should be consulted for the maximum allowable loading rate when
handling a static-accumulating cargo.
D. Relamtion period: After the tank is topped off, a minimum relaxation period oft hirty minutes is required before any equipment is introduced into
the tank. After the thirty-minute period, any equipment introduced into
the tank must be properly bondedto the hull.
;...
.....
200
20 \
Wh
h
..arRocanbed
vs v e),
att\l1l ed , hinK tank s:
en t e tank in queetlon reach
n ected.
j 6. SIVJI~ ext ta nk to be loaded should be Opened beforeea t~e prescribed
~lllge, the d-off tank . The ope rator should never Shu~oslDg the v.alve
all ~e ~:::hore pumps as ~he re !lultant surge pr eaaur a co~~;n entlrel~
ag&1n5t
to compon en ts In the ca rgo transfer eyete
caUSe send8Jl1 sge
I D h
m.
ouS
Ilest (or h e p : unng t e topping-o fT operation the PI
1. Rt':ditional help if necessa ry .l f no one is available and too C should
~ (or a topped off at the same time, the PIC may eel...... I ffian y tank,
_.A 10 be
be- I d d - h
.,.."IVeys h utdown
..... d- -dual gr ad es m g oa e , Wlt t he exception of th
ili
in 1\'1
II
h
d
'
e S81 mg cargo\,he __;l;ng cargo IS gen er a Y t e gra e that WIll finish last th b d
""e~'
.
."
the sail ing ttme
ofth e vesserI. It -rs t hereforervwsibleto' heretdY eter_;"mg
.
d
1 ffecti
. , r~~
S U
own the
1JL"--.~ .m"oPs Without a verse y a ect ing tha sailing time of the
I d
other>.;<U&~ d
h
vesse,an
..me loading each gra e as t e tanks are topped ofT. Another probl
torts ....
duri g h
.
em
thaIfrequently arises
t e toppmg:o fTopera tion i~ the,condition ofthe
ring lines, lfthe P IC I S co"!"ro nted wit h slack moonng lines due to free~ change duri ng the toppmg~fT ope ration , ~dditi~nal help should be
e81ledto gofore and aft to ten~ t h e line s ,. If no one IS available, it may be nee"",<31)' to shut down the loading operaucn to take up the mooring linea.
a.S hu td ow n : If t h ere 18 any dou bt abo ut t he topping off operation, the
PIC should sh ut down.
w:n
eeeel
.
.,
the PIC should
utdown: Once the order to shut down the cargo 18 gIVen,
rify that flow to the cargo tank ha s ceased.
202
G.
I h~
S.
VCRd'
shauld
be secured . The cargo hos es or loa d mg
arms a re th e n dr ai ned
nected , a nd blanked. Th e hoses are typically drained by either ~ 1,lI(:o n .
vacu u m pump, or th ey are blown clea r with air or nitrogen The ca 8VJtY or
ifold valves on t he vessel may need to be open depending o~ t he me~~~rnan.
played to drain t he hos es or a rms. Once the hoses or loading ann. a I. ..
.
of th e vessel. t he ma nifold
should be blanked and th e entire cargo ree
s ear
4.
secured for sea. At th is point , the deck pressure ofinerted vessels Sho~~~~
checked an d the ine rt gas system started if it is necessary to top u the
pressure.
p
203
Iring bUllkers: When it ill nut pOllllihle to sh ift ca rgo, the trim ofthe veilShl
be adju llte d by llh , n ing bunkers .
~elcan
.
be di ted h
k
Ballasting: The t nm can. 8 JU.II-.e y ta ing on bedlaet into the eegrete d ballast system provided thlBdoc s not re sult in overload ing or eX~Bg.
lIiveIIl(CSll
. es on t he hull.
Comminglin g
. ning of the loading: opera tion some vessels are required to per-
foJ1Il 8.b ~neach cargo tank , th en sto pping the operation. The partial load in
eln
grlId
tank is then blended with th e next grade in the loading se-
OFFSHORE MOORINGS
Lin e Displ a ceme n t
DUring the final stages ofloading, th e fa cility may want to change produeu
in anticipation of th e next opera t ion. Thi s in volves displacing the contents
o~the shore pipelines with t~e next cargo to be handled . The shore facility
will calculate the total qu antity necessary to perform the line displacement
and a dvise th e PIC of the vessel. The PI C mu st the n calculate the proper
stop gauge in the last tank to be loaded on th e vesse l to accommodate the
line disp lacement from the dock. Some facilities use ano t her approach to
clear the previous product. A ball or cylindrical de vice (cal led a "pig")is in.
serted into the pipeline and forced through the line.
Final Draft and Trim
When th e vessel is load ed to its a llowab le loa d line , vessel personnel must
ens ure tha t the ca rgo calc ulations are correct, and th ey must visually
chec k the dr a fts duri ng the fina l stages of t he loa ding operation. At this
point th e draft a nd trim a re close ly monitored, a nd any a llowance for fresh
or bra ckish wate r at th e dock should be a pplied . To dete rm ine the specific
gravity ofthe wa ter a longs ide t he vesse l, a water sa mple is taken and meas ured using a hydrometer. Referen ce to the vesse l ta bles will reveal the
permissible allowa nce when floatin g in other than sa lt water. The final
trim is al so an important consideration for some vesse ls. The PIC has a
number of options to adj us t th e trim ofthe vessel including the following:
1.
Trim tanks: Toward the end of the loading operation, the PICcan reach
the desired drafta by selectively filling cargo tan ks located fore and aft of
the tipping center.
%ift iNl ('argo: After loadingoperati ons are complete, the correcttrim can
be achleved by shifting cargo within the vessel.
tank vessels have increased in size, the number of ports that can safely
As
204
...
205
M OOl1 ng bra Cket s
Mooli ng buoy
ni ~ ch a r Jte Procedur e
e of loa din g, t he re are many approaches to th d' h
~ ill t~ca~ischarge pl an tha t is developed should endeav~r ~&; a~ge
Chain swtYel
Shall un iversal
jot","", -:::J~f..-""-~
\.e;:....el, I ne
~r II.
maintain a
AUII:!sWIVel
8$$embly
Special reinforced
base hose
Pl atforms
Another approach at some facilitie s is the use of ofTshore plat forms. Figure
Lightering Zones
Lightering zones represent another option when dealing with larger vesse ls s uc h 8S t hose frequently fou nd in the a rea ofTGalveston,Texas. Figure
1-18 in cha pte r 1 shows a typicallightering operation performed at sea.In
thi s instance, th e VLee is discha rging part of her cargo into a smaller
Iightering vesse l for delivery to th e tank fa rm or refinery ashore.
DISCHARGING OPERATION
. of the pretran sfer procedures menttone
.
d ea rI'rer nndsfUpon completion
ter recheckin g the lin eup of th e vesse l, th e discharge operation can c~~
mence. It is advisa ble to sta rt th e ca rgo pumps at a reduced speed, ellity.
.
tank ull ages, a n d proper fl ow ootheCacl1Y
per sonnel check connections,
~BUll! 815. The Loui sian a Offshore Oil Port (LOOP). CourU>sy LOOP LLC.
.:u /
206
CA RGO pl.A N
MV pF.TROLA B
Wllrld Tran 1p"rt Co .
FOl.P S
~IANI':.sJA~IS)
(liDS
NIA
TE
TE
7 ro> 8PH(M4')
DISCIIARGOEE~IL
wAs H
CRU
>",,0 0
TA J'';KS
FigtlJ't' 8-16. Tank barge moored at an offshore platform . Courtesy TOSCO River.
D1Rn" BALLAST
NIA
SLOPS
IdA
head .
reasonable dist ribution of weigh t over the length o.f~he vess el , thereb~ mini.
mizing stress on th ehulJ an d ens uri ng proper Sla bility (fig. 8- 17). Du ri ng -the
discharge of the vessel. th e PIC follows 8 number of soun d tanker pra ct ices:
1. Trim: The discharge of't he ca rgo tanks s ho u ld be arranged t o ge t th e
bow up at an early stage in the opera tion. Dischargin g the fonv 8,rd
~anks
increases the trim by the stem , which aids the drai nin g a nd stnppmg of
the cargo tanka. On the othe r hand , th e vessel s ho uld not be a llo wed to develop an excessive trim, 8 S thi s can cont ri bute to fal se t a nk le vel a larms,
unacceptable
stresses, engine room problems, and und er keel clearsnce
problemshull
.
2.Pumproom.' Frequent in.pec'ion. ofthe pumproom sho uld be m.Bde
during
y the dis charge operation , checking for leaks . The PIC s h ou ld penodicsll check 'he CB'go pump 88Bls, beBrings, and CBsings for
When cargo pumps are operating properly, there s hould be minimal norse
or vibration. No one is permitted to enter the pumproom unless the ventilatioo evstem t. OpecS'ing and a .tendby ia P'80ent 0' the PIC is notifi ed,.
ov"heBti~g.
3. Pump pressure: During the cargo discharge, the pump and mani-
(h~
fold pres8Jltes
chsn,lle/l)m
diSChs,ge Preseura WBn-Bnt B .hutdown of the operuticn .
'l'liedischs,ge pre aura of t he vessel CBn be expected to change gradually
as the-shore tank are filled or when shifting tanka.
2 s.ll<XI 88LS
bbb
r.! F,O.
'2F.O.
'2 F.O.
ed with submerged
exercl~e C~UtI~ere
u:
REView
208
and atrees problema(see figure 8 18). Any last -minute changes to the car 0
plan shoul.d be recalculated to ensu re that no such problems ari se dUri~g
the operat ion.
.
.
6. E1JU'rgen~ hutdou:n: All person.nel involved In the cargo dis.
charge must know the locenon and operatlOn of the emergency shutdown
controls for the cargo pumps. Personnel should be made a wa re of the cond",.
tiona or situat ions that warrant an emergency s h ut d own of the cargo
pumps.
7.1nerl geu .,tem: On vess.elsthat are obligated to ma in ta in an inert
conditionin the cargo tan ks,the inert gas system mu st be opera ting durin
the discharge operation. Vessel peTSonn~1 must moni tor th e perfonnanc:
of the inert gas system th roughout the discharge to ens u re th at it is deliv.
eringthe required quantity (deck pressur e) and quality (oxygen content)of
gas to the protected tanks. (Refer to chapter 15 for a more detailed discus
sion of inert gas systems).
8. Slop tank leeel: When stripping cargo to a designated slop ta nk on
the vessel, the operato r must guard agai nst overflow ofthe tank. On some
~essels it !s a commonpractice to consolidate the strippings from eac h tank
mto a designated slop ta nk. This expedites the operation a s th e conte nts of
the slop tank can then bedischarged ashore with the main cargo pump at
the end. For this reason, one or more of the afte r tanks near the pumproom
209
ail serve as a slop tank. It is advi sable to initially pump the slop tank
usu Y level that can accommodate th e etrippinga from the other ta nks.
dOW;~: hould closely monitor th e slop tank level duri ng the discha rge opthe . to ens ure that it does not overflow.
tlon
etri . th e p lP.e
. I i,~el: At the completion of the
era9.
Dropping a n d BlnppmR
" harg e opera tion. th e contents ofthe pipelines and pumps on the vessel
di" ld be deliver ed to t h e raCI"I"I' y. Th e pipe
" \"mea are typically
"
draine d and
u
shO
the remaining cargo .
IS s~'
nppe d to. th e.f actiliIty: \ n the case of crude-oil vessels, a special s~al~-dl~I?eter h ne IS proVld~d .for this purpose. The
small-diamete r plp ehne I S m~tal1 ed from the etr ippingtdische rge) pump to
the outboard side of the ma nifold valve on deck. The J\.tARPOL line (as It is
frequently cal1ed) p ~rmits th e PI C ~ b~a88 the la rge discharge mains on
deck when perfomung t he fin al stnppmg of the cargo system. This final
stripping is critical to minimize contamina tion of any ballast water that
may be sub sequently introduced into the cargo system.
10. Mooring lin es: During th e discharge operation, personnel must
closely monitor the tension on the mooring lines, gangway. cargo hoses,
and arm s. Nece ssary adjustmen ts should be made during the transfe r to
avoid parting the mooring lines or connections.
11.H eating c oils: The heating coils should be secured when approach ingthe stripping stage in the discharge ofa cargo tank to avoid overheating
the rema ining cargo.
12. Line flush : When the sequence of discharge of ~~erent cargoes
may resul t in th e contamination of a high-grade product, It IS often n~s
sary to perform a line flush . This is a fairly common practice wh.en ~ult~ple
grades are ca rried in a sing le cargo system on the vessel. In this ~ltu~tlOn,
there is a risk of contamination from the previous cargo that re~al~s 1D the
piping an d pumps of the vessel. Th e contents of th e ~essel pipelines are
carefully flush ed (clea red ) by pu mping a small quantity of the next cargo
into a slop line or in to S tank with lower grade product on the dock. To ensure th e piping is sufficiently flushed , the facili~y PIC usually checks for
the color change (dye d cargoes) at th e dock manifold. di char
13. SHUTDOWN: If any question or problem anses during IS
ge
operations, th e PIC should shu t down.
REVIEW
1. What document identifies the "person-in.charge" of the cargo transfer
210
C H AP T E R 9
~n
~t
VESSEL OWNERSHIP
Reference will be made in thi s chapter to the owner, 8h~po,,:,ncr, operator,
manager , and charterer. While many different orgaOlzatlOn~1 arr angements have been est abli shed to operate ships, we refer to a baSIC stru cture
in thi s chapte r. To eliminate any confus ion, the following vessel ewner ehip
.t~e
T HE C IIARTE lt PARTY
2I2
"~
reaeO . ~ .
~
,
.
ki
er ara
ret! d meren parties wor ng togeth er to mak e a profit.
213
n11l
''',I
2 15
214
and
part y include the identity and descn ptlOn or the vessel , ca rga (es) a nd th
amounts to be loaded, the freight rate , chart~rer's exp enses. port fees, po~
agents, cleaning procedures and costs , laytime, demurra ge, loading and
discharge rate s. loading and discharge ports, oil pollution liab ilities, Voy_
age liabilities, cancellations, an d even weat he r and force-m ajeu re (act of
Godl issues.The potential list of issues covere d in the charter party is e nd.
less.
The Ro le of the Broker
~ charterer will ~rovid e ~ b:oker with inform ati on regarding tran sport a-
tion neett: and will ccmnaeeron th e broker to negoti ate a contract. The broker ~hen ~mes.out on the mark et ,~ looking for ind ications of freight rat es.
I?uring this period. the broker will identify suitable vessels from posit ion
hs~ of vessel operators and from replies to direct solicitations. At that
point,
' g one ship owner
. the broker starts to ..war k" th e ca rgo, 0 fie n playin
agaJns tanot hertogetbe t~
.~ Depen dimg on the type of ca rgo charter
....r ra....e.
parties can be negotiated 0
b '
'
r fi
n a prompt asra (voyage commen cing wit hin
2......8 h
I
.
ours 0 xt ure) or for v
frelghtment for h hi
. I ery arge cargoes With contracts of afcould be fixed mo~:h y s~cla ized chem ica l parcels, the ch arter party
The role of th e broker a ~ance of th e COmmencement of the voyage.
.
er IS Important ' th
m e negoti ation of bu lk tran eportation The n eka and th
e
amount
ofmon
.
1
d
' a certain level
rt
ey 10'0'0 ve req u ire
or tru st aMong the
to
.
a erera vessel 0
nemli:ldleman whocan build th
per a rs , an d owne rs . The broker IS
8 lie. n rmedlary In e II
e personal relationships an dean a lso serve
a h
0 vmg problems betwe en the parties.
I owner or operata 'lI
.
c
h r.l;lkers work to fix / W1 commi SSion a broker a lso. In
e la
990 th ,
he charter party, Due to depressed
eueofowne rs 'b TOk ers has decreased ; In
'
a r n ~ begufi'
wprkmg charters directl y With sh ip opI
a:."ed by a broker is 1.25 percent of
:to as the gro ss freight. If mor e broe added to the fixture and the charulit increased use of th e In ternet
n
future .
TERMS OF THE CH AR T E R P AR TY
f
21"
(a
negotia~d
Cargo Qu antity
d exact a mount of liq uid ca rgo , d ue to va ria tions
ltia very difficult to loa da n ity of th e ca rgo as well a s t he problem s en
t re and ensl
.
'
.
in the tempe ra u
. I'quid volumes m a floa t m g ves sel. However
- _..I
h n meesunns I
I d
ith
'
cecnterec w e
if
th e a moun t of cargo to on , Wit so me Van.
the charte r party specl I~e5 lng to quantity include "m in/max" (min imum
ables. C~mrnon terms re
i e~entage moloo (a pe rcentage of t he nom inated
aomum amount , per
h hi
"
E
an d m enti ty whiIC h can be more or less at t e s rpowner 5 option . X8m_
cargoqu
5
t Moloo means the owner can load a nywhe re bepercen
h
'
t
Ple', l ,OOO tonsda t1 050
tons) an d CHOPT Ic arterer 8 op IOn, norma lly
tween 950 an ,
'
I d
h h
ts
'
h
'
"
hat
th
e
chartere
r
ca
n
oa
asmuc
a
s
e wan , u p to
referring to t e lac
the full capacity of th e vessel>.
Notice of Readiness
All r the te rms of a cha rte r party, the master of a vessel must present
the notice of readiness (NOR) when the ves s el arrives and is r e a dy in all
respects to conduct cargo operations (fig, 9- 1), The s ign ifica nce of this notice is th at , und er normal charter parties , it establishe s when laytime
will begin,
This simple act can ra ise se rious qu es tions and confli cts. While the
NOR may be tend ered , it may not a lways be accepted . The charter pa rty
clearly specifies under what condit ions-whe n , whe re , a nd how- t h e NOR
is to be tendered . Common clau ses indi ca te how it mus t be sen t <verbally to
the agent or via telex. or fax ) and wheth er it m us t be tendered during the
workday or th e workweek. The followin g ex ample ofthe NOR cla u se is derived from th e standard ASBATANKVOY ch arter party , This clau se is
eubject to negotiated change s, NOR clauses will als o vary a mong ot her
s ndard charte r parties.
/JUHIIIMAf/",ME
. of Readiness
Notice
PORT
Dale
TO
To..,mom It may concern
"
""""on l
You~
Faittlfully.
By
Hou~
on the
......
C
TE RMS
2 19
218
res sure of 100 psi g at the v eeeel'e manifold throughout the period of
charge
. . f8CI>1>Illes
> are ca pable of accepting
h P
ge provided th at t h e 8 horc rCCCIVIng
diSC er e of th e cargo WIt
. hiIn 8UC h '>
tme or at such pressure
disC hIlrg
.
>
As a rule of t h u.m b ,.t h e ve s s e l s ~ ou l d a lw ays pr ovide e nou gh pump,ssure t o malOtaln t h e 100 perg. Normally, t he shipowne r is FinandIngpr
ally re sp on sible l'tor t h ~ diI S.Ch a rgmg ti1I1~e exce e d ~n~ twe nty- four hours
when 100 paig i s n ot m amt at .ned . Exce~tt~ns to t hia include discharging
of rnultiple gr ade s or t~rmtoal. r eetnctton a. A pumping log must be
maintained by the ve ss el s cr e w to orde r to defend a ny pcesibl e claime in
>
>
>
di;'
Cargo Hoses
While
ti
fhth e NOR nonnall Ysets t h e tim e for la ytime to beein the dis connech
.
e- ,
Ion 0 eeea nonnally determi
est of the ehipo
I
rmm ee t e end of laytime. It is in t he best interwner opera tor to ha
th h
possible after loading di h
. ve e oses con n ecte d 8S long as
U d
or I SC arging ha s sto ppe d
n er most charter parties th
.
nected. and disconnected b th' he ca rgo hoses shall be furnis hed, canpenae. In practical term s. [he ~ c ~rterer at th~ charterer's ri sk and ex. munal hos es WIll be us ed . If it becom es
necessary to use vessel ho
sumesliability for the cond~:'s, It ;~uld be done only if the charterer assponsibility for the cargo en::tt~e e hos.es. For.a sh ipow:n er/ope rato r, relp the c~go once it ha s pasfled th m.~fold rail . Anythmgthat h appen s
e rer should remain the charterer's ren ibHity.
>
>
thi s respect.
With regard to loading , the normal rule is tha t the vessel will accept
cargOat the rates requested by t he chartere r, with du e regard for safet y.
The loading rate of t he vessel is normall y determined by th eventingcapacity of either the common vent line, the pressure relief valv e, or the vapor
collection (emission ) con t rol syste m , depending upon which venting system is in u se while loading. Suitable reduction s ofthe loading ra te are allowed to safely top ofTt h e vessel's tanks .
Prote s ts
It is incumbent for the ve ssel's master to protest against violations of the
charter party. This is d on e by a letter of protest. The vessel operator normally specifies the format ofthe letter orprctest tsee figures 9-2 and 93).
Common rea son s for protest include the following:
Slowloading rates (an ything less than the vessel can safely accept for loading)
Slowdischarge rates (any reduced discharge ra tes ordered by the terminal or
when the tenninal will not allow the vessel to maintai n 100 peig at the
manifold)
Deadfreight (when the terminal does not load the minimum nominated cargo
quan tity)
Cargo quantity discrepancies (differcnces between the charte rer's ca rgo surveyors' total s and the vessel's own cargo quantities determined by gauging)
Shore connections (insufficient number of shore connections provided, or the
diam eter of the hcaea is less than tha t of the manifold)
Multiple grad es of cargo (multipl e grades of cargo am not loaded or discharged simultaneously)
Safe Berth
In meat if not all charter parties, it is the charterer's obligation to nominate
a safe berth for both loading and discharge. The safe navigation of the vessel remains the responsibility of the ma~t~r. However, if the master feels
that the nominated berth is unsafe or If It does not have enough water
/JURI' fIA/IJ1/IIE
LETTER OF PROTEST
PROTEST OF DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN SHIP & SHORE FIGURES
TO
MIT
BOLERO I
16-lJ6-{)O
FROM
I. \1'18 Mu tel' 01 MITBolero ' hereby. on behalf of ine DIme,.. and/or dlartefel'l, protest
ag.,st Itle sloW loading rate along Side your terminal ,
T,
PIlI. . . be
~ 1m ltlIl"8 iI' (J11Cf'81)8r!CYbetween ship ancl shore fig l.nts covering the
IoId&d It
yOI.I temi/'IIIIlNs
,,"'"
day of
Metric Tonnes
M, lJ1C1011'18 5
"'.!ric TOnne'
I herebyalso eee ere. on behalf of the (HmeB andfOr charterers, the nght to revert i"llhil
On bel'IIH of ltlI Owners and/of cNrtete1'1, I hereby protllSllhis difference hol din g you
retponal)le tor any IndiOI' IUclaims \IItidl may occur d ue to this difference
....
Youl1l1aittlflJRy.
CHARTERINOAND OPERATIONS
222
/JUBINIIIA/IR1ME
'
""n
TERMINAl.
1 di
08
hours LT on the
~ jotIIty
liS
IoIows
,.
,.
,.
...
The ship's pumps. aoee. manifOlds. deck healers 'N8f8 also inapeded by openI'Ig lt1em.,a
CARGO SAMPLES
found drt and d ean as far 85 visible, S(J 8cceptable lof~ing Il'MIllbove cargo(es)
Aemar1l$'
Date'
Time.
BILL OF LADING
The bill of ladin g is the cha rte re r's receipt that the cargo has been deliv~ to the vessel. It is used as a fin an cial tool to t rade t he cargo once afloat,
nH iJ. u.. a.ls o Lh.e document required to disch arge the cargo. While an
I
diSCUSSIon of thi s legal instrument is bey ond t he scope of th is
K
Ilowing should be und erstood .
car m ~ be.taken when dealing with bills of lading. There are
Ii
- -ieeued which the master shou ld s ign after
copies
. lFthe cargo type and quantity do not ma tch t he
rrli' roteet must be issued.
o I di..P~ are sent to the re cei ver. The cargo
un.i tli ori,ginal bills oflading are pres en ted . It
1 1
. at the discharge port before t he billa
lfe Clli10 is Bold or traded during th e
eee ra"naacUon. Upon in struction fro l11
Surveyor.
_.
Chief omcer:
.....
225
224
PRICING
.
r;t llutooruatlOTl :
l U . Will
to
FREIG HT RATE
Theprice charged for tran s'p0rtatioD.is normally referred to as the freight
rate. In most cases, the' freigh t rate. IS made inclusive of all t ra dmg costa.
'I ts
Al ong with th edloperation of ~th e shi p, there ar e costs for bunkerapucts,
ruga, line han ers, custom lees, agency fees, clearance costs, and other
tolls.Ther e are diffe rent.means of calculating and offeringthe freight rate :
Worldscale,lu mp su m, time-charter equivalent, and rate per ton.
Worldscal e
The new Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale, commonly referred to
88Worldscal e. is a standard freight rate system esta blished and governed
jointlyby th e Worldscal e Associations of London and New York. The original concept of the Worldscal e was to determine uniform voyage costs and
revenues after th e va ria ble port and bunkers costs were taken into account. Today. the Wor ldscal e rate syste m defines a common referenceand
procedur e to a ssist charterers, brokers, and vessel opera tors in calculating
freight rate s for the carnag e of oil from all loading points in the world to all
discharge location s in th e worl d.
Driven by the need s oft he Bri tish an d American govemm enta to eetebHsha consist ent an d unbia sed charter calculat ion method after World War
II, the World scale system wa s born . The American and British systems
were combined in 1969 (old World scale) and lat er revised in 1989 (new
Worldscale). Together, the World scale Association s maintain a schedule of
fr1!ight scales ba sed on a sta nd ard calculati on meth od.The schedule is normally revised annually with new rates becoming effective on January l of
the revision year.
.,
.
In addition to the calculation procedures, the Worldscale schedule h~ts
standard rates per metric ton and mileage forvoyagcs betw~en all concew]fi porta in the world. Variable costs including bunker prices, port.co~tsd
l!I. .1 fees, and unique port cost differentials are addressed and adjus e
ng each revision of the schedule.
.
the actual
n freight rates are booked on a Worldscale baSIS, thencalcul ti
te is specified in percentage reference to the Wcrldscele
a IOn.
F REIGHT HATE
227
CHARTERINO ANDOPERATJONS
226
lcuIBtion
for d
t he oa a n d diIS Ch arge ports specified ,'
125 18 125 peKen o
l
is 80 percen, 0 fthe ,.
n
the cha rter ' party.
. is
. be 9t expIa me
' d In
i t he folIo'"
rtbe Worldscale calculatIOn
e b88180
f
h 1999 di .
....
iog Th
Worldscal
Preamble. copied directly rom t e
e it ion :
e
All rate calculati ons . which a re mad e in USD . arc per tn nne for a full ca rgo fOf
the standard vessel based upon a round voyage from loadi ng port or ports to
discharfing port or porte and return to firs t loadmg port u si ng the und{'T.
:li
mentioned factors .
All nfthe factors shown are purely nominal a nd for rate ca lculation pur-
posesonly. In partkular, the fued hire element of USD 12,00 0 pe r day is not
intended to represent an aetualle\'el of opera ting costs, nor to prod uce rates
providing a certain 11' \ '1'1 ofincomeor margin of profit , eit her for th e 8tandard
10r 01anification.
' l
14,5 knots
55 tons per day
100 tone per round voyage
5 tons for each port involved in the
voyage.
380 cat
4 days for a voyage from one loading
port to one discharging port ; an additional12 hours being allowed for each
El
ext ra port on a voyage ,
~~'~"~.~ l!n1e n t
USD 12,000 per day
h
USD 82.75 per ton
the BVf!rage worldwide bunker pri ce for fuel oil (380C80
1 O~wber 1997 to 30th September 1998, ae assessed by
mltedr(of London).
by the Aasociationll in the light ofi n formad::OfSeplember 1998, the ra te of exchange
rrency to USD being th e average appli-
Dal's:
5.1 days
Ballast-l ,nO nm @ 14.5 knots
5,3 days
Loaded-l ,770 nm @ 14.0 kno ts
2 days
Loading
2 days
Discharging
WS 200 freight ra te
(4,688 )
Commission (1.25 %)
(12,000)
Portexpenses (Cu racao)
(25,000)
Port expenses (New York)
Bunkers :
(40,040)
Fuel oil at sea-l 0.4 days @ 35mtJday@S UO/mt
(4,4001
Fuel oil in port--4 days @ lOmtJday @$UO/mt
Total
Daily running costs 14.4 @ $5,OOO/day
nM"l.Ile: example owner's capital costs for vessel)
~ullll
375,000
288,872
(72,000)
$216,872
$ 15,061
Lump Sum
arne implies, a lu rn-eu rn rate is a fixed price for the delivery of the
a d cargo and voyage. This fix ed price is normally inclusive of al l
. lated coats and probably will not be affected by the amount of
t ately loaded. When offering a lump-sum rate, the shipownerl
...
CHARTERING AND OPE RATI ONS
228
" precise figures for port costs an d ot her expenses or th
operator muet h a
d
e
profit margin will be directly redu ce .
C HAPTER 10
Ra te pe r To n
While Worldscale rates are gene ra lly used for the mo vement ? fpetrol eum
oils, the rate per ton is more common f?r the fixt ure of chemical s. In th is
'n price is mutually es ta bhs he d for each ton of ca rgo loaded
cese.e cem,
.
. I d h
.
Unless agreed otherwi!>e. thi s rate will n?t me u e . t e voya ge a nd POrt
costs. A fixture made on a rate-per-ton baste usual ly m~olves a n option involving the quantity. An example would be t he nO,mma~d quanti ty of
20.000 tons, 5 per cent moloo (more or l,es8, owner.s option ). Th e shi powner/operator normall y wan ts to exerCise the opti on to load the addi.
tional5 pen:entquantity in orde r to improve his ea rnings for the voyage.
REVIEW
1. What are so.me of the
w~e n
''''E"bo
~ the role of the broker in arranging a charter,
World calc?
n a ime.
pu ae of th e notice of readiness?
he commonreason8 to write
. a prote st for violations of the
a.d ry certificate?
ill fi I <ling,
Vetting Inspections
SCOTT R. BERGERON
INSPECTIONS
,
230
.'
fet
"","]8
'
secondyear.
Vessel History
Most \'ettingdepartm ents majntai.n.databases ofvess~ls th at t heir c?mpa.
nics are likely tocharter.Any publiCIZed reports of accldents-:-POl lu~lOn in.
ld groundings or collisions-are recorded and studied. It IS also
CI en re,
'
.
. d
-, f
I'
~
common for these companies to maintain etar so a ves se a ~eno nn ance
while on cha rte r. This record is a nalyzed before the vessel IS chartered
again.
O'i\'lIer/Manager Record
In a simils r fashion, vetti ng grou ps will als o keep re cords of the compa,
ni ee involved with th e operat ion of ta nk sh ips . By d oin g so t hey are able to
analyze th e performance and accide nt recor ds of a fleet. A vessel run by a
company that has frequent mishap s or a conti nu ous r ecord of poor performance may be determ ined to be an un acce ptable ri sk to the chartering
company.
Ship bupection Reporting Exchange (SIRE )
TheOil Companieslntemational Marine Forum (OCIMF) recognized t hat
the industry would be well served if th e resul ts of vessel in spect ions could
be shared. Not only would thi s reduce th e fin an cial burden a nd dema nd on
~rsonnel. resources associated with conducting so m any vessel in spections, but Inspectors could also learn from the action s of their counterparts,
who_may h~vealreadychecked a particular sh ip. The de sire to share infernort ulhmately led to the creation oft he Ship In sp ection Rep orting Exc Ifge.1SIRE sy'll1eml. The SIRE system is a databa se op erated by th e
~I
Onc-e a mem~r company uploads an inspection r eport into the de,I
..ome evetlable for review by other member companies. With
v
til .~SmEa- r eport In
" ......m.pany can rna k e use of an inspection
n tiri ti-elr own Inspection. In addition, the shipowners are
I
en~ about the inspection reports. These comW d IJI rt.he database and attached to the in spec11 vetting department to review inspections of
hlp' ne
eSplJnlles to any deficiencies noted duro
uall~rernain in the SIRE database for
ni111i continually improving through
231
..d
Iltandar
diza
l
ion.
All
memb.
tow '
r compa .
el1'orlB
a stand a rd veeeel particular que I
~l ell of OCIMP hay
_.-cd on
. (VIQ
..-- _ n question n81re
I. The VPQ isS lonnalre IVPQ) and vessele
,..p(IIO
'fi
h
normally co 1
ill~ rI' Bnd idenll lea t c most COmmon
mp eted by the
-po"""
"
lcularll of i . ~
" _ , ha rterers , lor ex a m p e, vesse l length
n....,rest to pro.....clIve
. d
Overall he
~r -.
.. expiration atea, ca r go pu mp deta il'
d ' am, tonnagell
rtifi ca ~
.
196 questio
' ns rela ted'" toanth mooring equipment.
.
'
r;t VlQ contain S eome
1b~ ' ''n Bn ce , safety procedures , and pollution prev "1:S8eI's operation,
.....Illn...
I
hi
.
' sen Ion techni
g inspecto r comp etea t IS questIOnnaire durl th e i
I~ues. A
l'rlUO
nng e inspection.
p,,,'
,-r.
II
fthevessel me u IDg e
I' oIb~lI a st section s,
go operatrcne. and in~pectlon of a areas 0
I
e room accommodations safety appliances , ce g
,
'
_ k
el statTare a so cononng areas on deck. Interviews WIth ey veee
d ~ r a vetting inspection .
embers should always be prepare 0 ti
this is not always
st"inspections are made with adv .ance nt~ol:~fthe vessel during
e. rI'erminals frequently conduct an tnepec
fer operations.
"
VI,;TTING
VET1'INO INsrl::C'I'I0NS
232
10 lY!
from even before the time he takes his first step onto the
~ . and WIll
continue to d0 so tmti-I he takes the last step ofTth e gang.
'.
"
233
c . Remembe
1 hllnee to rnak e II t':I l fl~t Iffiprellllion
r YOU do not got
011
~ a llee_
d
'
Pr eparation for the I
.
ti
fUlpealOn
h t th e m apec Ion IS scheduled t
.'Ia ke sure t 8 n"
a aconve ni t ti
.t doee not con lct WIth other inspection
'.
en time for the vessel
SOl
s orslml\ar m t
Tanker Particulars
Certifi cationIDocum en tation
Crew Management
Safety Man agement
Lifesaving Equipment
Fi re Figh ting Equipment
Pollut ion Preven ti on
Cargo I Ballast System
Inert Ga s System
COW Installat ion
Moorin g Equipment
Bri dge Equipment
Radio Equipment
Engine Room and Steering
Load Li nes Ite ms
Chemical Supplement
Master
Master
Master
Master I Chief Engineer
Second I Third Ma te
Chief Engine{'r
Chief Officer
Chief Officer
Firat Engineer
Chief Officer
Chi ef Officer
Second Officer
Radio Officer I Master
Chief Enginee r
Chief Officer
Chief Officer
. 1'ttis is meant as an example. The next layer in this table is the delegation
given to petty officers and in turn, to t he rest of the crew. It is important to have
a working or ganization that delega te s. This will achieve an understanding all
the way down through the ranks .
Prior to th e inspect ion pr ep arations ca n be made in certain areas.
The Inspecto r may need to have a copy of the following:
Claeaificetion Document
Certificate of Registry
Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate
Cargo S hip Safety Equipment Certificate
afety Radiotelegraphy Certificate
Load Lin e Certificate
IMO Certificate of Fitness
234
IOPP Certi fica te & s uppleme nt . . .
Ce rtificate of Finan cial Respo nsibility
A Crew List
.
[the vessel's cargo ta nk arrangem en t
A Drewma c
235
the VPQIVIQ. This S8ves time and creates a good rm pr es sron of ordered Pfl>p.
ara ticn.
Officera' Licenses
Health Certificates
P&A Manual
!I!\ll!;'i!,~Operation Manual
mpan II policy for upgrading and training
REVIEW
237
236
9) Emergency Equipment : Wor kinR', pre sent ,an d clea rly ma rked.
10 ) Mooring~: In good orde r, no lines on the wm~h ends .
II I Accommodation: All doors closed, clean a nd m prope r order.
The Inspection
Make sure th at the inspector is accompanied on th e vessel d u ri ng the inept;(_
non.The best people to do this would be the Mas ter, Chi ef E ngineer, ChiefOf.
fleer an d the First A.'lsistant Engineer (Second Engineer), who can divide the
areas of inspection a mongst th emselv es Normally, t he inspector will start by checking all certifica tes" and docu.
men tat ion with the Ma ste r. He will then move into the a reas listed below
However , it must be reme mbered th at th e order and sched ule ofthe inspec:
tion eon be cha nged to ecfueve less dis t urbance to the nonnal ope rationa
onboard. The inspector will have a prepl a n ned inspection fonna t , which he
will wish to follow, th ough th ere is not hin g to stop different sections being
done in a different orde r. With the new OCIMF VP Q , much oft he da ta referring to the tanker will hav e been completed in a dvance. Ma ke su re t ha t you
have a completed up-to-date copy a vail able for th e ins pector a s this will save
much t ime.
I I Bridge and Radio Room
2) Cargo Contro l Room and Tank Deck
3) Engine Room and Sl.et'ring Gear
4 ) Accommodati on I Galle y
& iow an'M mMt common rkfi ciend es found in all areas :
Bridge and Radio Room
The most common deficiencies encoun te re d in t he B ridg elRadio room areas
are related to publicati ons.
Peeeege plan only pilot to pilot. En sure tha t t he filed pas sa ge plan covers berth to berth navigation
,. Mililling publica""", ,r om
Id em
ditiIOns on boa ni when new publica tions
All insp ectors should sit down a nd dtaeuee observations and comments after the
inspection is completed. If not , the Mas ter should record 8 writte n objl!Ction
that this ha s not taken place an d inform his company immediately. Additi onall y, the inspector will give the Mes ter a written list of th e cbse rvetic ne
fou nd. This is a very i mpo rta nt part oftht inspection process. It is 81110 the last
cha nce for inpu t before the in sp ector fill'S his re port with the oil major. Be su re
to discuss everything thorou ghly. Misunderstandings can be the cause of observations.
Correct all obse rv ations as soon a s possible
Se nd the report to the head efflce or depart ment in charge
Com plete t he In specto r Feedbac k Fonn a nd send it toget her with th e report (8 copy is to be foun d at th e bac k of th is booklet ).
REVIEW
1. What is vetting? Why i s it n e ce s sary in the present-day transportation
of cargo?
.
. I
2. Describe the SIRE s yst e m established by the all Compenwe ntemational Marine Forum.
.
.
3 , List the major areas of a vessel that are examined in an mspectlon.
4 . Why is a successful vetting inspection crucial to
What are
some common deficiencies identifipd ~y vettll~glI~specto~:.
5. Describe the role of vessel personnel 10 a veltmg Inepecu n.
~he vessel~
239
CHAPTE R 11
Tank
BALLASTI NG OPERATIONS
A proper ballast plan for the vessel should tak e In
. to accoun t a nu mber of
Iactcra:
Figure11-1.The ballast Iegofa voyage ecnstituteas largepercentage ofthe eperating lifeof a vessel. Courtesy ChevronShipping,
that operators carefully devise a suitable ballast plan forthe vessel, taking
into account the anticipated weather en route to the next loading port.
Modern ta nke rs a re equi pped with segregated.ballast systems consisting
of tanks, piping, pumps, and sea chests used exclusively for ballas t service
durin g th e life of the vessel. These systems were mandated as a means of
reducin g th e routine operationa l discharges of oil that typically occurre d
during the ball ast tri p. Operational discharges at sea included the disposal
of dirty ball ast , tank was hings , pipeline flushings, and pumproom bilges,
'The installation of segregated-ballas t syste ms on ta nkers has dram atically reduced th ese dischar ges by simply eliminating contact between oil
and water. Th e minimum qu antity of ball ast carried is dictated by the
draft and trim requiremen ts that are conta ined in Regulati on 13-2(a), (b),
and (c) ofMARPOL 73/78 and Titl e 33 CFR Part 157.10which stipulatethe
following:
Minimum draft amidships '" 2,0 + .02 (length ofve/lsell in meters
Maximumtrim", .015 {lengthofvessell in meters
Full propeller immersion
The rules further state that a vessel must comply with these requirements during all phases of the ballast passage. The segregated .ballast
240
BALlASTI NG AND
i:
lee.
a laB ia defined by the USCG as ballast "if di sch arged
a tt a into clean, calm water on a clear day would
e a
oil on the aurfaca of the water or on adjoining
mulaion to be deposited beneath the sur'
ning sh e linea." Clean ballast di scharged
monitor and control system h as an
P:8
pee million.
BALI.ASTING OPERATIONS
".
"e
".
243
Ballasting P r ocedur e
' 2e
OJ .
03e
.3 s
04.
04e
04'
".
With a se grega te d-ba llast sys te m, seawa te r is introduced into the vessel by fir st lining up th e ball ast ta nks, piping, and sea suctions. The bellast water enters th e vessel eithe r by gravity or by using dedicated
pumps to bring wa ter through a sea ches t, As with any operation. the
lineup should be ch ecked to verify that balla st is flowing to the correct
tanks.
Taking sea wa te r int o the cargo system is a critical operation as it involves opening up the cargo syste m of the vessel to the sea. For this reason,
established procedures must be followedwhen commencingrdirty-belleeting" of the vessel. The cargo tanks to be ballasted . the piping, and the
pumps should be correctly lined up. With the double sea-suction valves
closed. the cargo pump should be sta rted and run at an idle speed, thereby
creating a vacuum in the sea lane between the sea-suction valves and the
pum p. At this point, the operator should firs t open the inboard sea-suction
valve an d the n open the outboard sea-suction valve. When it is verified
that seawater is flowing to the correct tanks, the speed ofthe cargo pump
can be increased. The object ofthis procedure is to prevent oil in the cargo
system from escaping (gravita ting) from the vessel to the sea when the
sea -suct ion valves are opened. Failure to adhere to this procedure ~uld~
eult in a se rious pollu tion incident. In any event, whether ballasting With
th e pumps or by gravity, the sea-s uction valves must be the last valves
opened and th e first closed ,
Another issu e presentl y confronting vessel operators is the need to ballast cargo tanks without venting a ny. cargodvapors
A
lito the
ue atm08ph~re:
the emtssrcn
D '
number of states and localities have Impose stn ct mu on
of
cargoshoul
tank8d, remam
un~g
of vapors during operati ons sueh as the ballasting
.
d vents
. di I d by
the ba llasting of cargo tank s, a ll deck opemngs an
closed for the duration ofthe operation. TheatmosP~:~a~e~~~ i~~i~c;rent
the ba llast wat er coming into the cargo tank s can
ways:
h
tanks beingbill
With a vapor control system, the ~apo~8 ,from t e c:;:; roce ingol: e::
lasted are directed ashore via collection plpmgon dQC
p
~
etructlcn .
244
BALLASTING I U '
245
10
Deckseal
1. Boiler uptakevalve
2. SCrubber isolating valves
3 Gas-lrgelfl9 air inlet va lve
4. F~lnlel iSOlatingvalve
5. Fao-outle t lsola l
no valve
6. GasrectraAation valve
7. Ma n gas controlvalve
B Nonrelumvalve
r--G~~~c,r.;~,
8 Nonratum va lve
Forward O
Figure 11-5. When taking on ballast in a locality wherevapor emissionsare prohibited, the atmosphe re in the ballast ta nk can be handled in several ways. One
method, known as "compression ballasting" (shown here), involves transferring
thevapors from the ballast tank to the available empty cargotanks in the vessel.
Reprinted with permission from Con trolling Hyd rocarbon Emissions from Ta nk
Vr88t'1 Loading , 198 7. Pub lished by National Academy Press, Wsshington, D.C.
DEBALLASTING OPERATIONS
~pon arrival at the loading berth, th e ball ast must bedisposed of to permit
h vessel to load a full cargo. Clean ballast , from eith er prope~ly prepared
fRo. tanks or the segregated-ballast tanks, may be pumpe? mto the hartbout risk ofpollution . Dirty ballast is pump ed to a designated recepfacility at the terminal or to a barge.
Load-on-Top
. tee hni
ears, various ballast handling
mques have dbeen
i hutilized
1960 to
.
QIlution ofthe sea. One such technique develope /n t e
:~:
it- n-top" CLOT). This an operational method 0 re du cin
~1
(fift):' ballast and slops discharged into the sea. :r
Ii:I
u
.
.
. .
b
(y
sw,pr WI
I
II racticed
by a significant. num er 0
.",TIONS
15 ballu!. When ttle w ater~, ~i1rtv boIllnl ..... ater " lIS10 be . ep la ce d by clean belles. which
'dItty', DUling 11'1, vkO~'~:'I ~~ ~i'hOUlli5k 0 1 poll utio n wh en t ho l a nke. re ac he , th e lo ading
~n be puml*! bee 10.
, , "",10" be tl u ned 81. sea 10 Ins ure Iha! Ihe MI -wl t"
por'l Soma empty I,n I mU5
"
pum'ped ;nlo tham " b. llnl rem,i ns clean en d tree 01 0 '1.
~--~
During l!'lt YC/'f"gt"okl lO be "lied with clean ba llast water e re w uhed an d th, oily
-'-
.......... . .....
cu_
00.....
:I Th, now de.n Ii nka .r. ' ,IIte1 w 'lh ballnt W811r which w ill remain cleen end I Ulta bl.
01d'KIl .rg, I llh" ot(j ing po't.
til t1'll 'cifmo b,t!lu( IIll k. thl clea ll Wi le r ullda, t tle oi l is discharged 10 Ihlll I t nd
YJiY'"' OCllop II trl lll l,rre<! to thlllI lo p tlll k.
247
nder sta nd the process, envision a VLCC
TOU
. fitt ed with eta term ',na
" j
II discha rge a f cargo. Th e Ii hitp tS
conducting
a fll. therefore , balla st p rep arations begin withe~rude-oll~washing systern, tank s to be ba ll a sted . The ca rgo ta nks to b b cru de-Oil-wash of all
ca~~e dock a t th e d isch a r ge terminal must be e a~a8ted prior to leav,
" g tanks to be u sed for a rri va l b all ast Upo was e\d ~8 well as those
cargo
.
n comp eh on f
.
e th e departure ballast t anks are filled with
0 cargo discharg .
d tri
~.
seawater to
t h
. ,'", um dr a ft a n tnm requ1Tem ents diacus"d
I' The vmee l td e
lI)\n ..
.
earuer
rte th e di sch a r ge port and begins th e ballast legofth '
esse epa
the next loa din g po rt. The vessel is infonned that it m' VOtyag~ en route
to
,
.
1 nJ .
us amVea t the
ext loadmg port In a c e ad a rri
n
. val ballast condition . Whil
teat sea the
cargo ta nks that we re cru e-otl -wa sh ed ~nd left empty at the disch'arge
terminal are n ow water-washed and stripped. The washing, d 1
. hi h i
"
an sops
are tran sferre d wit In t e vesse a nd retained in a designated el tank
The wash ed tanks ar~ t hen fill~d .with clea n seawater, considere:~rril'al
ballast. In the mea ntime, the 01 1 10 the de part ure ballast ta nks has separated into a defined laye r on the su rface of the ballast. Using an interface
meter, the depth of the oil la yer ca n be determined and th e water underneath this layer ca n be carefully pumped overboa rd. The pollution regulationsthat presently govern the disposal of cargo residues in this fashion
can be found in ch apter 14. The water in the departure ballast is decanted
overboard until the oil- water interfa ce reaches a "eefe" height above the
bottomof the tank , thus reducing t u rbulence or eddying th at could disturb the oil layer and cause unaccep table qua nti ties of oil to be discharged to the sea. The small quantity of oil still in suspension in the
ballad water bei n g pumped overboa rd is dissipated in the wake of t~e
vessel. Th e rem a in ing oil and water in th e departure ballast tanks IS
transferred to the s lop tank where the process of separation and decantIng is re peated. The vessel arrives at the loading port with clean ballast
and a sma ll q uan tity of oil and water in the slop tank. Before the clean
Ji lI1i8tis disposed of, it may be necessary to flush the ~um~s and botto~
Pi 109into the s lop t a nk to avoid any possible contammattOn..The cle~
est is pumped overboard at the load ing port , and, depending on k .e
ad of the vessel the s mall qu antity of oil and water in t he slop ta n IdS
,.
1 d d
top of it or pumpe
248
DEBALLASTING OPERATIONS
Y\:11081
Ballast-water Exchange
Efforts to reduce sea pollution in the past have primarily focused on th e oil
conte nt of the ba llast water. In recent years, increasing conce rn over ot her
forms of pollutio n have prom pted regulators to impose res tricti ons on ballast-water disposal. The prob lem stems from the worldwide t ra n s port of
vari ous types of bacte ria, viruses, pla nts, and marine organisms in the bal last water of vessels, which poses a se rious threat to the marine environme.ot. Following is a notice from one fleet ope rator concerning the need for
iillast water exchange:
249
the now-through method. in which ballast t k
.
. g In
. clean water. an II srellun1.IIte neol.lsly filled and
discharged by pu m pin
.
The draft guidelines go on to identify th
taken to ensure th e ship's safetY-lluch aa ta~ pr~l.Itlons which need to be
ng Into aceou.nt weather eondiions ensuring t he ship's Iltability being ,
.
.
ware of the
bl
e effects on the
' hip's f1 tru cture an d ot her factors. They o COver crewpaSSI
t . .
..
it ation and th e long-term evaluation of safe'
Tamingand famlhar_
.1,
y ee pecte.
Rt'printed
ro_
g ......mpaIlY.ll.C.
REVIEW
What are the IMO draft and trim requiremen ts for a 300-mete r tanker
i ballast?
h
lean ballast is considered water with an oil conte nt ofte sa t an _ _
Ii
ist ur factors that s h ould be taken into accoun t when devising the
ea 1 ballast plan .
r re departure ballast.
a~val ballast.
ents?
ared-ballast system consi sts of what compon
.
250
7. Describe t he proccdur~ f~r commenci ng hal lnat ing operation!! ullin l::
the cargo pumps and piping.
.
.
B. Def;cribc th e load-on-to p met hod of poJlutlOn reduct~on.
. ball Ast-wat e r excha nge necessa
ry on certem vC!lselll toda y,
9. 11'1>y IS
1
particular ly t hose trading overscas.
10. List four factors that could adv,erse ly affect th e perfonna nce of th('
LOT meth od of pollution reduct ion.
.
11. Why must the pipelines a nd pumps be dropped and s tnpped prior to
introducing ballast water into th e cargo Syste~?
12. When ballast ing carg o tanks in a state that limits va por emi ssion8,
list the various ways th e ta nk at mosphe re can be handled.
13. What is a reception fa cility?
14. How can the wate r in a segregated-ba llast system become contaaa.
nated?
16. What options, if any , are availa ble to th e operator s hould th e segre.
gated ballast be rontamina ted ?
C H AP T E R 12
A successfu l tank cleaning operation involves carefulplanningand execution to avoi d wasting time and energy .The ta nk cleaning plan should include such considerations as the sequence of tanks to be washed. the
method to be employed , t he number of machines, line pressure, temperature , st ri pping method, slop tank use, and atmosphere requirements. Fortunately, oil and che mical t ransporters provide extensiveguidance in the
fonn of clean ing charts or man uals tha t suggest the optimum method to
clean a tank for a particular cargo or opera tion. Figure 12-1is a cleaning
chart from one operator for use within their fleet.
As an example , if the la st ca rgo ca rr ied was commercial gasoline,
special preparation would be required to load jet fuel (J P-41on the next
~. Reference to the cleaning chart reveal s th e following recommenda1
ne:
Machine wash the tank with coldwater
Flush all aaaociated piping, heating coils, and pumps
oroughly atrip the tank of washings
D the tank through ventilation and mopping
eve loose sediment , sludge. and ecete
251
. .1 1
. "c..
I I .'
~:,j x
J!1i
I
5
Jj~!
!!
-i I I'
ii;
j d
s te
!i .ii!HI ! ! ! ! I
I
j
-,
::....::
~!il
-,
:=
"
Figure 12-2. Typical portable ta nk cleaning machineusedonsmeller vessels. Courtesy Gamle n Chemical.
-,
!
!~. il !!
i
;=
1
~
lf'no wri tten cleaning proc edures exist aboard th e vessel. personnel often depend on a n experience factor with the operation, or they tum to the
cargo own er for a dvice on how to prepare for a certain cargo. Preparation
for loading sensitive chemical ca rgoes often involves additional work such
8 S freshwater rinsing, h a nd h osin g, chemical washdown, and drying.
EQUIPMENT
Atypical tank cleaning system consists ofa sea chest. tank cleaning pump,
heater, and fixed piping on deck.
Machines
leaning operation is accomplished through fixe~ machines
en I mounted in each tank or portable machinessupphedb~ hydr~
q
, ~tank cleaning hoses suspended in each tank. Olearung e dU:~amdee~t
" II er the past severe l =.
Ii nologyhave advenced dramatice
yov
"groac hime th at iIS smaller,
122 illustrates a modern tan k cIaamn
d
th its pre scessora.
S8, and operates at a lower pressure
an
ini
,:r::d
254
,
hi
hAVOsmooth bore nozz les t hat d(1i\'l' r tln- W h
Tan k cIeam ng mac m ealean ing th e surfaces 0 f a tan k by dinTI un pmll.~
, fluid t high pressure, C
k.Ft
e-.
mg ur a .
. l fth oJ'ct as wellss splashbac . Figure 12-3 111 ustrat .
O
.
hine i
. IS
ment lscounng achon
I ' talled(fixed) ta nk cleamng mac me In OP('ratum
lJl
a cargo tank. .
only dri ven by th e washing: fluid and rota h' i
The machme s are carom
.
h
n
hori
'
1
plan
es to achieve t e necess
a ry con-ra!'tc oft hC
and
onzonta
.J.
.
rti
cal
t h ave
r
. ti
cleaning. Nea rly a ll au rtaces of th e ta nk U f e hit
tank surfaces lor euec rve
.. h d
f
, let ith the exception of s a ow a reas, s u r ace s which
by the cleaning j e WI
.
'-h
hi Id d from th e machine by framlOg rnem oers or ot er obst.rue.
maybes ie e
.
I t he ta k
f
'
.
nhin the ta k Ifa s ignificant portion 0
e won s u r ace I S within
none within t e ... O .
.
(a id
bo
ddit i
the ahadow. a I IOn ,I ,uhmerged mach ines 8 1 e- or ttom-mounted)or
h
, 0 f a potrtebl
e machine may be necessary to reac th e a reas in
the spcttmg
W>
the shadow.
PORTABLE WATER.WAS HING
257
256
.
hould be made up pr ior to loweri ng t he m~ch i no in to the
All connectIons S
t d to th e hose a nd the hos e IS conne ch'd tn
hin e is conne e e "'
"
tank-the mac. I
1
. the machine to t he fir st drop (level ) in thl'
the hydrant pncr to. owe~ngld not be broken un t il the operat ion is Corn_
tank . These connec.tIO~S 8 ouved from th e ta nk . To facilitate d raini ng the
plete and the m8chl~e IS mer ation is complete, a bleeder va lve s hould he
hose after the c1e8~mgl ope;ned to break th e vacu um, t hen resecured
g
opened or the.coupbdn OO'assembly is lowered into t he tank (fig. 12-51
Th rnachme an h ose
d
t: . I d
e
.
. th deck' it is typ ically 8upporte on a lair en called a
through openin gs In e
,
saddle .
h.
rally have a fitt in g to wh ich a ta g line is connected .
..
The mac mea gene
.
II
. , .1. . _ han'"ng the position ofthe machine as we a s Setu n ng It
This ISC! ILa...,S C
eo'
7.
Th e nu mbe r of lan k cle aning ma chines th at can be operated simultaneously is usually dep ende nt on the dime nsion of the supply mai n a nd the
ability to maintain the desi gn pr essure at the machine. A typical ta nk
cleaning error occurs when per sonnel a ttempt to operate more than th e
recommended n umber of m achines simultaneously. As menti oned ea rlier. thi s ca n result in low supply pr essu re leadi ng to slower machine rotat ion and in adequate jet length . Operators should be mindful of t he
limitation s of the cleaning system th at can influ ence the effectiveness of
258
259
th
-dryh ato p the ac cumulated was h water r, de xe rato r should stop the
W~8 ',~n use.
an re Ut e the number arma.
du ne
.
th
The use of coa tmg:s on e ta nk RUrfael's (fo
~ t ok bol to m . S hould a buildup occu
. in re d u ci n g the ti m e and effort nece esa r e.: am pie, epoxYJis very ef_
l1ve
l
fec oat ings also re d u ces t h e qu antity
. of scale
ry IN Cean
a ta
d
. nk ' Th euaear
C
sueh
k C
.
an ca rgo Imp
d
>
>
>
FIXED MACHISES
260
e~t
Manual18ve' se m~ ..
"anism
____~In ._
Bottom angle
selector
Manual
raiW\ow&f
lilt ing lugs
Seal dra'"
,Ol>mm
.....
Deck flange
Manual
reverse
Cross Shall
mechanism
Impeller
,"'"
lIi t The gearbox contains (1) the in-line washing nwd turbine that.
ac time and (2) the syatem of gears controlling the speed and directfo n
urtesy Butterworth .
.......
263
h
' It COJTe<:t pear
tioning 0 f th e t a n k cIea mng mac ine s operators should fi d
. .
In z th
ta
k
d
bl
'
n more
the Job
of
c1eanmg t e charg? \n h' o\n a ou e-hull vessel far easier and
effecl
tive than on t e smg e- u hivessels oft he past. On the other hnann.a
d hould iIt
become necessary to mac me wash the space between the hulls(segregated-ballast tanks), the st ructural complexity of this area will mak th
job of cleaning a nd gas-freeing difficult at best.
e e
Pipelines and Pumps
Whencleaning tanks it is important to remember that it maybenecessary
to flush all associated ca rgo piping and pumps" For example, beforewater-washing tanks in preparation for clea n ballast, it is imperativethat all
bottom piping, bran ch lin es, a nd pumps be thoroughlytlushed with water.
Failure to do so ma y result in the conta mination of the clean ballast by
cargoremaining behind, trapp ed in dead-end sectionsofthe pipingsystem.
The contents of cargo piping and pumps should also be considered when
preparing for a change of ca rgo, repair work, and the shipyard,
CRUDE-OIL-WASHING (COW)
Growing world concern over pollut ion of the seas prompted the de;lo~
ment of a new cleaning te chnology called crude-<lil-washing. Cru e-o
,
t ib tor to the worsemng
, era have always been viewed as a major
ron n u
th th ron:l': '.'
CO Qitionofthe seas This conclusion was based on the fact at ~~ red
It tu
the majority' of world tanker tonnage and crudead wee~~~a~ure
,~, istent" oil, A persistent oil is one that IS not ~IY ~e:en crude011
n:r:.ugh
. weathering, a combinabonofwave and Wl~~. on weather away
~'"!P.'
, arged?T s,pilled i~to the se~. the ~ght the h~:;er asphalt and
lTh"\![:!1J vaponzatlOn, typically Iaavmg be~hinde roblem ongtnated from
[':L'~I"
Sees in the form of "tar balls. T\.~fcrudecarners,nameIY
~J~ f'::;'d. rmed "routine operational discharge
Ipeline Oushings, and
,I :;~'I}:,;:aJ bf dirty ballast, tank washings. slops, pi
..
264
lied
1..... to the COW main from either the discharge
mps QJ:.a special general purpose pump. The COW
iigu
.
d
lveat the machine on
d re 12-10. The crude-oil-wash supply pipmgan stop va
k.
and
--
discharge pressure 18 I
h h
e
pump
hrottl e a di cha rge valve to ree c t e recommended vperat
rott
e
a
18
.
h
di
h
.
to
t
ry
necessa
.
h a negat ive Imp act on t e ISC 8rge (turn_
.
ressure Doing so as
d
.
n
mg P
ime of the vessel. Some owners opte to m ala . a n additional
aroun d) tI
..
p for thi s opera t ion ra th e r than punis h the deli very
-general pU~8e pum mps AB in the case ofwater-wa shing, mainten ance
from the mam cargo pu
.
.
hinea i
.
to the crude-oil-washmg ma c mea 18 critical to the
of the deSrignth prepe
s8~aretion Cru de-oil-w8shing generally takes pla ce while
auccess o
e o.
.
I
Id
h
is
being disch arged . As the ca rgo eve raps, t e ex posed
k
.
r
(i
to
id I
the cargo to n
Top art
Figure 12-11 ill ust rates t he typical se t tin gs for a m ultistage wash .
Refer ence to th e COW operations a n d eq uipment m a n u a l for the ves sel will give th e prescri bed ullages and machi ne angl es for the cleaning
o rati on. It. is imp er ati ve that ope rators follow these guid el in es , a s imp'~rly set. machines can result in wast ing time and e n e rgy "wa sh ing"
lIun ce oft he ca rgo in stead of t he tank s u rfaces . With m ost crude oils,
leaning can be accomplis he d with the machine performi ng one
Half; cles per ar c. In th e cas e of poor cleanin g crudes or a n exce s(Ii
nk , two to three cycles of t he ma chine m a y be n ecess a ry.
til
fik ah ould be av oide d as it is a waste oftim e . T h e bottom
uall y be~ns when the t ank is n e arly e m p ty (a pproxihe bottom of a cargo tank accumul ate s the gr eat e im
, and waxy re sidues , on e must e nsure th e
til
ro m /ll~ry" bottom . With this in mi nd, th e
a til s PI!ing ystem must be capab le of re movm
e toro hput of all the tank cl e aning rnaDaly'
t is R ' t, the vessel must h a ve a n
s
'n the tanks. In order to veri fy
iii able arrangements must be
ay
argo tank is dry at the e nd of
. considered dry, acccrdtna w
uan Y 'of oil near the stripping
wli r in e tank !' Upon complee ntents of all pumps
268
Atmosphere Control
Vesllels th at engage in cru~e-oil.washin.g oper a.tions mu st h ave an Opt-ra_
tional inert gs s syste m. Pnor to cr ude-OII-was hmg 8 ta nk, th e Oxygen 1
els must be determined at a point 1 mete
r below
nd at half t
the
b t he deck a d
,
ullage space. Additional oxygen rea dmg s may e n ece8 8~ ry ependent on
th e internal configuration of th e ta nk. The oxygen readings mu st not
teed B percent by volume and a posit ive deck pressure is required thrallzh.
out the wash . The object is to maintain the cargo tank s in 8 nonfl am m
condition throughout the cargo discharge and cru de -oil-wa sh . The a e
son-in-cha rge should carefully monito r t he qu ali ty a nd quantity
ert gas being delivered to th e tanks during t he washin g operation .
In For a more detailed discu ssi on conce rning the us e of the inert gas system see cha pte r 15,
In th: ideal s ituation, eve~ ca rgo ~ would be washed each ti me the
vessel dlsch,ar~~s, However , tim e ~onstramts a nd .charter obligation s a re
frequently IIrnl.tmgfactors. According to IMO , dunn g the dis cha rg e of the
vessel, a s ~clent n~ber of car~o tan~ s ho ul d be crude--oil-wash ed to
enable compliance WIth the following criteria :
tl'
ofth~r.
1_
2.
3_
MARPOL 73/78 draft and trim requirem ents must be met th roughout the
ballast legof the voyage (cha pter 11),
~eavy weather ballast, should Ileaconditions necessitate taking on addi.
rional ballast.
~r all tanksto beballasted have been wash ed, 25 percen t of the remainmg ta~ must be washed on a rotational basis to cont rol th e buildup of
eclidresidues.Cargotanks need not be washed more frequ ently th an once
every four months.
B~I~:~ water may not be placed into a tank that ha s not bee n crude-oild
26.
.80 k vessel s unde r 70,000 dwt m
t
, ,"
I above 70 .000 d wt mu st ha ve al leau at1 thave at Icas t one al ta
'~Is ha ve sufficien t ca paci ty to retai~ t~O slop t...'lnks, The~: ta n: . vesoil res idu es , pip eline nushin
a Y.
u slops generate d r n a uau\\lasIu ng '
. hi
ge, and d'
rom ta nk
~
....ina ted water WIt In th e ca rgo IIV8le ' In)' ballast. Any th
t_ 11
1 ,
.
m IS ueu 11
'
0 er conjlllk On s ma er ve aae s, i t IS comma to U8e a )' st n pped to th e
I _L~ or a s mall indepe nde n t tank on n k
of the etterm t slop
dec for one
1lI~
f
1
r .
cs cargo
te
a
number
0 vess e s eq uipped with m I, I ecetpt of the slop, Th
a
. ,
u rp e Iwi I
, ere
.." used in stages to a ssi st In t he pr oceasin f
IRg slop tanks that
~ eSe vessel s , t hee senarat
i
g
o
theo'l
.
.
can
separat ion pr ocess is more ccrnpl I te
Y wate
b r mIxture e. 0 n
th
the disposal 0 f t h e wa ter from the Illop ta nk a t se ae t ereby permitting
are used (fig . 12- 12), the fir s t tank to receewe t h e oily-w
.' Where
te two- slop tanks
dirty ta nk ,
a r mIXture is the
'
Both slop t a nks are initially fill ed part
are int roduce d i nto the dirty tank about :~~~it~c1~an seawate r, Slops
forms a defined la y e r on the s u rface of th e dirt
t In the tank, The oil
(bottom) portion of the tank continuously I y ~ op tank while the clean
line) to abo ut midheight in the clean slop ~a~tate8 (through a special
the clean s lop tan k is either recirc u late d to th~ ta:k~~~r ~tgthe bot.wmof
n machines
pumped ove rboar.d through a n oil content monit
or
ucr (seeanI
cb apter
14)
Upon cam p 1e tla n of t he washin g operation ' tb e s1op ta nks are allowed
to eett Ie a n d t h e w a t'er under
. the oil layer is pum ped Over bea r d to a certain
Ieve1a beve t h e suction pomt . The rem aining 0,-1and wat er mixture
can be
uuuu,uu
Gravitation
line 10sea
""<XI
To cargo pumps
.1
l /\N
K. COATINGS
270
discharged to a recepti on fa cility at the loa ding port .or commin~led with
rocessing of th e s lops In th is ma n ne r is ca ll d
the next cargo. Th e P
b
d
e
toed-en-top. a n operational technique t hat has een us e o~ tanker8lo reo
duce sea pollution for man y years (see chapter 11 f~r a d etal.Jed di scullllion
of the load -on.top procedure ), Unfo,r tunately , t hi s te ch m q ue is labor.
intensive and its effectiveness can be mfluen ced by a num ber offaclors in_
eluding the followin g;
1.
2.
3.
4
5.
For this reeeon . many operators retain the s lops on board for di sposal at
a reception facility at the next port .
SUPPLEMENTAL CLEANING
After 11 tank bee been gas-freed. it is sometimes ne cess ary to perform add itional washing.
Hand hosing is one way to spot wash the areas of a tank not reached by
th fixed or portable machines. It can also be wed as an aid in t he m ucking
11
ee, sweeping: the mud, scale, and sediment toward on e location in a
~ Generally.al~inch hose with a smooth bore nozzle is u s ed , charged
}i ware a I
psi. Personnel must be cautious of slick s u rfaces while
rlUn in h
nk~n order to ensure good footing.
I a
~'e: tibn that involves the removal of sc al e, s ludge,
I I
I
es that have accumulated on tank bottoms,
ver an extended period of time. When preparing a
ee ctiap es 13), the removal ofthese residues is parize:\ e regeneration of flammable vapors
rsonnel involved in the mucking operafrom con~~ct with the cargo residues
equipment. (Chapter 13 disne
n working in enclosed spacea.I'The
e uildup, reduces poaain ral I
i
cargo to be loaded in subse-
aea
271
prior to ste, .
h nuld be meas u red
f
mmgTh
'P't oe'"
e;(C eed 10 per ce n. t 0 t he lower e' pl'"
uSlve.Ii .e measur, d va Iue eh Id
no f leanin g chem /cal fl must be ulled to I mit.
ou
1C
d f II .
c ea n a ca
Id be conducte 0 OWing the most st ri
rgo ta nk, the 0
.
!i\lO~ shou ld check the compatibility ofcarg::ent safety precautio~:r~bon
a~rlY when 5t ri pping ~ a designated slop tan~a~: cleaning egente,~a~~~
III d rllw nd t he mate rial s afety data sheets' tsonnelshouldread d
e
'" nts It is importan t to realize that certain ,'ICl'!lpanying the clea~nn ,
,I' icity
. h aza r d to p erao n n e I 8 S wen as 8 nos ibl
ee nmg ch mlea
n e . . Is maypose
,
,(0
I h a n dlim g cIeanin, chemi
I'~ Sl Ie ammabil
ace.
Pe
rson
n
e
I uy hazard in
,p
.h
1C8 s that
h
th
.heold be outfitte d Wit
proper respiratory
.
pose a ealth risk
0 ,
equipment and protecti
dothing.
""='.\1Ve
TANK COATIN GS
!.Iodem
tank vessels are
u sual ly ,const ructed of mild "o.n:
""I WhiICh must be
.
roperly prot ecte d against corrosion. Th e surfacesof the ......... d """
di
P
cargoan U<Wast
tanks are fre~ue ~t1y Ime in a n effort to prevent ccrre sicn or potential
cargo contammatlon and to reduce th e accumulationof scaleand facilitate
tank cleaning. A n umber of approaches are utilized to physicallyprotect
thesteel structure of a vessel. including hard coatings, stainlesssteel. and
sacrificial anodes (fig . 12-13 ).
Hard Coatings
Hard coatings are the m ost com mon method of protecting the eargoan d
last compartments of a t ank vessel. Th e tanks on a product cr percel
mer are typically lined w it h eithe r pure epoxy,polyurethane,or zinc
heate. based on the durability of t he coati ng and its chemical resise to the cargoes transp orted. Th ese coati ngs provide a hard barrier
een the steel surfaces of the t ank and the car go or ballast water.
me-ofthe hard coatings commonly u sed in marin e application are the
II mg:
, sed to ted both cargo and
Epoxy: a two-part durable paint matenal u
pro
. then
,
It~ ree e thiekercoanng
Ba last spaces of oil and chemical carn ers, 0
I
e
. 1 . taneetca vanetyo cargoe .
est and has reasonably goodchemica reeie
' vecoating
.
d ItarusedssRPro I
oal-tarepoXY'amlXtureofepoxyan
'A_l.a' -..A
,.,
.
.'
Icea
yinballo.stuu""'ISIl........
al18st spaces. The service lifeofcoa .tar epox hat tandsup well to
.1.
. hi h-ai loaded paintIt 'a s --' in c..ranand
In SI rccre. an mcrgamc. Ig .nnc'I ...,.cell t 18 U8t:U
~ .. r .on, most organic solvents, an d 01 ca... '
1 t Uin..$ applications.
_"erniealreaistance
. I . 'lartoe~y fn (;II
unr: 110m;: a two-part Malena SuIll
t
peratures.
and able to cure at lower ern
272
should consult the coating ,:,anufact urer for gUldanc~ to prevent t~eral.ott
biiity of damaging the coatings on t he vessel . Experienc e has sho;PoSSi.
....
Coabrog
_ _ _ _ Mild sleel
uev rew
273
R EVI EW
1. List th e t ypi cal rea son s for cleaning tanks .
2. What is the recomme n ded cleaning procedure if the last cargo carried
was comme rcial motor gasolin e a nd t he plan calls for loading jet fuel
in the same tank?
3. What is meant by the cycle time of a cleaning ma chine as specified in
th e manufacturer's manual?
4. Why is the su pply pressure to the tank cleaning machines of particular importance to the succ ess of the cleaning ope ration?
5. When performing the bottom wa sh ofa tank, what is meant by cleaning over a "dry" bottom?
6. List the factors t hat influence t he number of drops and t he amount of
time spe nt at each drop when cleaning a cargo tank wit h portable machines.
7. When water-washing an ine rted ca rgo tank wit h portable machines,
explai n the pr ecaution s to be followed a nd th e stat us of the inert ga s
system.
8. When sho ul d a cont in ui ty te st be performed on a portable tank cleaning hose? Wh at continuity reading is cause for rejection of the hose ?
9. Describe the proper sequence of connection orthe portable tank cleaning machine and hose when pr eparing to start the cleaning operation.
10. How are cargo pipelines, heating coils , and other associated piping
cleaned for a change of cargo, and when it is necessary to gas-free
them?
C H A P T E R 13
RI SKS ASSOC I AT E D WI TH
ENCLOSED SPACE E NTRY
Entering a compartment tha t ha s been used to transport a variety ofhazardou s ca rgoes a n d seale d for an extended period of time poses serious
ri sks and s ho uld only be don e under t he close supervision of experienced
personnel. Today, thes e ri sks a re com pounde d by t he wid espread useofinert gas systems with their associated requirem en t to maintain an oxygen-deficient atmosphere in the cargo tanks. This chapter seeks to warn
the reader of the potential hazards and to describe the preca utions that
B o~~ be followed whenever personnel enter an en closed space. Vessel
e sOn.n'"el should consult the various sou rces of information (comps.ny
manua e 'fola t iona l Fire Protection Association,International Safety GUide
or:
r~nker8 and Terminals International Maritime Organization) for
,
t:
teri g anenia
e 1iJW the preparation, testing, and procedures lor e~ en n I d
e.
e primary hazards associated with entry into enc OBe
e c a8si~a )ls physical and atmospheric.
. Hazards
Atmosp h eriC
. nclosedsp.aces. A seth atmosphere 10 e
ti iIS
problem concerns e
.
f dangerouaconceI1tra lSI
ed by th possible inhJlati on 0
,NCl.mw,ns
, PACE t:NTlty
277
P
leakage
through lin es and bulkhead s. It is im orta n
rm~mlze potenti al
dent concentration , th ese va pors are capabl p f t to realizethat in auffiindividual , but actu al ly killing the per son.
incapacitating an
reds experien ced by ind ivid uals who breath e
tats the
efcient in oxygen .
e an atmosphere that IS defi-
;a~ln~~~~t
adv~rse
TABLE 13-1
Oxygen Percentage
19,5-16
1~12
14-10
10-6
Below 6
Effects
No visible effect.
Increased breathing rate. Accelerated heartbeat. Impaired
atte ntion, thinking, and coordination.
Faulty judgment and poormuscular coordination. Museula r exertion causing rapid fati gue. Intermittent respiration.
Nau sea. vomiting. Inability to perform vigoroua movement , or loss of ability to move. tjnccnedcusneee. followed by death .
Difficulty breathing . Convulsive movemen18, Death in
minutes.
CourtellY MBA.
ilrgO
tank presents challenges to individulP
_I
"it
!
er
m"Brtme n ta. ourtea Salen & Wicand .
278
TABLE 13-2
ra ti o n of Hyd roge n S u lfid e a nd Effect on p,t"8f1 n
279
Jl,,!
Phys.io/~gi~al Effect
Eye l.rn ta t lO?
.
Re8plrat~1J.' 1n: t8 h on
Ma rked ~rn tahon
Unoon~clOu.9ne8 s . death
Death In mmu te e
Co\.lrWtIy MSA
Pri or to ente ring a cargo tan k, an individual m ll;St be a~are or the sPe.
cifieproperties of the cargo and the concern s as~oclated ~th exposur e to
that cargo. It is advisable to consult the ap propnate Materi al Safety Data
Sheets IMSDSJfor th e recommended occupational expos ure limits an d to
check an y additional precautions that ma y be necessary whe n working in
an enclosedspace.
GAS.FREEING PROCES S
The processof gas-freeing usually involves mechanically ventil ating a compartment with fresh air to dri ve out the rem aining cargo vapors a nd inert
gas in the atmosphere. For gas-freeing 00 be successful, the tank mus t first
be properly cleaned (mecha nically was hed ) and purged with inert gas.
Purgtng reduceethe hydrocarbon concent ration of the s pace to a point below
2 percent hydrocarbons by volwne , where s ubsequent ventilation wit h fresh
air will not result in the creation of a flamm abl e at mos phere. See cha pter 15
Jor a detailed discussion of inert gas systems. Wh en t he cargo tank has been
fllpe:rly purged, the inert gas delivery is stopped and gas-freeing com' I' en
G88-~ing is accomplished through the us e of fixed or portabl e
-tm",;o,; ~., e ad employed is usually dependent on the number of ta nks to
I];"i'l:!'l'!=' . , xample when it is necessary togas-free a s m all number of
~r ,.
pair, it i.scommon practice to u.se portable fans
:llJilmI';:::i., "" . _:: on deck Ripe 13-3 illu strates a typi cal portabl e
iI:9,':;o;~"laml!1i!'
c1e ning opening in the deck .
J.r!T4'r.J!!l'1I,:::I: ec
. neal
nd~drt.o the hull and positioned in s uch a
W<. )ITilIl~lli'!T~'.
f~
pace c
e adequately ventilated . Th e outl et
!.;;~,!II"I~l1h@ , resu
tlie
longest possible path through the
r:i"T,j-,.ir,y,'l) J.!!,"1fj,~fu"iITl
_
nti
n . Modem portable fans have a high::S:;i'U""] ,jJ~'JIll "(il;Jc~,~; ',
ei tl t a supply or exhaust mod e. These
(1\,.1 I";" ",i (~.;. (. r.(Ii 'G\~JIT'JllTIlI~~'.4:l '
a WicaUy, or by using steam acting
""j"'. ." ;;'.l!r \'.'It: l!loil~1 ~'L:':'1 '~ _' . '.
_
-M!
e .en t tr e vessel in prepa ra(:loj ,1I' .. ..rJ"l1 ',lr'j. 'I.~Ll!Jt iTlJ'Wl1-:.TlffilI!1lk..~ :.'
areed in the gas-free mode.
,'.. :..:-
--
_.- --
280
281
-..-.-.
--
. .-
Figure 13-4, The inert gas system can be used in th e gas-free mode,.Note the loeation of the fresh.air inlet on the suction side of th e fa ns . Courtesy Rich ard Beadon
U;:f1S
TESTING
To ascertain the success of the gas-freeing oper ation , thorough te sting of
the atmosphere in the space is essential. While gas-freei ng operations are
underway, personnel should first check all atmosphere testi ng equipment.
The accuracyoflhe testing equipment is critical to the safety of the operabon, since the decision to enter a apace is bas ed largely on ita readings .The
teeti!!i ~uipment8houJdbechecked using 8 calibration gas fr om t he manwa
r and following the procedures outlined in the manufacturers
man
ling equipment is connected to a cylinder of "measured"
p'lo
the manufacturer and the reading is compared to the
yilue
liieJime, the battery-charge and alarm fun ctions should
"It. I of instf\unJ:lnt maintenance and te sting should be
liOaro R No .l.
,~~m~!>!'
~i:Gase8is confirmed, the compart~
Auipment
.rJllclesn sample tubes connected
if.
cording to the Int ernational
B (JS,GOTT): "Care should be
tion .Qfi. the compartment by
phere in a cargo
135. Remote sa mpling of the atm oe
an Mark Huber.
282
"
d th e use of resp onse curves when inh 'r prl't i
limitations
an
~l I "
M '
n~
.
13 6 hows n Watchma n j > U t tgus onuor f rolll Mi
th e readin gs. Figur e
8 MSA model 260/36 0/36 1) used for tt"t inl.: .I~'
Sa fety Applia nces (rep aces
,I
mosph eres on a ta nk vessel.
,
instr-urnen
Tox ici ty
rt
t has been tested for oxyge n and hydroca r bon con t('111
Afte r th e com P8 men losive limi t ad dition al testing for the p re se nce of nn .
I . t the lower exp
'
......
re a~';7 ~ alth threat ening substa nces may be necessa ry . The need to tear
tentta . y e
~ th t m"phere is usually bas ed on the ma keup of th e carforlolClcvapo
.
137
I 'ead in th e space . Figure
. 8 h OW S th e detecto- tubes
" rsIn
Figure 136 . The Watchman "Iultigas Monitor . Courtes y Mine Safety Appliances
Compa ny fMSA).
OIygen--21 percent
'n w8tl1ofthcatmOllpherein
3-7. Detector tubes used to performgil&"spt'Cl ~SA)
. Courtesy Mine Safety Appliances Company I
'
...
28 4
285
ENTRY PROCEDURE
Once a compartment has been thoroughly tested and a n entry permit issued.th actual entry procedure must be carefully executed . All person ellOv v d m the operation should be properly trained a nd must clearly
' ,. st.B:n th'el duties when it is necessary to enter an enclosed s pace.
..'1.:-, :
demonstrations should be conducted regularly t o pr eI
,
, ' sl
gency response and procedures regarding rescue
!mJ ~:IJ!<lr.1-l:rD ".; ; "''Iii',,,e~~,,,a r a t i o n is always the key to a safe ope ration,
'hilJ.oltril,r,<I" .i:iii~~f.::oan emergency. Past incidents have repeatedly
~[~iT;fll:UOOJI.llJ' et , r C}Je attempts involving personnel in
@J lli "P:'fi'~'ll"Jft-l!HoI'Irli. n r
It in tragic and unnecessary loss of
l!iI, 7Th,l"i'l.ijll:'::'W~!iI!llIW~l .'een p'uDlished by the International ChamL';1i[,}'i:l'llf~.f!.lTiJ~dlI~rC'~ a_'
0
nt message-"Time and time
~_': pi," [~1i -<ll'~ 11.'.cl!I-;.111 ~ I.~
lIil~
e~"'l'
w e ll established and proven
i'j :'~-.iT1;'PI" ~:1l"",fll:r.:.l.:.I:iIJ..H"..
ccii:i
teeult. The majority offa1~.ll\~T l'OI!II~I'ITTI":H'ITL.1ivrij11T1l L'" i . u
ieion, and by follow11,1T:,~.,r.h\,:, (.\>}." .l:Q'j' t , ..f&Il..II.'r::ro.....
f!I1, UCD rocedures puts lives at
I, l l ' ',"'OI '~ ' ~ : \f H"
l.!'l it.liiil"
~1l,;,lJj!1.lj.EO safe y equipment should
i;. ,'"" ""i -I 1, ;, 1':'HI1;{,fj"'r.\.!.nl'}D:iI!.1~ ,: 1 _,
e for the entire time
';1\
Self-co
ntained breathing .pp. fa t ua ( SC B ~
, .
Llfehnes and harne ssea with lI\1itabl . )With 8pare bottl
3. First aid kit , re~u8citator, and IItfetc~:~pod or otherfairleade8
Protech ve clothmg and Vesta with
4.
I' h .
renective te pe and ha rd hata
5. Approved Ig nng equipment
5. Approved communications equipment
Emergency escape breathing apparatus lEE.
7.
.
BAl
8. Approved atmosphe re Wilting....
~ ..\Ilpment
safety
checklist
permi .
s. Completed
.
. '
IliS\ On of &eni(l
permit, a n~ appropnate logbook entrie8
f pel"8Qnnel, poated entry
10. All valves In the pipelinea C()nnected to h
1.
2.
t e8 pacelaggedl Bec:u~)
eOob.
(A,nln""..
....""'.*...-r""" .
,...."...~
TII...",m lt _
pl<oI"'"
b<
ef.1Jl
nu.", ,,,,,'t.,.Ilo. lot. ,;,, 01.... 01 alllo . rompl. lloo of 1/). ' "
lho' w
1""" .....
OF JOB
T FOR CotIIP
I.... " . . ..
0:---' - -
.'
-_ -- _._ ..---_..-..--_._----_.--_
..... -
_ 1
~~
=.~:::=":-_-==:::"",.=::=:::..-==-:.:::-..:::=-.:::
....='-..--_..- _.....-_....,- -..-,-.._. .,_...-n
__- N . ' - I 4 .fl.
.... _ _
_ . _ .__ w _ _
_ - .... _ .. _
-
.....__
....._
_._.
__
..
-_
..
_
.....
._._
. . . ... . ._._
. _ ._.__...... __.. . _ _.. _ZZ-..--I I
...._._-_._-_
_-_.....-.. _-,,_
- _----_
_.._... -_
._---_
_
.. _ _. _____...
--.. _.. _ -.._
_. ___......_-_
...,---_
__-_
__........--_._-.._. -....._.._
.... __. .._
. .. ...
_ . _ ... _
..
..."
.. _
.. _ . _ _ ... _ _ .. _ _ , , _
...... _ _ . _ . . _
_ _ _ 1071_
___
=-"~~=-
....... _
.. _
....
~ rot
_ ,lootlllO'
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
...
.. 101. 11I; . . .. -
_-_
-.
.... - - .
.. _
UREa
,..-
_~._
.-
~ b lll
-..
_
--~
...
lCl.... - -
bwo
......., "-':"
lCl. . _ _... _ _
... _ , , _ .... _
.. _ . _ _
__
_ . _ . _ _ w_
u...
~.
so
...
...--
"'"
-.-
--==--- - ---==--
IIlny CIllJeIIlllnn, control. Of shuldown Ie bypt$Md 01' ISOIlled. fIOlify l/lI ~ . 01'CIHI
f IflIInd, the Repalf Suplfinllndent must IlIso be notJl1l, IIlny .... bypUIoId OI'lsoIIlto:l!Ol' more
. till SGC, Inllnd Fleet Held, OfaGC mU$l111oO be notrlIl.
of
g.".l>ICl
I..""" PtI'IOI'l
--
I N STH UM ENTATION
~S~:
," ""'.
1' l""
0, "
101
....
',r""
''!iii
- ,==:. - -:--1
----,-,--- -:'-Tn, !
I n'
~'....
J",j1i~
.-._
_...__-._-_
- . __ ..
.. _----_
!pI I f lint
Ill
IQI
, ,,.,,
1 0 ,"
2ID1'tt
, ~
10,"
......
, l.""
1II0
......,.
HlS
'0 0 ""
......
"'W . .... , _
' pi
..=:.
..... :=:
=J
' CO .0_..... --'-- --'- -
,,,, ..
, CO
1 0. "
, CO
...
'n ......
. 0 0"" ......
--,-- ~-
2O
H
31 0"
........
--'-'
.!'alI
,----'-
, ft .....
11
_
' CO
. 0_ .....
_
'0 0 _ .....
I _ 1-....
,
I"I! L .....
..
~_
~_ __
- - - '- - -
_ _' _
... . .-
------'
- --
'_
....... tI .......... T~ ~
sv--tl-,-T ~ ~
--
I'
l.t L......L.:.~
.A,
.f
2.
3.
RttI"O'
Catalytic
Electrochemical
Photoionization detector
-FigurQ 13-10, Slngle-gaa moni tors. CourteilY Mine Safety Applianc NI Company
(MBA).
..
INSTItUMENTATION
290
29 1
2.
3.
4.
Company (MBA).
Watc hman Mulligas Monitor
s.
6.
Catalytic Sensors
combustible_ .as indicator uses 8 catalytic se ns or to dete ct a nd mea sure
fi~ array of flammable vapors in a s pace. The se nso r conl ent. l?at is heated from a battery s upply. Th e heated
xldlZelJ) any flammable ga ses in the sa mple being
n rume t. The wire heats up, causing an increase in
whit
su its in an imbalance of a "Wh eat stone
ce c'P}verted to a meter-reading which is
n I
e ft I r plosivelimit(LEL)inthe caseo[a
r
eral 0
are worth mentioning concern'
Cumhu8t ibl('-r;:as
. indicators t hat 0"".
... ~ rawona ho t '
r('qllir(' lIuffir wnl uxyjren for t he in t
- wm~. (b u m in R) principl,
.
.
B rument to fu
rcr e. thl ll type of In!:itrument is not '
ncuon properly. ThereSUltahle wh
en lIampling an OXY_
gen _d('ficil'nt com part ment such" an merted
car
Consult th e manufactuH' r's ma nual '
1- '
KO tank .
or a Istmg of b
a dversely nffcet t he perform an eo of a n .
eo stanceBthat could
.
Instrument At
h
ing load , silicones , a nd Silicates should L _
.
moep erellcontain_
....avOided as th
.
curat e readinga with .a combusti ble . gas iIndilcalor.
l'ycan cause macIn gl'n eral , a combulltl ble-gas indicator is ullefu! for d
.
ing the level ofva pora given ofTby a flammable Ii . l'tectl~g and measureJl. plosive hmit (LELI. The LEL rep resen' Ath ~~d relative 10 the lowl'r
... l'mlOlmumconce t ti
f
vapo r that must be present in airto supportcomb ti If
n ~ lon o
. nas heoi
aa Jet
t
high
POint, s ue h as
fuel or diesel th lUI Ion.
I . thehqwdhasa
dil
h
e eata ytic senso r cannot
rea I Y measure t e concentration in a space due tc the absence 0
to s upport combustion .
f vapon
A combus ti ble-gas indicato r will not respo nd eorreei
t we
h n me8lluring an
"n.,y
. aoeve
.- the upa t mol'lp he re wh ere t he concentration of nam mabl" apors IS
per ex ~losive limit (UEL), commonly referred to as a "rich- mixture . The
catalytic se nsor m ay initially rea ct to th e presenceof a high concentra tion
of vapors, but it will then fall off as the rich mixture is drawn throug h the
instrume nt. A ri ch mixture is incapable ofsupporting combustion; this affects the pe rfo rmance of the hot-wire filament , causing erroneous read.
Ings from the ins trument.
Th e com bust ible-gas indicator is typically calibrate d by the manufa cture r, using a represen tative gas such lUI penta ne. The characte ristics of
pe ntane are s im ila r to a wi de ra nge of hydrocamons, making it the gas of
choice for calib ratio n of t he instrument in the factory. In the field, however, whe n sampling for the presence of a combust ible gas with substan tia lly diffe rent characteristics from pentane, it is necessary to a pply
re spons e fa ctors provided by the manufactu rer. The meterrea ding oft he
instrument is multiplied by th e a ppropria te response factor 10find the actual concentration of a specific gas in th e space. Table 13-3l ist8 the relative res pons es to various combustible gases for an instrument calibrated
Us ing pentane. In t he case of styrene for example , note that an instrument
(me te r) rea ding of 10 perce nt LEL equates to an actua l read ing of 19 percent LEL in t he a t mosphe re ofthe space when one a ppliellthe fado rof 1.9.
E lectrochemica l Sensors
Electrochemical sens ors are u sed to detect the presence of oxyge,nand a va,
,
. I way to
nety of toxic ga se s. An elect rochemical sensor works l~ a ~ I m l ar
that ofn small battery but one chemical component, which IS necessary to
. .IS mrssmg
. , from t he senao
aor cell . When a suspect
Prud
-" uce eIe c t n' c current
.. h
'
. diff
uc 88 hydrogen s ulfide
is sampled. It
muses through a membrane
. I
thall
,f
t o
'th
the
chenuca8
on
6'
....p 0 the sensor, The hydrogen sulfide reec.... WI
INSTll.U M ~;NTATI() N
2.3
292
TARLE 133
H I
In lilrum('n
Combustible ('.a$
Acetone
Acrylonitrile (1)
Beneene
Carbon disulfide (1)
Cyclohexane
Ethane
Ethyl ene
Gasoline (unlea ded)
Heptane
Isobutyl aceta te
Methanol
Toluene
Vinyl acetate
'1M & P naphtha
Factor by Which to
Multiply LEL Meter Read ing
1.1
0.8
1.1
2.2
1.1
0.7
0.7
1.3
1.1
1.5
0.6
1.0
1.0
0.8
I..
1.1
0 .s
Figure 1312. Detector tube and hand-operated bf.Uow8 pump. Courtesy Mine
Safety Appli ance s Company IM SA).
1.6
Noltl"
I. The1M.' compou.nda may reduce the M'ns itivity of the cc m bustjble-gu ,.MOr by pcieoning or inhibiting t he catalytic act ion .
2. TheM compound, may redu ce the lW' ns itivi ty of the comb ustiblf"pIIl1tnsor by polymerizing on the catalyti c eurfece.
3. Far an instrument calibrated on pentane, multip ly the displ ayed
pereent of LELvalue by the eonveraien factor to get the true percentof LEL.
4.Theee convenionfacton eheuld be used only if th e combustibl e
gu il Imown.
sensingelectrode, which reeulta in an electrical cu rrent that can be meared.These sensors are designed to dete ct a specific gas; ther efore t he ope itot must know the makeup of the atm osph er e prior to testing.
x g'B sensors work in much the same way a s oth er electrochemical
fS.
)[,Y~o from the sample diffuses into the cell and reacts to proelel:tn 1,11 current. Oxygen sensors typically use the oxidation of
e I)lfsl . f.op~ration. The oxygen cell in a portable in strument genernce lf~ ranging from one to two years depending on usc.
n . ill Igsa detectors, many vessels are also equipped with
m
nd:d lector tubes for measuring the concentration of
1ft
pace. Figure 13.12 shows the detector tu bes
II w PUn'iP. used for drawing the sample from the
spacebeing te sted'.Th e detector tubes are made ofglass and containgranules th at a re chemically treated to react to the presenceofa specificgasin
the sample . Wh en it is necessary to test a space, the appropriate detector
tube is selecte d. and the point ed tip s of the glass tube are brokenofT. The
tube is inserted into t h e pump asse mbly or holder in the remotesampling
line. A measured qu an tity ofthe atmosphere from the spacein questionis
drawn through the dete ctor t ube using th e pump.The concentration of vapor is indicated by the len gth of discoloration ofthe granules. whichcan be
read off the sca le printed on the tube. The scale on the detector tu~ may
give the reading directl y, or a guide must be consulted to deterrm.ne the
level. Detector tubes generally h ave a stipulated shelf life, and this date
should be indicated by the manufacturer on the packaging.The e~sure
levelsfor several selected toxic gases are shown in table 13-4, pUbhs~e~ by
the American Conference of Governm ental and Industrial Hygtenlsts
IACGIH).
photoionization Devic es
.
.
tremely lowCQncentraPhOlolOnization devices a re useful for measunn g e~ th tmoephere of a
lions of va rio us subs tances that may be prescnt 10) 0 ', I. t light to first
.
. t mente use u travt
b tween two charged
pace 10 a vap orous state. These lO S ru
, .
th n passes e
IOnize the gas bein g sa mpled. The gas e
M the gas ions move to
plates that separate the ga s ions and free electrons.
d photoionization
th I
th t
be measure .
I
centrations of vola, e P ales, a current is gener ated a can
Ul8trument.s are currently us ed to detect low-Ieve can
tile organic compounds (VOCs ).
294
TABLE 134
E][poIlUI"C Level s for Tmci c Gall e s
Sub stOllN'
Carbon monoxide
Hydrogen sulfide
Sulfur dioxide
Ammonia
Benzene
Toluene
Xylene
C HA PTER 14
25
10
2
25
0.5
50
100
15
5
35
2.5
Pollution Regulations
150
Courtesy MSA
REVIEW
1. What are th e primary hazards associated with entry in to a n enclosed
s pare?
or .
8.
D te noratmg condition of t he ma rin e environme nt has prompted correct ive action both on t he natio nal and international level. One oft he ta sks
U ri~g th.e past se.v~ ral decades, increased pub lic a wareness ofthe de-
early on was to ide nt ify t he prim a ry sources of polluti on from t he cargo system of tank vessels.
~~~e 7uip~ent that should be a va ila ble at the point ofe n t ry while
Op erational
1.
2.
a U ications contain ex II
.
r io
ing end
ce ent guidance concerning the prepace'
procedure to be followed when entering an ent
3.
4.
295
297
296
Overfill of IIcargo tank durin g toppin g-ofT
Overfilling a slop ta nk
.
tured cargo hose or loa ding ann
. .
Rup
lank resulting fro m gravitenon betw('en tank
Overfi ll of 8. carg o
.
a
Vellsel l"<j uipment or pipin g failure
Structural failure orthe vessel
.
s.
,
7,
Human erro r
I'd
'
of accumul ate d cargo (so I ) Teftldut'a and "'-'Ill!
~~ .,
,
Mut;i:mi1t h e d"18,.nnQaI
_
that has been physically removed from t h e tan ks .
' I""
- 'Iutwn
' - the uncontrolled release
orthe cargo ta nk atmo sphere dor
Air
.
ing I011dingan d baIlaBting ope rati ons on
. the tank vessel.
.
.
Bun ,rl1l/J ope,.. n-cthe accidental
. discharge of oil while oonduetin..,
....
'
-'w'
Vessel Casualti es
Cargo may be re leased into the envi ronment as
alty:
r esult of
vessel casu-
IJ1
'
,
/11
,
1.
2.
3.
Grounding
Collision
Fire le:rpl03iofll
Figure 14-1. The U.S. Coast Guard requires all vessels to displaythe placardregarding discharg e of oil. Courtesy U.S. Coast Guard.
"
Structural failure
2,
.
. n [i e ahip'a name. call sign, official
Introduction and general mformlltlO :", liMO)international numnumber, International Maritime OrgllnJ1Bbon
ber, and principal charucteristice!
Notification procedures
'
roredures dellling with ope1-Shipboard aptll-mitigaticn procedures u.e.. p
ational Ilpillaand vessel C8sualti8S)
pOLLUTION REGULATIONS
298
4.
5
.
6,
7.
team)
'"
e rellPonlle
299
--
Sea Areas
Within a SPECIAL AREA
DiSl:harge Criteria
DISCHARGE eKtepl clean'
segregaledballast
NO
or
NO DISCHARGE eltcepteither.
(a) cleanor segregaled ballast~
(b) Of when:
(I) the tanker i$ewoure; and
INTERNATIONAL POLLUTI O N
LEGISLATION, MARPOL
Legislation aimed at reducing pollution from tanke~s has evolved on the
international level through the efforts of the Internation a l Maritime Orgenization HMO), which has been instrumen tal in h amm eri ng ou t th e rules
limiting the discharge of cargo residu es from tan kers. Th e most compTe_
hensiveof the IMO conventions dealing with m arine pollution is the Inter .
nati ona l Conven tion for the P re ven tion of P ollution from S hips , 19 73, as
modified by th e protocol of 19 78 commonly r e fe rre d to as 1\IARPOL 73f18.
There are six annexes with in MARPOL, each dealing wi t h a di ffer en t form
ofpollutioD 8S follows:
.!an
nI-Regulations for the prevention of pollu ti on by harmfu l sub.
tan'tes carried in package form
-ffiogulotions for th e pre venti on of pollution by sewage fro m
ations for the prevention of pollution by garbage fro m
'h
Outside
SPECIAL
AREA
,,'
.
'1record book contains a comprehenrequires detailed record-keeping The 0.1
th t must be chronologically resive list of the cargo and ballastopera~lOnst nter the date operation code,
corded on the vessel. Vessel person ne -olur e and any p~rticulara in the
.
. h
priate co umna
k
and Item number m t e appro .
in the oil record book must be ept
space provided (fig. 14-2). Ent~es I
art state inepectcre (fig. 14-3). A
up-to-date and available for review by P,
C rtificate (lOPP) must else
valid International Oil Pollution PreventIOn e
be maintained by the vessel.
POLLUTION REGULATIONS
300
30 1
.
Che m ical s in Bulk (BCB l as a ppropria te baRed th d r
of th e vessel.
on e ate 0 construction
~ CAn :C'.oRI ES
N . m~ or Sh lp :
DATE
8.1 11/82
CO DE
ITEM
21
28
PonShaw CA
"
l ho~
811 -1182
Jl.I
1
2
)
Port Shaw CA
Hea fuel oil r-sc 1-5 S8 and I-SP
1500 barrels S/14182 1.8. Smith
8J1lY82
I C3CandSC
es
2 C
8
81 18182
4.1
4.2
t.
SC
No 8/18/82 0 .8 . Mi ll er
Unde r a nnex II, noxious liquid substa nces are categ orized in th e fonowin
ways , ba sed on the ha zard they pose to the marine en .
.
g
CA
'
r .d
vironment .
.ategory : nnxroua tqut substa nces which present a major haza rd to
manne resources
or human healt h resulting from deballastlIn g opera tiI Ons
.
a nd th e disposa
.
" l of tank washings into th e sea . These substan ces reqUIre
the most stnt;'gent pollution control measures due to the possibility of a
bioa ccumula tt on hazard or hig h toxicity level to aq uat ic life and to hum an s.
Category B: noxious liq uid substances which present a haza rd to rnarine resou rces or human life resulting from debal las ting operations and
th e disposa l of tank washings into t he sea. Th ese su bstances require epecta l pollution control measures due to possible bioaccumulation of short
du ra ti on , possible taintin g of seafood,or moderate toxicity to a quatic life.
Category C: noxious liquid substances which present only a minor haza r d to m arine r esources or human life resul ting from deballastin g opera tio ns or the di sposal of tank was hings into th e sea. These substances only
require s peci al ope r ational measures due to th e fact that t hey range from
sligh tly toxic to nontoxic to a qua tic life.
Category D: noxious liq ui d sub stances which present only a recogniza ble h a zard to m arine re sources or hum an life resulting from debaUasting
ope rations or the di spos al of ta nk was hings into the sea. These substances
only r equire some a ttention through operational measures due to the fact
t hat they a r e practically nonto xic to aquatic life,
Dl SPOSAL OF CARGO RESIDUE
Signalure of Master:
Figure 14-3 . Sample entries from an oil record book for ca rgolba Jlast operatio ns.
IMO established detailed crite ria governing the proper disposal of cargo
r es idues in each N LS ca te gory . Th ese include a number of cont rol m~a'
eu re s designed to s ign ifica ntly re d uce the qua ntity of NLS ca rgoes dIS'
ch arged into the sea:
1.
Cargo stripping: efficie nt stripping of the cargo tanks to reduce the quan-
2.
Clean ing and d isposal procedures (CDP): includes prewash ofcargo tanks
at the discharge port and th e use of reception facilities
Ventilation procedures: removal ofsubstances witha high vaporpressure
3.
bU8t ~
In addition to these control measures, a number of condit~ons tm
.
I' 'd s ubsta nces tn to e sea:
met with respect to the discharge 0 f noXIOU S iqur
1.
302
Dischs TgC ofcmuent below th e waterline , taking in to accOu nt t he I
2
3.
..
s
~uctionll
of 8E'a
ssel location .with respect to a ny designa te d "s pecial e re"as ~
V,
l>l:a t1o
IUl y,.
M'
Muimum concent ra tion ofs u bsta n~es (emu ~nt) in t he s hi p's wak
Minimum depth of wate r at sea dunng the d is ch a r ge
e
3.
,.
Loading of cargo
Intern al transfer ofcargo
Unloading of cargo
Cleaning of cargotanks
Ballasting of cargotanks
~ sdl4rge of ballas t from the cargo tanks
8_ ~BpoqJ of reeiduee to reception facilities
9. Discharge Into the
f
10. Accidental or other ::c;;~::olv~ hresidues by ventilation
a isc arge of cargo
6.
7.
303
instrUctions:
1.
A list of th e NLS cargoes the vessel is certified to transpo rt and cargo spe-
2,
cific information
A list of the cargo tanks and the nOxlousliquid substance(s) that may be
earned
A descri ption ofthe equi pment and arTangement8 in the cargo system including such ite ms as th e fonowing:
Line drawing of th e cargo pumpin g and stripping systems
Ca rgo heating and tempera ture control system
Identification of tanks to be used for slops
Description of the discharg e arTangements
4 . Th e detailed procedures to meet th e stan dards for the specific vessel, in-
3.
SURVEYS
..
ous l~qu~d substances in bulk
on. C tinuin
~s periodic surveys by the na g
.
f'o g comphanc
ith
WI h
e insyectors ofth e WI the requirements of
e port states where the vessel
The master of the vessel shall ensure the di scharge of cargo residues is
conducted in accordance with the guidance contained in the P&A manual.
CERTIFICATES
,r
POLLUTION REGULATIONS
30'
3.
5.
6.
7.
6.
C HA P TE R 15
1.Isd -ontop
Segreg9ted -bsll s st design s
Shore recepti on facilit ies
Crude-oil.""s shi ng sys tems
Vapor control sy sle m8
Doublt'-bull const ructio n
Efficient cargo st ri pping systems
In ert Ga s Systems
REVIEW
1. List the operational sources ofmarine pollution from the cargo system
ofa tank vessel.
2. Describe the methods used in the tanker indus try to reduce sea poilu.
tion both operationally and through vessel design.
3 Which of the IMO conventions is consid ered the m ost com pre hensive
with respect to pollution or the environment?
LI.!It the present pollution regulations governing the dischar ge of
a 0 residues from an oil tanker.
IS
"special area"?
nIUl of pollution are addressed in each of the MARPOL anB8..Ubstances (NLS) categorized regarding poiluF:~llb:'i~~,n tained in a "Cargo Record Book"?
tafhed in a Procedures and Arrangements
n December of 1969 the shipping world was rocked by a series of explosions that occurred aboard three VLCCs, the Marpeesa , the Mactra, and
the Kong Haakon VII. Eac h was a newly const ructed supe rtanke r operated
by a rep utable company. The ph otogr aph showing the afte nnathofthe explosion aboa rd the Kong Haakon VII (fig. 15-I) is a soberi ng remind er of
the potential h azards assoc iated with cleaning ta nks on a cru de-oilcarri er.
Shi powne rs launched an extensive investigation to determine th e probable ca use of the explosions. Alth ough it was difficult to pinpoint the exact
cause in eac h case, the investi gat ion point ed to a static electrical discharge
as the pr obabl e source of ignition. Factors common to ea ch incident includ ed ste a ming cargo tanks a t sea in a ballasted condition, employing
fixed tank wa shing m achin es, and tank c1eaning (center tanks) at the time
of the expl osion.
Th e us e of high- capacity (fixed) washing machines (HCWM ) delivering
water-and, in some cases, recirculated oily-water mixtures-e-at high velocity and pressure against the cargo tank surfaces was linked to the de~el
opment of a significant static charge. The benefits of fixed tank washing
had been recognized for some time, and rather than abandon this method
of cleaning, the tanker industry decided to vigorously pursue the concept of
controlling the atmosphere in the cargo tanks while conducting 8 wash. It
was determined that maintaining a low oxygen content in the cargo tank
was the key to ensuring the safety ofthe operation. "lnert.gae," ~s it is c?mmanly called, is defined as a gas or mixture of gases contalOmg IOsufficlerft
oxygen to support the combustion of hydrocarbons. .
.
The events in 1969 prompted the development ofmtemaLionaf
tions calling for the installation of inert gas (I syswmlJ'on crud
"lnerting" then became an industry standerd't
il
worldwide. The rules goveming..t!te design oJ!Elrati n
i:l 81
'06
307
S OU RC ES OF I NERT GAS
e types ofinert ga s syst ems a re in common use toda '( 11 n
' S )', (21 0 1il fiIre d linert gaa generate ty . ' "nu ehigae eyeTh, ' stea ms h Ip
(elll, (
.
w TS m e ter 8 IpS and
barges); and (3). nitrog en syste ms (pa rcel la nkeral.
On 8tea mS~ l ps l t~e exha us t from, a mari ne boiler burnin g a residu al
fuel oHresults In a m ixture of ga ses with the following breakdown (a pproximate values) :
Nitrogen
Carbon dioxide
Oxygen
Sulfu r oxides
Water vapor
Soot
Heat
Carbon monoxide
Nitri c oxide
,....,..
1 2-14 ~
2-4 %
0 .3%
.%
300mf)m3
200-3000C
1,000 ppm
400 ppm
---
. ."gy
15-1 Theaftennathofth
Figure 16-2. A block diagram showing the major components of an inert gee eyetern . Courtesy Richard Beedon and Eric Mo.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS
INERTGASSYSTEMS
309
808
ti
owners are installing oil-fire d inert ga s gen
ron.
.
d h
erato
Jn new construe
h.n
IOwarddie!lel propulsIOn an t e custo mer s' d
re
ult ofthe s I
.
k
.
crnshd
as a res lit ~ inert gaB. On parcel tan era tr ansp ort mg ca tgoes a
(or better qua . Y ' .0 0 concerns over quality assurance h ave led to ' h ~n
euve ttlcontamma I ,
e in.
stallation o( nitrogen syatems.
2.
3.
4.
Cooling
Removing the solids (soot)
Removing the corrosives(sulfur oxides!
Removing entrained water
SYST EM COMI'ONF:N TS
310
scrubber-typlcallllYOlll
,- - ...... , -- -+
,,,
Demister
Gas oullel
,,
,
- ...'\
-rrr-
,"
.. : ..
, '
,, ,,
,<
Ii- ,
' --
seal
.<
.....
....
Weir
311
In e rt Gas F an !'!
The next. major com po~ent in the system is t he IG fans. Two inert gas fan s
are rcqul r~d , the c.ombme d ca pacity of which must be rated at 125 percent
ofthe ma ximum discharge ca pacity of all th e cargo pumps that can beoperaled simultaneously. Th e inte nt of thi s requirement is to enable the opera tor to m~in tain a positiv e deck pressure t hroughout the cargo discharge.
Installat IOns va ry, but most owne rs opt to exceed thi s requirement by installing two 125-percent-rated fan s. The advanta ge claimed for this arrangement is that if either fan fails, it would not adver sely impact the
discharge operat~on of the sh ip. The IG fans are typically driven by
heavy-duty el ectric motors and equipped wit h isolation valves on the suction and disch arge sides. The fan s should be visually inspected on a regular
basis through ports located in the top of the casing for evidence of deteri oration s uch a s scori n g, acid damage. and carbon buildup . Duri ng operation, the fan should be check ed for excessive heat and vibration . Upon
shutdown of the system. a freshwate r rinse of the fan blades is recommended for a period of fifteen to twe nty minutes. On the discharge side of
the fans . two sensors a re req uired, one for monitoring t he temperature of
the gas an d t he othe r for monitoring oxygen conten t. The alarm sett ings
are as follows :
Drain to overboard
tesyRidlardtl --d
Dell
e componenlsofawet bottomscrubber.Cour.
d~plet8outwardintoafunnel_ h
..
\lii'i;l;';~l.l":ll. gth
(.
Fresh_Air Inlet
Which p
. P anta have a fresh -air in let on the sue errnita the s yetem
<'
to be used for gas _freeing
~acrubbe r, moatlG 1
SYSTE M COMPONENTS
' 13
'12
ln th
t m 8 fle ries of non re t u rn devices a re r eq uired , p roviding
vaporsml ellyS e .
a barrier between th ese two a reas.
Ven t Li ne
dment.9 to SOLAS. a vent lin e was added to t he sys te m re.
981 arnen
Inthel
i t he event th e
.
ts Thill vent provides a n a d di\11008I
ea'regua r d In
quuemen d viree fail According to 11\10 , the vent lin e and valve s hould be
nonrt'tum e. .. ",
.
.
installed in th e run of pipin g bet ween the gas pres sure Tegul a t ln ~ and the
deck isolation valves. Th is vent valve sho uld be o~en wh en t he inert gas
ca rgo va pors and iner-t ga s from build ing
I t is nIT to prevent returning
p~
. st the gas pres su re ~eguI a ~mg
' v atve . Th e vent
uppressUf'('in
th e lin e again
also provides a conven ient location to c~e~ k the mtegnty of the nonret u m
devices by samplingthis section of the pipin g for th e presence of flammable
vapors using portabl e ins truments.
the sea l, forcin g the water u p t he .i nlet pipe to form a water plug, Th e water
lug preven ts the gas from entering t he nonhaza rdous a rea e of't he vessel.
b ther varietie s of d eck seals a re kn own as th e semidry and dry-type seal.
These seals operate in ~ u~ h .t he sa me way all th e wet -type seal; however,
they a re de signed to mmtmt ze wate r carryove r into the deck main and
cargo tanks during normal ope ra tion ,
The semidry-type seal (fig. 15-5 ) employs a venturi to draw the water
away from the inlet pipe , permitting the gas to move through the seal with out having to ph ysi cally bubble through the water as in th e wet-type seal.
In the dry-type s eal (fig . 15-6 ), seal water is dr ained away at the start-up of
the system a nd the g as move s through th e empty compartment without
coming into contact with water. Some manufacturers employ a dem ister
simila r to that found in the scrubbe r to physica lly trap the wate r and keep
it from passing to the de ck main . Several checks should be performe d on
th e deck sea l including the following:
Dec k Seal
Several types of deck sea ls are commonly fou nd aboard tank vessels . Re-
I.
gerdleeeortbe design , the deck seal is the principle barrier against return
flow of flammable cargo va pors into th e gas-sa fe a reas of the ve s sel. The
wet-type seal shown in figure 154 is designed to funct ion a s a nonmechanical, nonreturn devi ce, pr oviding virtually fail-sa fe protection in
operation.
The deck seal works on a simple principle whereby the r etu rnin g IG
and cargo vapors exert pressure on the larger water s u rface in the base of
2.
3.
4.
5.
"""
Gas
compartment
- - --:;- - - - ~,=,-:-:
. G:.:.> - ---_- :---.-:. - ==---'-~-
Nonllow condition
Figure 15-5. Se midry type deck wster sea l. Cou
, 14
6.
7.
,...
Demister
Venturi line and any valves in a semidry or dry-type se a l
T~
315
Nonreturn Valv e
On most systems, immediately forwa rd of the deck seal is the m e h .
I\
.
h k
c amcal
nonreIurn varve.
I A II or ewing c ec val ve is genera lly emplo d. it i .
th
.' ht
. I d d GO
ye , ll ls eler weig . or apn ng- 08 e. tven th e ope rating environmen t .
hi
thi al f
.
m W lch
should be awa re th a t these val ves a re prone
t rue
I Vskive uncnona.operetors
...
or remammg
m th e open position ' thereby permittim g return
flo e Thng h
. fi
I d
ow.. e p otom gure 157 shows anonr etum va lve which wa
aft~t was determined that it was frozen in the open position s rep ace
e nonreturn valve is requi red to b
.d d .
.
s: DroP-=-
- lank. - --~
,,Lhr--.LE
,,
,,
:,
--~.---::..
. .:....-
~---
-_
e International
.
Maritime Or ge-
SYST EM (;CIMI'ONENTS
INERT GASSYSTEMS
316
ente the cargotank via the side of th e ta nk ha tch (fig. 15-8 )0'"1
)y verti
Cargo Ta nk Isola ti on
Thecargotanks must be equipped wit h some form of block va lve or b
ingarrangement. Systems vary from those t hat use a single butt Il lank.
in the branch line to those th at employ a spade blank in serted er h y valve
W lere
pipingenters the coaming ofthe ta nk hatch. Seve ral methods of ISO
at i the
cargo tank fro~ th~ rest of th e vess?1 are s hown in figure 15. 10 ng a
tanks are routmely Isolated for a varie ty of reasons :
. Cargo
i.
1.
2.
3.
On
maienor
) more liquid pr essure-vacuum breakers (located on the inert gas
cally
317
.
~~ratlon
on ~ ta nk vessel is th e poe-
Figure 15.9. The branch line off the IG main is connected to the cargo tank via a
deck pen etra ti on . Th e branch lin e shown here is equipp ed with 8 butterfly valve.
J[~~~
blank
M
t\
spada
nk
0
0
Figure 15-10 . Several methods ofiBolating the cargo tan ks from the inert gaBmain .
Courtesy In ternational Cha mbe r or Ship ping a nd OCIMF .
319
Structural protCclio~ of th e vellsel is imperative as expensive damage
can result from mechanical malfunct~~n8or human erro r such as the failure to lin e up th e sys te m cor rect ly. ~ lgure 1512 shows the damage that
occurre d on on~ vessel '."'hen t he .number one cente r cargo tank overessu rized dunng a loading Operation.(For furthe r detail s concerning t he
::ethod of ope ra tio n and t he typical settings for pressure-vacuum relief de.
vices, cons u lt cha pt e r 4.)
De ck P re lHlUre
One of th e general req uirem en ts of an IG system concerns maintai ning a
positi ve deck pr essure 01.1 the ine~d vesse l to ~revent the ingress of air. To
assist th e operator , a ll Ins tallations a re required to have a gauge which
gives a cont inuo us readout as well as a perm a nent recording of the deck
pressur e. Audible a nd visu al alarms a re required for both high and low
deck pressu re conditi on s. In the bar gra ph , figure 15-13, some typical values for th e high and low deck pre ssure ala rms are given. An opera tor can
expect va ria nces in th e deck pr essur e at sea as well DS duri ng cargo tra nsfer in port.
Normal 0J)8f8b01'l
EJ:cess vacuum
t
.
b inert raa a
heayal.emfrome
yal.ema
are tyPically fitted with e Iiqt
.
.
If re mepfl>lIl1ureorvacuum condl_
~IOn.
Figure 15-12. Damage to th e dl.'Ck resulting ~ilS 8 Cameron. U.S. Coast Guard.
1center cargo tank . Courtesy Lt. Comdr. Doug
.
f.
INERT GASSYsTEMS
320
321
".
1.
PI/ bfk,r. pressure setpoin l
PV valve pressure setpoint
H,~pf1ISsure alarm
"
lowilfessure alarm
139'
:~F."~7""'PVvalve vacuum
1 ,
setpoinl
PVbOO.vacuum setpOinl
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
(In d HPI
SY51 em pressureand
se!pOitlt bar graph
1 ~13
Bar graph aho\lring the typical operating pressur es and setti ngs of
etdfilOOl in an inert gas system.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Sui table in terlocks mus t be in stalled such tha t any fault. condit~n reeulring in a sh u tdown of t he blowers also res~ts in ;h~ clO:l:ft~~ \;:::.
pressure regulating valve. The au tomati c shu own ea ure
ti
tern shoul d be te sted on a regular basis to ensure proper opera ron.
lOG" oxYGEN READINGS
.
.
h PIC may encounter elevated ox
on the discharge side
Dunng the operation ofthe IG system, t e l
ygen readings as sensed at the fixed oxygen ana ~Z;;tennine the source of
u
of the fans . Should t his occur. the oper~tor m h lgh oxygen alann sounds.
h l
t
i
action
belore
te
ful it may be necessary
t h e oxyge n an d ta k e ccrrec we
.
a!ity are an succeee
.
. r b placing th e system 10 reIf t h e efforts to tmp ro,:e gaa.qu
to divert the ofT.s peclficatlO n gas eit he / . al causes of elevate d OXYcircul ation or vent ing to at mosphere. Some yprc
gen readings include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EMERGENCY PROCED UR E S
Dilu ti on
In the event of a tota l failu re of th e inert ga s plant to d elive r the ro .
..,qu1ted
.
.
h d k h
allowing t he creati on ofa l1amma ble a tmosphere in the ca rgo tanks ' th ere
rom
fore, it may be necessary to suspe nd aUcargo operation s a n d hold thO d .
.
rd
e ueek
pressure m the vessel. In othe r wo 5 , th e ope rator mus t n ot comp
.
the inert status ofthe vessel by resuming the ca rgo disch arge wjth:~I:
crude tankers, warrant this actio n . Also, local a n d terminal requ i e caSe of
hibi h
.
f
remen ta
may pro It t e resumption 0 cargo opera tions . The followin g li t
fth
I ti I ..
IS repro.
sents some 0
e po en ta igmnon sources t hat may pose a th
t
h
2.
3.
rea to t e
gas replacement
I at osphere in the necessary in order to
e cargo tanks . Two ga s
Di spla cement
In the displaceme nt (layeri ng ) method, th e gas enters th e cargotank at low
velocity, forming a stabl e hori zontal interface between the incoming and
exiting gases . The gas enters the top of th e ta nk and acts like a piston pushing the exiting gas out via a purge pipe or other suitable arrange ment. To
minimi ze turbulence in t he tank a tmos phere, the gas is generally directed
to a number oftanks simultaneously, th ereby slowing the velocity.The displacement method u suall y tak es 1Jhto 2 volume changes ofthe tank atmosphe re to ac com plis h full gas replacement. Figure 15-14 illustr ates the
typical supply and venting a rr a nge ments and th e methods that should be
employe d when performin g gas replacemen t. For detailed guidance concerning t he m ethods and time necessary to perform gas replacement consult t he vessel's in ert gas manua l.
There a re ge ne rally two ways to dete rmine th~ success of ~ gas replacement ope ration . One is by a n experience factor With the partl c.ular vessel.
th e othe r is by te s ting a nd monitorin g th e tank atmosphere WIth portable
instrumen ts . Figure 15-15 illu st rates a typical hydrocarbon analy~er
(model lOOT Ga scope or Tankscope from MSAl com~only used. to venfy
th at a space has been properly purged prior to gas-freel~. A rea~mg on th e
analyzer of 2 percent hydrocarbons or less by volume IS ~eqUired before
ventilating with air. Reducing the hydrocarbon conce~tratlOn ofthe space
to this level prevents the tank atmosphere from becommgflamma,ble when
it is subseq uen tly ventilated with air (gas .freed). An operator s und.er.
h d . th k y to successfully controlling
.
. .
.
sta ndm g of gas repla cement met 0 S IS e e
the cargo tank atmosphere and ens uring th~ ves~ells mamtamed m a nonflammable condition throughout its operatmg life.
'ty gas ba sed on the type of fue l employed, Forexam pl, di 1 < d
qU9 II
d
d
a lese -nre
inert sse ge~erator oes not pro uce the 8,oot or corrosives typically encountere d with ~ n~e ga s sysl~m. The bigher qua lity fuel produces a
cleaner burn whi ch In tum requires a much less sophist icate d scru bbing
".
h
0 not
d supply ofoxygen defiCIent gas lor us e In t e carg-o lank I
possessa res : _ inert gao gene rato rs have been in stalled beciluse Oft'h' ,n
recent times m"" '
.
elf
, ti to ta nk barges a nd t he shift from s team to motor ta nk
I
~~IOO
to"
"
e~
r In Sit uations Whe re Ih '
Owners may also opt for an inert gasiskgenera
tami
0 con
m m a ti on ~ the ca rgo. Ae
quality
of the inert gas may pose a n s . of
properly operat ing inert gas gene rator IS ca pable of producing a s u perior
process.
325
Ine rt ga s ma,n
/ /\
10M gas main
,
c""',
I'""""""
tocargo line
~,
\ 1/
l(
\IW
I!.
~ --11 : 1~
\,-~-"1
,
ampl
.
ed to verify the 8ucce8B of
I r 6N! n here 16 us
Figure 15-16 . The hydrocarbon ana yze r-. A pl,',nc<'s Compan y (MSA).
"f SS,l'ty P
th e purging operation. Courtesy" me
PR~;CAUTlON S IN
,26
32 7
To atmosphere
I
To atmosphere
Sl
Sctubbet' PU~
J..-.
--l
"'"."'"
Figure 1516. Typieal inertgas generator. Courte sy Perm ea Maritime Pr otection.
:S8.
'7
Ar
0,
H, O
"Fast"
N,
5 10....
0",,,,
J __ enoched
stream
AI,
I
Inlet
HolloWlIbelS
. I nitrogen gen('ra
Figure 16-17 . TypICil.
t r
0
HEVIF,W
329
328
tb
~pen. th; ~(erence to the U.S. rules revea.ls t~at a ~inimum deck PresIS
adversely
atliected by th e introducti on of water or
SPj)t
be
.'iii pted n, and acids carried in the in ert gas .
Y mI' thcargn own ers to look to wa rd vesse 1e
YIns n a ~h at do not pose a ri sk of contamina t ion to
. "g,n ,locargo owner will opt for a vessel fitted
era r. or a 01" regen sys te m. An other Issue
'
i lie'
BBlbility of cro ss con t amin at ion via the
to must carefully segregate potentiallY
I'
co nwminatin~
REVIEW
1. Th e rul es govern ing th e design and operatio n of ine rt gas systems
INERTGASSYSTEMS
330
.
h are owners shifting from traditional Oue g
?
as
. constructIOn, W y
3. I nnew
'1 fi d i crt gas generators .
systems W 01 - Ire nmuat be capa ble of s upplying a gas wit h an OXy
4 Anyinert gas system
?
.
ntenr of what value.
h
gen co
[an i rt d vessel mu st ensure t hat t e oxygen Content of
5 Operators 0 an me e
I ?
.
does not exceed what ve ue .
the cargo.
.h t is the minimum deck pressure acce ptable in an
6. By regulatIOn, w a
inerted vessel?
?
Wh t ia the function of the uptake bellows .
7.
fo~r functions of th e scrubber in an ine~ gas sy stem (flue gas ).
: : List two methods employed to remove entrained water fr om flue gas
beforeit reaches th e IG fans.
10. In a flue gas system, the blowers must be .rate~ to what .ca pa city?
11. In a flue gas system, where is the off-specification gas directe d?
12. What is the purpose ofthe gas pressure regulati n g valve (GRV)?
13. What is the purpose of the deck wate r seal?
14. Whenthe inert gas system is off, mu s t the vent re quired between th e
gas pressure regulatin g valve and deck isolating va lve be open or
closed?
15. What valves are typically found imm ediatel y forward ofthe de ck sea l?
16. Define topping up.
17. List the critical fault conditions in an inert gas system that re sult in
an automatic shutdown of the plant .
18. List the reasons for high oxygen re adings as se nsed on t he disch arge
side of the IG fans.
19. Du~ng a crude-oil cargo discharge and cru de-oi l-wash ing operation,
the ~nert gas syste m fails. What act ion must be taken by the P IC? If
~~e me~ gas system canno~ be rep aired , wh at options does the P IC
With respect to reeurmng cargo operations?
>1Di.i ~ an apparently normal discharge operation (i nert gas system
'l~
".'.~~':h g1 the de~k .pressure begins to fall and is approaching the
I'!l J.!Il. uti cce fable limit. What action s hou ld be taken by the PI C?
I ns that could adversely affect the performance of a liq1!lE.1'G cona
P:
ure-vacuum breaker.
I~ ,,]Jmir;]~~ .
Wliht reading by tankscope (hydrocar bo n a nalyzer)
ITiji:lI! Q-,..: tIll1!I<t.;~,: ,.
fUI)Yllurged tank?
~Jj 'I'..~TJ1~~,l.t:m~
_;
~:h ~~r;','J[[}'::"J.:JIill~-, ot a replacement? Describe them in det ail.
~ l":r.l':Htk m.'uftr'tlht f ' I- ~ n itrogen generator work?
n
d de osita form in the cargo tanks on a
r'i-.rr:I ' !Jilr"h_o't'(~)~1:
operator be concerned abo ut th e
I'-ci
aifi 'jT r;}-1f::oLjil~m
C H APT E R 16
Emergency Procedures
Lis:
his ch a pter addresses the actions to be taken in various emergency situ at ions that are s pecific to t he cargo a rea of th e vessel. The reader is
cauti on ed that the information contained herein is generic in natu re and
not necessarily a pplica ble to any particular vessel. Personnel are advised
to develop emergency action plans dealing with various casualties that are
specific to the ve ssel and the peculiarities of the operation.
Practica l demonstrations and drills following t he developed plans
shou ld be regularly conducted t o fa miliarize a ll hands with emergency response. The first pr iority in any cas u alty is th e sa fety of th e per sonnel an d
vessel. The sections that follow address some of the situations t hat may
arise on a tank vessel and list t he typ ical actions to be taken in response.
PUMPROOM R E SC UE
If the person in the pumproom is un conscious, th e cre w s hould respond in
the followi ng way :
1.
2.
Sound emergency alarm. If alcngeide, notiJY dockto secure al l cargooperations and call for medical assista nce.
.
under the direction of a eemor officer responds to the
.'
E mergency Ieam
s taging area with the followmg equlpmen.t:
.
Self_contained breathing apparatus WIth spare cylinders
Communications equipment
Atm08phere-testing equipment
First aid kitlresuscitator/lltretcher
EmergeJlcy escape breathin g apparatus
Fire-fighting gear
GHOUN DING
EMERGENCY PROCED URE S
,"
room \lcntilation.
d [if r oc permanen tly rigged at t he top nfthe p
Prepare bernese an 1 e 1
lllTlp.
Cht'Ck pump
5.
room.
h re uling a sample tube pe rm a ne n tl y rigRed in th
Tel t the etmosp c
e
pumproom.
IS I
2.
12.
pwnproom).
Rescue personnel place unconscious person in h arness secu re ly a nd acti_
vate th e emergencyescape breathing apparatus.
8. On signal from rescuers, personnel outs ide th e pu mp roo m hoist the pe rson out. Use taglines to guide person d ear of obstructions such as platfonns, valves, and ladders.
9. Once clear of the pumproom, adminis te r first aid to the victim. Check
pulse and respiration. Administer CPR if nece ssary. Cons u lt the MSDS
for medical guidance concerning exposur e to the specific cargo.
10. Get medical assistance IMedEvaclambulancel as soon as possible.
J 1. Determinethe cause of the incident and take correcti ve action .
7.
4.
5.
6.
7.
333
Secure nil valv es in volved in the opera tion to limit the extentofthe spill.
If tan k overfill. ta ke ste ps to Rhift. th e exceea cargo to other tanks.
If pi ping failu~e, isolate the affected sect ion by immedia tely closing
th e app ropnate valves.
For h ull fa ilure (weep) , identify th e location of the leak . Tak e action to
reduce the h ead pressure in the tank(s}by sh ifting the cargo to an
in tact compa rt ment(s) a nd reducing the inert gas pressure in th e
space above t he cargo. Drop th e cargo level in the affected ta nk below th e waterline of the vessel. Verify that the leakage has
stopped.
Not ify vessel personnel , shore facility, a nd engine room. Restrict access to
the area of th e spill to essential personnel. Consult the vessel response
plan and commence notification to the proper autho rities in accordance
with th e instructions .
Eliminate potential sources of ignition and have fire-fighting gear read ied .
Vessel personnel with prope r protective clothing and res pirators should
commence cleanup ofthe oil contained on deck. Use the equipment in the
spill respon se locker including portable pum ps, shovels, absorbe nt pads,
squeegees , ra gs, saw dust, brooms , plastic bags, and so forth.
U pon notification, shore facility perso nnel should begin deploying the containment boom (spill ba rrica de) around the vessel (if not previously
rigged) to lim it the movement of th e spill.
Consult the company representatives concerning coordi nation with the
cleanup contr actor , qualified indi vidual ofthe company, media , an d etate
and federal authorities as outli ned in the vessel response plan .
GROUNDING
In the even t ofa ve ss el grounding, the following a ct ions s ho u ld be taken:
1.
Asse se the condition oft he vesse l. Care fully inspect the water around the
vessel to determine if a ny compart ments are damaged, allowing cargo to
leak or water to flood.
Check the cargo level (ullage e) in each tank . Record the ullages.
Take soundings of balla st tanks and compartments that are normally
empty (voids/cofferdam s).
Monitor the vessel for any changes in trim or list.
Maintain positive stability of the vessel.
.
.
t the vessel reaponse plan and make the necessary notifications
ul
_..
Ith the
.
Cons
to the appropriate authoritit'B in accoruance
wit
t e itnetrucuons.
Display rhe appropriate signal (day/night) for a vessel eground and notify any vesllel traffic of the situation.
335
334
2.
3.
. I king cargo identi fy the dam aged tanka that are I '
If the vesseI IS ell.
'
08lng
cargo k f
h.n<ring cargo levels nrllagee) in the ta nh and dr op
Cbec or c
..'
I
Pln l;'
deck pressure readings , On dec~, personne sh~u l d be alert for any
signs ofa vacuum bE.'in g~rea~ed In the tanka,(alr leaks or PV ValVes
lifting) as well as distorti on In t~e ~~ck plating.
Eliminate all potential sources of tgmtt cn on or ne ar th e vessel and
have fire-fighting gear rea died.
If the \'essel has a high deck pressure, reduce the inert ga s pr es sure (deck
pressure) to a minimum positive pressu re in the ves sel . Doin g so will reo
e.
6.
7.
8
9.
~ta.J da.mage resulting from the grounding whil e at the same time enthe lIl.fety ofthe crew and the veeeel.
t He In
spill reeecnee
00 n t ractora a nd salvage peopl e by provid ing the
""
rY.
rmeuen concerning the vessel and its condition.
3.
FIRE-GENERAL GU IDELINES
By the very n ature of the cargo being transported , a tank vessel poses a significant fire ri sk. Vess el personnel must be eve r-vigi lant to minimize the
possibility ofa fire during cargo ope ra tions and at sea. Should a fire occur,
early detection and prompt action by vess el personnel is essenti~l for the
safet y of aU h ands and survival ofthe vessel. Regular demonst rations an.d
drilla s houl d be conducted to ensure that all personnel are aware of their
responsibilities in a fire and are familiar with the .Ioca ti on and operation of
fire-fighting equipment. In general,. the .folloWln g steps should be addressed when dealing with any fire sttuatton:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
FIRE-CARGO MANIFOLD
the cargo manifold a n d containment area (t r ou gh)
t
In the event 0 r a fiire
. 1
inga connection or removal of the hoeea or mcc h amce
on the ves ee I d un
'
.
hou ld follow these s uggee tlo ns.
a r ms, personne1
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
"6
I.
2.
3
6.
6.
7.
6.
propriate en Ingu l
. fi hti teem s in full gea r "hauld a pp roac h the m a n ifold a rea from
Fire- g b og <'<"
. d '." h,', h-velocit y fog (wa te r ) a n d lew- velocity fog a pplica tors if
upwm UBI. ...
a ppropriate.
Verify that all cargo v8h 'e810 the manifold are secu r ed .
Cool the manifold piping, containment a re a , a n d deck. ~fwater s pray is in capable of exti nguishing the fire , ,u se ~e wa~r s hi eld to ~ rotett the
firefighters s pprosching the area With SUitable tt.e., dry-ehemlt al) POrta.
=""
ble extinguishers.
trthe spilled cargo (from th e pipelines) has spread the fir e ever the deck,
employ the deck monitors to blanket the area with foam .
Whenthe fire is out, continue tocool down the piping and deck in the vicin,
ity of the fire. Main tain a fire watch .
FIR~~ARGO PUMPROOM
5.
2.
3.
5.
In the event of a vent fire at the top ofa mast or king pos t duri n g loading operations (i.e., due to a1ightning strike) the PIC s ho u ld di rect t he following
actions:
Sound the alarm and pass the word "fire." Secure all ca rgo and ball ast opereuona. Secure alJ cargo flystem and vent va lves.
Notify the engin room and dock. Reque st the assistance of the ahoresi de
fi department.
uater vessel peraonnel and account for all crewmembere .
uate the situation and decide on the best course of action to attack the
i><f'ii~a"f"~ ~n .ll may be included:
the Ulting cargo vapors (fuelJ by closing the valvet e) at th e base
t v
m tJking post). Should the fire continue tc bum {i.e.,
v leftksl, use portable dry-chemical extinguish'
P.!.l: iti n
ootid the vent stack.
r I t
h v adequate reach to ..xtend to the top of
F IRE-CARGO P UMPROOM
4.
337
6.
7.
6.
APP ENDIX
To convert from:
To:
Multiply by:
(Numbe,..
ill boldface
type a n rmct L'Olurs.)
barrels
barrels
ba rrels
barrels
centi meters
centimeters
centimeters
cubic feet
cubic feet
cubic feet
cubic feet
cubic in ches
cubic meters
cubic meters
cubic meters
cubic meters
cubic met ers
cu bic m et ers
fath oms
fathoms
feet
feet
feet
feet
cub ic feet
cub ic mete rs
ga llons (U.S.)
liters
inches
mete rs
millim eters
barrels
cubic inches
cubi c mete rs
gall ons tU.S.)
cubic centimeters
barrels
cubic cent imeters
cubic feet
cubic inches
ga llons lU.S.l
lite rs
feet
m eters
centimeters
fathoms
inches
mete rs
339
5.614583
0.15898729
"
158.98284
0.393700 79
om
10
0.1781076
1,728
0.028316847
7.4805195
16.387064
6.289811
1,000,000
35.3 14667
61,023 .74
264. 17205
999.972
1.8288
80 .48
0.166667
,.
0.8048
340
1b rom-ert from:
gallons (U.SJ
gallons (U,S.)
inches
inches
kglcrn z
kgIan'
kgIan'
litera
lite rs
litera
lite rs
meters
meters
meters
meters
meters
millimeters
millimeters of water (4C)
millimete rs of water
millimete rs cr wete r (4C)
peunda (avdp)
,;
To:
cubic in ches
litera
centim eters
millim eters
kglcm2
millimeters of wat er
psi
pound s (avdp)
tons (met ric)
tone (metric)
kilograms
pounds (svdp)
tons (long)
Mu lt iply by :
(N umbers i ll h oi (I'ftce
t ype are exact v I
Q Ues.j
231
3.78 5306
2.54
25.4
0.002539927
25.4
0.03612 625
2.2046226
0.001
393 .7122
10,000.28
14.223343
1,000.028
6 1.02545
0.00 1000028
0.26417 94
100
0.54680665
3.2808399
39.370079
1,000
0.039370079
0.00009999709
0.039370079
0.00 1422293
0.45359237
27.6807
0.070306958
703.089
1,016.0469
2,240
1.1060469
1,00 0
2,204.6226
0.98420653
Glossary
-131.5
SG@ 60'F
API ta bles. Eleven volumes of ta bles developed by th e American Pet roleum Insti tu te to deri ve the necessary information to perform a cargo calculation.
arrival ballas t. Also known as "clean" ballast. The term is tra ditionally used on
crude carriers to describe seawater introduced into cargo tanks that have
been cru de_oil_was hed a nd water-rin sed. When discha rged to th e harbor
through an oil content monitor, this ballast should not produce a visible
sheen. The oil content of such ballast must not exceed 15 ppm.
ASTM. American Society for Testing Materia ls.
ballast. Seawater introduced into compartments on a tank vessel for the return
leg of a voyage to the loa ding port . It is th e a dditional weight necessary to
bring the vessel to a suitable draft and t rim and to redu ce stresses and improve stability.
341
GLOSSAR Y
342
bar"" rMlJ. Stan d a
rd
.
BeH Code ( Of th e Constru ction and Eq Ulpment.a
Ip S
Ilrrymg Da ngerous
.Chemical s in Bulk. These ru les a p ply to che ml C81 tan k e r s constructed bt>fo re
1 July 1986.
..'
h
k h
btllmouth. The termina l end ofthe bottom pl pl~g In eac ta n t rough whi ch t he
re'
GWSSARY
343
G LOSS ARY
GLOSSARY
345
344
method of venting the a tmosphe re of a ca rgo tank with the
ronlroJltd I'f'ntinl!'.
the superstru.c
' . d with high-velocity vent va lves .
.
I '
f standpIpes equrppe
use 0 de-oil
hing A fixed tank washing sys tem emp oymg th e cru de'oil
COn: Cru e-o,
'ng' medium. This method of clea nin g takes ad vantage of
CQ....OBSthe creeru
.. h
1 f 'I I '
-0
,, ',. ,fcrude oil to as sist In t e rem ove 0 0 1 C mgage a nd
,w,"
CUI h1011.
eP
""- , _
d
th
I hin
dling a known static-accumulating cargo. .l l lUI re uces e sp as
g and agi o
tation of the cargo, thereby minimizing the development of a significant
static charge. This reduced flow to the tank is u sually maintain ed u nti l the
bottom framing in the tank is immersed in the liquid.
cyrlt time. The length of time it takes a tank washing machine to move t hrough
all the angles withi n the tank durin g a wash. Reference to t he man ufac.
turer's manual will give th e time necessary for a particular tank cleaning rna.
chine.
cud girder. Primary (foreandaft) st ructural fr amin g member of a vessel de.
signed specifically to support the deck pla tin g.
chell prruure alarm. An audible a nd visual warning system for the vess el opera.
tor, designed to activate at pred etermined settings (highllow) of pressure and
vacuum in the cargo tanks.
chell water seal. A nonmechanical, nonretum device in the IG system designed to
prevent the return flow of cargo vapo rs in to the no nhazardous a reas of th e
v el.
'2. u: b {rom~ Primary transvers e structural member u sed to support the shell
p'1ahnga.nd previde support against aide impact.
p l . rtl'calll/rpins) pump. Cargo pump de signed s pecifica lly for in stallan th ta..nl<J. The pump i8 located at the bottom of the tank a n d is conid drive unit on deck via a long shaft. Particularly suited for
e~sel8 ~hat require enhanced cargo segregation.
nl!'iJ.t 0
e 8crubber in an IG system: designed to r emove wa ter
~1:.!'Q!~r.er for time exceeding
layttme.
rriera to describe seawater ballast incrude-oil-washed and stripped dur-
,_I
n:
cargoes.
. .
explosimeter, See com~ustible~ga8md:;~~~~ed as "explosion proof"when it is enexp los io n proof. Elect nc&:1 eqUlP::e n~withsta nding an internal explosion ora hyclose d in a case th~t IS ~apa e~ device must alao prevent th e ignition of a
drocarbon va~or/alr mlx~ure.
e ee eith er from a spark or flame resul~ng
flammable mixture oU~lde thfe c; th e temperature rise of th e case followmg
from the internal explo sion or TO l
t nonnoUy eperete at such a temperar~
.
.
The ""u lpme n roue
such an exp 1oaten. .~..
bl atmosphere will not be Ignited.
ture that a surrounding flamm a e
explo siv e range. See flammable ran::~hiCh a liquid gives off sufficient ~sp?~ to
fire point. The lowest tampereture th rellence ofan ext.emal source oflgrntion.
'"; d mbustlOnm
. h t h e eye han..'. .
supporrsusteme
.
ffie p d'n the vessel WIt
to ing WIres a txe w
.J
the
{ire wire. Emergency WI
mh
ide They are gene.rally loca\A<U near
above the water on tho 0 s ore ameble towboats to move the vessel
d t the quarter to ena
c whilll docked at 11 facility.
forecastle head an a
quickly in theevE:,nt of an 4merge~ ~r roaming under th o. manifold nne(uedcQntail'f'll nt A perma nb ug _;llage.t!.urLnl:l'tli co.nnectingaoiidl
to II t ny~ari08y,.a!
..
tl a d 81
~
GLOSSARY
347
GWSSARY
34.
.
( II lar tu bular. or other construct ion de aign ed . ADy deVIce
0 ce u
,
w
{/omt arrrstor.
f fl mea into an enclosed space .
prevent the pa~saged' "
nsisting of fine corrosion-resi sta nt wir e mesh
A portable eVlce co
.
fiamf'scm. ". dlo preventspark suor th e passage of a fla me mto a tan k. According'_
w
deslgne
. I
must be constructed of3 0 x 30 (squa res- pe r_inch)
ti a smg e screen
guI
re a ron,
t have at least 20 x 20 mesh s paced n ot less tha n ~
mesh ; two screens mu~
. h
ore th an 1* lllches apart.
.
inc or m
The area between th e minimum and m axl m u ~ concentra _
flammable rongf'.
.
. which form 11 flammable or ex plosive mixture
tiona of vapo r 10 a ir
.
.'
d VEL
.
,
I bb . ted LEL (lower exploBI\'e limit ] an
(upper explo_
Usua l y a re vta
etve limit ).
. I gth f . .
Raised flat end of piping used to connect s ~ccesslVe en
so prp tng. The
{/all8f!~anifold is us ually flanged to permi t connectIOn ofthe cargo h oses or loading
=:.'
The lowest temperat~ a.t v:hich a liquid gi ves off sufficient vapors,to
form a flammable mixture WIth mr m the presence of an external so urce of Ignition. The vapors will ignite momentarily but are not capable of sus tai ning
combust ion.
{lut ga& system. An inert gas system in whi ch the oxygen-deficient exhau st gas is
derived from a mari ne boiler; typicaUy foun d on steamships.
fret slll"{aa. fUofen to th e free movement ofliquid (such as cargo or ballast wa ter)
in a tank which has a negat ive effect on the stability of a vessel .
FWA. Freeh water allowan ce.
FWPCA Federal Water Pollution Control Act .
g(Uro~. Sn tankscope.
8tu fm. A tank or othe r enclosed s pace is consi de red gas-free w he n sufficient
fresh air hall been introduced into the space to lower t he le ve l of fla m m able
and toxic vaponand incre ase the oxygen level for a s pecific purpose .
gtu{rwlhg. The pl'CJCeo8S of ventilating a s pace with ai r to prep are t he space for
various operations such as entry, dryd ock , h ot work . and so on . Before
gas-freeing an inerted cargo tank, the operator must en sure the s pace has
been properly purged of hydrocarbon vap or s to pr event the crea tion of a flamaol atmOllphere.
(huh
Hi gh -capa cit y was~ing mac hi ne. Any fixed ta nk washing machine with
a th rou ghput of60 cubic meters per hour an d above.
h ' h jet . A device u sed to ve nt the cargo ta nks in a controlled fashi on on modem
18 lank vessel s . It is classifie d as a hig h-velocity venting device, which is one
that ac h ieves a speci fi~ d mini~um effiw: velocity ofthe atmosphere exiting
from a cargo tan k du nng load m g an d ballas ting operations.
hO/J.
Bending stress caused by th e un even distribution of weight on a vessel. A
hog con d ition is created wh en there is a concent ration of weight at th e ends of
th e ves sel ; the deck is subjected to te ns ion and th e keel is under compression.
S ee also sag.
hot work . Any fire-p roducing action or activity capable ofi ncreasi ng te mperature
to the point of ca usin g th e ignition of flamm able va pors. This typically includes work suc h as welding, burning, solderi ng, grinding, and 80 on.
HVV. High-vel ocity vent valve. A venting device that results in a high exit velocity of the tank atmosphere. usuall y exceeding 30 meters per second. Example s include bullet valves and hi -jets .
hydrocarbon. Any compound made up ofhydro~en and .carbon ~xcl~sively .
hydromt'ter. A device used to measure the Specific gravity of a liquid .
.
h)'drostatic tables. A tabular fonn ofthe curves deriv ed from the.hydrostat~c data
of the immersed portion ofa vessel. Entering the hydrostatic tables WIththe
displacement ofthe vessel, it is possible to determine a numbe r of key valuet
that a re needed to perfonn a cargo calculation, for example . mean draft, MT
HeW;"
LCB, and so on .
.
(Shi C
"..
In terna tion al Code for the Construction and Eqwpment o.
ps arT)'l
k Th
I apply to chenucal tanken conDa ngerou s Che micals in Bul k . ese ru es
structed on or after 1 July 1986.
lCS. In terna ti on al Chambe r of Shi pping.
tration of a toxic subIDLH. Immediately dangerou s to life or health-t~edc.o:::l'slife or health.
stance that pos es an immediate ~hre.at to an 10 I
[MO . International Maritime OrgaOlzatlon:
. rt condition when it isinca .
d"
An a t mos ph er e issaid
to behox
lO an lOe
. 0 f gas
In ert con It/ on .
.
en deficiency. It eonetsee
pable of su p po rt ing combustion throug
: gf8percent or leas by volume.
or 8 mixture ofgaeee with an oxygen ~~teni:sufficient oxygen to support the
inert gas. A gas or mixture of gases contalOmg
combustion of hydrocarbons.
I
t in which inert gas is introduced
inerting,primary. The process ofg8s rep 8~~~? g IlJ1 inert condition. Primary
into a space with the object of e8~ ~~IlI:hiPyard.
.
inerting ie typically perfonned leevtng
d to prevent chemical reactions.
inhibitor A substance, generally IlJ1 additiv.~ ~st' tank (the distance from the surinpage 'A measurement ofthe depth ofliqUi
a
J
f~ce Q( ~e c 0 to t.he bottom of the ~n ~led
between the vell8elllJ1d the
insul
ilo
n d joint. usually. ms,y .....ro......-b"h"hoBestrings and loadip.g
ci i
~
ectncal eonunur UJ, ''''''''
IBC
I:
G).O S8AIIY
GWSS An v
, 48
f a 9JK'Cial inllulatin g gas ket. bolt lllee Vl's . a nd wuah(' r9 de.
"nnll. It C(ltJlIillUi Dan meta l.la-meta l contact aCTO!!!! t he fla nge fan's.
lJiRJ1ed to prevent
y ,cBlinstn
....ent capa ble of dete cting the bounda,..,b
An{',ectn
In , .....
.~
(! .
jnttrfare dttedor.
.r la er9 in a tank.
Y t ' ne l Association ofIndep t'nd ent Tanker Ownt'r.
tween 011 and
"R.T.u'KO
. '
lcal lv
s nfe lf
t anYflpark'
INT",
..... . . The ntema
I t 'cal10circuit is considered
m tnnslca
Yllafe
t
50
m tnlU1Mll, f . <rAn e _~ nred in nonnal operation (i.e. by ope ning or d os ing th
. . or rrau ln
orlhe rmal effectprocu
ld . _" (i I' by shortCIJ"C'Ult
t irs mcapa hl e o f "IgTu tine
circuilloraCCi en.... y , .
rt'lICribe-d flammable mixture .
.
.
p
IS.'ely Guide tor 0,1 Tankers a nd Terminals,
ISG01T. InlernotlOM
/.
I'
"-_, unit Accord ing to the USCG. ITB refers to a tug a nd
ITB. Integra ted tug-.......
.
.
tank barge with s mechanical aystem th at allow~ t he ~nnect1on of the pro
pulsion urutltug) to the st~m of t he cargo carrymg unrt (ba rge) s o that th e
two vessels function as a single self-propelled vessel .
Jumper. Flt xible hose used to interconnect (cross over) t wo ca rgo sys te ms or
groups st the manifold.
. '
loytime. The a mount of nme allowed for cargo loading and di sch arge as specified
by the charte r part y.
LCB. l.<Ingitudins l center of buoyancy.
LeG. l.<Ingitudinal center of gravity.
LEL. Lowerexplceive limit. The mini mum conce nt ration of hydrocarbon vapo r
in air that forms an ignitable mixture in th e presence ofan external so urce of
ignition. Below the LEL there is insuffi cien t hydrocarbon va por (lean mix ture ) for combueticn to occur. Also referred to as the lowe r fla m m a ble limit
(LFL).
lightening holt,. Holes cut in the framing of a tanker to save weig ht without sacrificing structural st rength.
lighten ll{J. ~etrans fer ofbulk liqui d cargo from the vessel to be Iig hte red (VT BL)
to ~ service vessel. Ligh teri ng is usually necessary in areas wh ere dra ft limitatlOns or local regulations preven t th e VTBL from proceedi ng directl y to a
dock.
light , hip. The weight of the empty ship. (Dis placeme nt of a vessel with no ca rgo
stores, fuel. water, andballast ; usu ally ex pressed in long tons or metri~
z:
::'i
349
"'
f r
nfined or uns hi pyard.
naked lig ht s . Open flames or a ny other pote ntial source 0 rgru 10 0 CO
confin ed.
.
fi r the pump to operate.
_u
at the inle t ofa pump 0
l d
mbination carrie r. A "'eslIelspecllluy
mer Also ca I' a co
.
Oil/b IW
I
U ore ea
'.
licui d nd solid cargoe s m bulk.
const ructed to ca rry venous IqUi II
OBQ. Onboard quantity of ca rgo:
Iarine Forum.
OC1MF. Oil Companies IntematlOnaltJl.ation ofa gas that can be detect ed by an
odor thre sh old . The. minimu~:e~r~s~aIlY express ed in pam per million by velav erage person s sense 0
ume.
troleum whether in solid, semisolid. emul~ified. or
oil . Defined by the US~G (IS pe t limited to crude oil. fuel oil. sludge, Oilrefuse.
liquid form. including but od: ts
d without limiting the generality of the
oil res~due, .and refin~~::ub~~an:~s 'Ii att'd in Appendix I of Annex I of
foregomg, mcludes
MARPOL 73fl8.
aBO .
GWS8ARY
GLOSSARY
950
351
".J
Defined by th e USC G as a ny re sid ue ofoil cargo w het he r in lin] .
oil cargo N' SIU!lc
.
.
.
k
d
I ,
llemisolid, em ulsified, or liquid fonn f:om cargo tan 8 a n cargo purnproorn
bilges, including but not limited to d ra m ages, lea kages , ~l(h " u ll ted oil, muck ,
d ingage, sludge, botto ms, paraffi n (wax ), and a ny conshtu.en t component of
d
oil. (The term o il cargo re sidu e" is also kn0:m 810 "ca rgo ~ I I re8 i d ue . ~ )
oily mixture. Defined by t he USCG as a mix t ~re. m a ny (ann wl.th a ny oil con te n t,
including but not limited to slops from bilges, slops from oil ca rgoes (s uch a e
cargo tank wash ings, oily waste. and oily refuse), oil residue, a nd oil y ba lla "'t
wate r from cargo or fuel oil tanks.
oulage. See ullage .
ot'f'r(i// ala rm. An a udible and visual warning 8Y8te ~ th at a~tivate 8 when the Iiq.
uid level in a eargo tank reac hes a pred etermin ed POint. Accordin g to t he
USCG, th e al ann mu s t be se t to gi ve th e PIC ample warning to pe rmi t the
shutdown of loadin g before th e tank overflows.
o:cygtn analyr erlmeter. A portable in strument used to determine the pe rcen ta ge
of oxygen by volum e in th e atmos phere of a space.
padi"ll gland. The area a.rou nd t he etem ofa val ve in which packing m ateria l is
wrapped to provide a leak -free openi ng in t he to p of the bonnet . The gl and is
tigh te ned do....n to squee ze th e pa cking material, t hereby pre ve n ti ng le aka ge
from the valve.
Panamas. A tanker between 55,000 and 80,0 00 dwt (t he largest vessel capable of
transi tin g t he Pan a ma Canal ).
PEL. Permi ssible exposure limit. The maximum lev el ofexposure to a toxic substa nce th at is a llowed by a ppropriate re gul a to ry a uthority. The PEL is usua ll y ex pressed a s a tim e we igh t e d ave rage (T WA)- t he a i rborn e
concen t ra t ion of a toxic s u bstance averaged over a n S.hour period us u al ly
expressed in parts per m~lIi.o n (pp m) . PE L may a lso be expres s ed according to
a ehc rt -te rm exposure limit (ST E L}-the ai rborne concentration of a toxic
subs~~ a vera ged over any IS-minute period , u sually ex pressed in pa rt s
per mIllion (ppm).
petrochemlculs . Organic chemicals manufa ctured from pe troleum .
.. ar
tid rocar
ID8
' butitmayai
. so con teiIn at h er s u bs ta nc es, s uc h as
n ead alkyls, as minor constituents.
in~ividu~1 possessing the proper USCG endors eme nt
el'lnvolvmgd.ng eroua licuid
iqur e or Iiquefied gases on a
H.
~ff~j
1OiIO~ ~
.~t, "
ri ~ p i ng pump, it is
ii.~!f'
ng up a tank at tho end
[l ui
val ve agains t the liquid now in th e pipelin e. The V:lu~, t ',hohut .by .c1oslDg a
. is converte d 0Cl
y o t e liquid goes to
zero, an d th e e ne rgy WIithiIn t h e I'iquid
to
.f I
An
.~
ti
1
pressure.
pump relle va ve.
~ u,",:,m a IC va ve (s pri ng-loaded) that protects the s ste m
from overpres sunZaliOn j commonly found on the d,"harge Slldee cf
y
0 a cargo
pu m p . In the even t of overp ressu rization the valve 0""011
.
I' ~ . ~ th
.
..~ , peruu 109 u,e
ca rgo to r ecircu a "" .'-U e sucnon si de of th e pump , thereby preventin an
further pres sure buildup.
g y
purging. A form of gas replacement in which inert g8.11 is introduced into a tank
t hat is in an in ert co ndit ion. Th e object ofpurging is either toreduce the existing oxygen content and/or to reduce the existi ng hydrocarbon vapor content
to a level where s u bsequ ent ventilation with frellh air will not resul t in the
creation of a flammable atmosphere within the space. A tank is considered
properly purged when the measured hydrocarbon level is found to be 2
percent or le s s by volume in the space.
PV breaker. Liq u i d fi lled pressure-vacuum breaker. It is a nonmecbanical
pressu re-vacuum re lie f device com monly foun d on the IG/vent main designed to back u p the mechanical PV valves instelled on the ta nks. It is a
containe r fille d to a p re s cri bed level wit h a liqu id of a certain densi ty (usua lly a n a n tifreeze mi xture ) t ha t is set to rel ieve excess pressure or vacuum
in t he t anks .
PV valve. A m echanical pre ss ure-va cuum relief device th at provides s~cturaI
protection of the ca rgo tan ks on a tank vesse l. It consists of a dual disk valve
(pressu re -va cu u m) utilizin g spri ngs or weights which a~ ~esigned to open at
. t h e tan k . I n a ddi ron
lOproV1d.i ng lltNcturalp~
a set press ure or va cuum 10
I
. .
..
. ..
sl ed ca....... ta nk th ereby II11DIte ction. these valves a s si st ID mllllltalDi ng a Be
- .. mi ztn g loss of cargo vapors an d inert gall deck press ure . ulfid
hid>
.
.'
.
d s give off hydrogen s
e gas w
pyrophorlc OXIdatIOn. Certain sou r ~ e
d fi . nt a tmosphere to fonn
co m bin es with rus t (iron oxide ) ID an O~ygen- e ~e th recess is reversed .
ir on s ul fid e. When oxygen is introduc~ lD~ the de s~rur oxide. and hea t.
o:
Ir on s ul fide combine s wit h oxygen to o~ I~n 'f a n~mmable atmosphere is
This heat may be en ough to cause a n exp oercn 1
,, .c
pres ent.
GLOSSARY
GLOSSARY
353
352
evtded by the man ufactu re r of a t mos phere lelllin"
Ch a,> pr
nn iulHt ru ml'nt,
bl t heuserto convertt h e mere r ree dim g o f an
equlpmea t to ena e
.
to the actual concentra tion of a part icular ga~ III II llpllce:
-O n
rt's""n.ff' CUn~s.
Y -
_mo,";",
. .
a liquid.
soddl... A fairlead or support used to preve nt a hose from kinki ng and chafing.
mg. Bending etrese caus e d by th e unev en distribution of we ight on a ,' e Mel. A
sag condition is created when th ere ia a conce nt ra tion of weigh t in the
midsect ion of the vessel; the deck is subjecte d to compression and t he keel is
und er tension. See also hog.
SCM Self-contained brea thing ap paratus.
scMdul... Refere to the thickness of th e wall of a pipe . Differ ent sched ules of pipe
are used dependin g on the intended use ofthe line (ca rgo, vapo r, hy d raulic,
water, bunker).
~ru bbeT. The primary processin g unit in an inert gas system. Its fun ctions in clude cooling the gas, re moving solids (soot). and removing corrosives and
physical water droplets from th e gaa.
(Jup/Hr!weathurhd:drain . Drain lines leading from the main deck ove r the ves sel's side. These openings must be plugged before ca rgo operations commence.
1M cM, t. The n~me given to the re inforced openi ng in t he h un of a tank vessel
th rough which seawater ballast can be loaded or disch a rge d
grega::;.baliru/ 6yBte". A system on a ta nke r cons isti ng of ran' ks, piping, and
/U'
'c uJ'dl use~_ exclUSIvely for balla st service. A segregated-balla st system
hoda...,0 not nav e any mte nnI' CtiIon '0
w t he cargo system of t he ve ssel
,
j~~:;:he Th
tank
l' inte,m~ sUrface.sof a ca rgo tank s hielde d from the impingi ng
I' eamng ma chm t s.
' Mar f Orrf The result of 0
. f
aChn~ at a particula rpo~~ng orcea (such aa buo yant ver eua gravitational)
l lop tonh
k deei r oca Ion upon th e bull of a vessel.
elIlgnated on a vessel for th
.
f
.
~inis aod. Ilopl.
e receipt 0 tank wa shings , pipeline
. '" /
~;~""
~~;d~ OII CQD,taining.
5 cant amount of .s ulfu r and s ulfur
"d
etgm
o ro
s io
f .
.a g'lveo volume of a substance at a stan1'1
the weight of an equal volum e of
a fl e
Ous com bustion . The ignit ion of a ma teria l t hat occurs by the genera tion
.'
h e mu teri
sPOfl / of hea t WlthiD.t
annlth rough a n .intern al chemical reaction. The mate -
,pll
t 'c ~ccu mulator oil. A poor cond ucting cargo that ia capable of developing and
sta
tic electricity. The electricity prod uced by dissimilar materials through physical
sta contac t and se pa r a ti on such as the flow of cargo throu gh a pipeline.
static nOflOccum ulat oT oil . A good conducti~gcargo that read ily gives up anyelectros tati c charge through the shell platin g of the vessel to earth.
uida.
'd
. bulk
tanker. An y ves se l des ign ed ~ carry Iiq~ ~;~~hat ~r'\'e8 as th e opening for
tank ha tch. Th e raised eoarrnng of a hate on
access to a ca rgo tank .
h t i capabl e of measuring the ccacentank scope A com busti ble-ga s indicator t 8 ~s . ~ _depece It isparti cul
. arly
.
.
b olume 10 an lDeI"WU
f t h purging operati on pri or to
t r ation of hydrocar bon vapors yv
u s eful wh en determining t he succesS 0
e
ga s-freeing a tank .
tank top. S ee tank hatc h.
fl water in a cargo tank throu gh th e
.
) Th mea surement 0 ree
t hl elJage (water cuts.
e
fi di g paste on a bob.
"
us e of a n ins trumen t or wate r- ~ n In . hted average- The m8Xlmum err TLV-TWA. Threshold limit value- tl me ':I~hich it is believed that nearly al~
bo rn e conce ntrat ion of a subsumc e
rm el g.hour workday or 40ho u
r
workers may be rep ea tedl y expose dsfo al: " nu issible eJlposure limits .
. h t d ersc effect. eea
workweek , WIt ou a v
d ' 1016 kg).
. f
. ht'2 240poun s ,
ton fong A urnt 0 weig . ,
d. (1 000 kgs).
"
. f
. ht 2204 poun
'
tall, metric. A unit 0 werg . ,
und s (907 kg).
ecilied ulton, sho rt, A unit of weight; 2,00, 0 ~ the loadingofs ca rgo ta nk to a epee
th e
. ff. The proce ss of comp eh ng
. ' th e transfer of cargo gIVen
toppml~;e. lt is considered a critical op:r::~o~.~ regulations, a ny critical operaheightened potential for a spII~. ~ fthe peraon-in-charge (PIC).
uoo ~ui re8 the direct s upervtSlon 0
GLOSSARY
'54
1tuU'1 Y est ,
.
b tance in the atmosphere of a s pace . It I S usually a
health.threatenmg tlU s
. .
gas.specifictest that is ~easured in parts per nulhon (pp m ).
TPI Tonaper inch ImmerSIOn.
.'
. .
.
tro~I"!"I't bulAheod. A solid bulkhead runnwg m the athwartshl p direct ion uau_
aUy 8eparating cargo tanks.
trim arm The numencal difference between ~B and.LeG. .
h A fixedcontainment area (coaming eqwpped WIth gratmgs ) permanently
troug installed under the cargo manifolds ofthe vessel, design ed to collect any s pill.
age that 0C"CW'8 when connecting/~sco nnecti ng ho~es or arms.
UEL. Upper eaplceive limit. The maomum concenrrancn of hydroca rbon vapor
in air that fonns an ignitable mixture in the presen ce of an extemal scuree of
ignition. Above the UEL the concentration of hydroc arbon vapors is too great
(rich miJIture) to support combustion. It is also known as t he up pe r fla mma ble limit (UFL).
ULCC. Ultra large crude carrie r.
tJlo8r. The measurement offree space above the liquid in a tank. It is t he distance
from the surface of the liquid in the tank to a reference datum on deck , nor mallythe rim ofthe ullage opening in the hatch. Reference to th e ull age calibretion tables for the vessel will give the volume of liquid in the tank (gross
volume).
ullage Oprnmg. Small opening in the tank hatc h on deck that serves as th e reference point for measureme nt of liquid (cargo) in the tank.
lJQ~ A gsa belowita critical temperature.
I!opqr tonJrol I)'Itt m. Pipmg an d equipment on 8 ta nk vessel that is necessary to
~ntrol certem cargo vapor emissions during load ing an d ballasting operatypical Installation includes vessel/shore vapor collection piping,
tl
!l<Iu1pment, control devices, and vapo r processing units ashore.
nl
t ontactor. A multipli er deri ved from the API ta bles to cono lime
me in th e tanks to a standa rd (net) volu me.
r. A factor deri ved afte r compa ri ng the ship and
,.nUlnbe~.voyages.
ri
I s~ction of a tank vessel und er conaidlI.tance to flow. It is useful wh en dewell as the need to hea t it.
GLOSSARY
355
can resul t in the admiss ion of atmosphere into the suction line reaching the
pump.
VRP. Vessel res ponse pl an .
It'l!dge, liquid . The cargo rem aining in th e tank aller stripping. Due to the trim of
the ves sel , the rem a ining ca rgo appear s as a wedgeot hquid against th e afte r
bul kh ea d of the ca rgo tank.
well/sump. A recessed area below th e bottom ofa cargo tank (inne r bottom)which
houses th e bellmouth or pump suct ion.
Yokoham a fender. Large fenders commonly placed between two vessels during
lightering ope rations to pre vent the hulls from makin g contact.
nn e anode. A sacri ficial metal used in ballast tanks to minimize corrosion of the
steel ofthe vesse l.
zinc silicate. Pain t loaded with a high percentage of zinc, used to protect the steel
plat ing of a ta nk from corrosive sttack.
IlJRLIOGHAPHY
357
b
.
"Cru de Tanker P0 IIutIonA ateme nt (Exxon position pape r ) H to n-E
Co
poration, 1976 .
. OWl on. Doon r-
Bibliogr aphy
Andersen, Stetner. "Inexpensive Bulk Nitrogen Production." Shipb uilding Technology Internationa l, 1989 : 157-1 58 .
~"",I"""auid fJ
a tG
Crude Wash ing of Ta nk ers. Goth.enburg, Sweden : Salen & Wicander AB, 1976,
Double ~{ull Tank Vessels : A R~v few of Current Regulatory Efforts, Design Con.sidemtlOns, and Related T opice of Interest. Paramus, N.J.: American Bureau of
Ship ping, 1991.
- Fede ra l Oil Pollu t ion Act of 1990.- Su mmary of provisions prepared by Che'lfOn
S hi pp ing Co m pa ny , San Fr ancisco, 1990.
Fighting Poll ution: Preventing Pollution at Sea. London: Witherby & Co" 1991.
Fitch , Robert, and Gordon Ma rsh. -Coas t Gua rd Requirements for Mari ne Vapor
Con trol System s," Marine Technology, September 1991: 270- 275.
Flynn. Rob ert. "Th e Impact of OPA 90 a nd Sta te Legislation on the Tan ker Markets: What's Happened So Far?" Prese nted at Morine Log's Tanker Legislation
1991 Conference. Washingto n, D.C. September 24, 1991.
Fundamentals of Petroleum . Austin: Petroleum Extension Service, Univers ity of
Te xa s , 19 82.
Ga rd ner, A. Ward, and R. C. Page. Petroleum Tonk shipSofr/y. Luton, England :
Lome & Maclean Mari ne Pub lish ers , 1971.
Guide for Cargo Vapor Emission Cont rol Systems on Board Tank Vessels. Paramus,
N .J.: Am eri can Bureau of Shipping , 1990.
"Guideli n es for Marine Cargo Inspt>ction.- Manual of Pe/~leum Mea.sureme~t
S tandards, chapter 17.secncn I. Washington, D,C.: Amencan Petroleum lnstitute, 1986.
H I?" '"
I ~ -
Hodgson, Brian. -A1as ka'a Big Spi ll-Can the w ijderc ese eo. HOIIOM unt'"
IIIRLIOGRAPHY
35'
.'0-
Index
18tioo,I991.
-M
l I P,
I
\
":\ft'asurem ent of Cargoes on Boa rd Tank Vt'ssels . . anua 0 etro eu~, (ea l!Ur e
ment St andard" , cha pte r 17, section 2. Wa shm gton , D.C.: Am encan Pe t roleum Institut e. 1990.
"Mid-deck Tanker Can' t Spi ll." Marine Log, J a nu a ry 1991 : 40.
Our Petroleum Ind ustry. London: Bri t ish Pet roleu m , 1977.
Pende:rter , L. A , an d W. G. Coulter. Clrusifica tion S ociety Ollroiew for COfUl/r uc
tion, Inspection, and Repair of OPA 90 Double H ull Tankers. Paramus, N .J.:
Ameri can Bure au of Sh ipping, 1991.
PocJut GuitU to Chemical Haz atYh. Wll8hin gton, D.C.: U.S. Dep a rtme nt of Hea lt h
an d Human Services, Jun e 1994.
"Rebuilding the Euon Valdez ." Marine Log, Oct ober 1990: 36-38.
Ruth erford , D. TanJt"Cargo Hand liflll. London: Charle s Griffin & Company Ltd .,
1980.
ScUJb Ma C/ 501 Tan . er Moni torin g and Con trol Sy st em , Te ch nica l D es crip ti on.
Gothenburg, Sweden: Saab Marin e Elect ro nics , 1991.
5tamJard /rJr 1M Control ofGa, Haza tYh on Vess els rN FPA No. 306). Boston, Ma:
Nati onal Fire Protection Associati on, 1997.
TanJeerCleanIng Manu a l. San Francisco: Gamlen C hemical Company, 1976.
Tanker Safety Course Notes. Kings Point, Ne w York: Gl obal M a ri ti m e and Trans.
portation School at United St ates Merchant Marine Academ y , 1999.
TOM" Split. P~l'tntUJn by Del lfn (pre pa red by the Marine Board ofthe National
11 ReBe~ Council). WlI.Iihington, D.C.: National Academy Preas 1991
f!f:
A1.~
359
Ballast
arrival . 2-10, 247
clean. 240, 247, 299
oompresaion.2-6
oonfigl1Tlltionl,246- 2
departure. 240, 247
dirty, 240, 243
fair weather conditinn, 240
free water, 137
intem llllranafer, 2
MARPOL requirements, 239
oil content of, 240
plan, 207
procedure, 243-6
quant ity, 239
routine operational dischargH , 239
aea auction valve", 243
8l'gregaLed, 239, 243, 299
al.o nn . 240
underbelleeted conditinn, 2311
vapor control, 243-4
INDEX
361
'60
B8'1t'r .
l'quiulentll, 18
iIIUltnltl'd, 18
iou t pllf.ll"l1l , 3 11-2
.treesH
eeeted lanD, 259
definfd , 154
dwing cargnobaJlul O~T1I tiOIlll. 20 7-.9
hClll' mndition. 155
mini.mizin,.238
Iilil oondition, lu-6
Wlderballuted oondition. 238
Btonu ne
cbfmi~
data guide, 38
I. "
.. "
ti "n 96
) llertrBU
flnm ma bility , 26
petroleum, 24
opecia l liqu ids , 25
Bullcrlly Yah-e . Sff Valve.
term S, 125--9
total ca lcu la t ed volu me, 129
tota l obsl'rved volu me, 129
tri m corred;on s , 133
typica l equ ipment u sed , 123
,.U 8t'l list , 13 1
vl'8111'1 trim , 13 1-3, 136
visco us cargOt's , 136
vola ti le cargoe s , 137
wllt er-in di cat i ng pa ste. 135
wed ge calcula tion , 135, 158
Carg o plan ni ng
com pu te r pro gr am , 146
det ermin ation , 144-6
loadin g to rm al draft, 16S-7, 202-3
pre etew , 14., 156
Cargo report, l3 8
sa m ple, 139
Cargo tanks
Indepe ndent tanks, 12
integral tanks, 12
gravi ty tanks, 13
pre ssure tanka, 13
Cargo t ransfer
agreemen t to begin, 189
bonding cable, 191
cargo hoeee, 183--6
cargo i nfo rmatio n , 19 1, 193
ca rgo pl an , 182-3
cofferde me, 196
com m u nicat io ns, 187
eer mecnen a, 186, 190
cont a inm en t boo m , 196-7
de clarntio n cfinapection, 191- 2
d isch a rg e containment, 186
documen ts, 2 16-7,219-24
doo n an d porta, 196
draft re st ri cti onll, 196
200
emergency sh utd own , 187-8, 199emergency towing wires , 191
federal regulations, 18Z-91
nre-fighting gear, 191. 194
nro safety, 190
name screens, 194--0
7 202
freshwater nllowanctl, 196- ,
goal, 182
inert Ifns system, 191 194....5
lnaulaung OanjCt!, 191,
lighting, 189
londln.ll:lI
a
monlti,j
_n..d i
rn
utel, 227
bill of I. ding, 122 , 222. 2201
cargo h OlIeS , 2 18
cargo quantity, 2 16
cargo Ia Dlple8. 222
d ea n tank certi ficate, 222
dem~,211i
Schtd-
363
INDEX
362
Cbarh'nl ft(}/Itinutdl
bil~boal, 212-3
BPEEVOY. 213
EXXONVOY, 213
tinure. 213
sHELLVO'i, 213
TANKERVOY. 213
~rm-or~mtllt . 213
tinle,212
1~.:n2-3
VtI)~,212
.p.Cl!'.
lift. 91
l0C8tioo, 9 1
mng, 91
Chemial~
compatibility. 49
cotTOSi"N, 50
nIlIctlVlly, 49
I labi lity, 49
CAtrnil:oJ DoIa G" itk for BuIlt S'llp ~nt by
Wottr, 37
CMDlIeal DiJllJibUtiOD hulitu~ (COl). SN
Sa.
Vett ing
Ch<'ClIiJt
defined ,37
Cugo infonnation
scrubber, al O
atainJ eas steel, 272
tank cleaning, 259
Code (or the Con struct ion and Equi p m ~nt
of Ships Carrying Dange ro us Ch~mi .
cals in Bulk (Be m , 10 , 3 00-1
Coils , heati ng
coated Lanka , 259
deek seal (lG), 3 13
flus hing, 25 1
leaking, 13 7
limitations of, 259
ope ration of, 198-9 , 20 9
Com bination carrie r. See also Con struction
edvantagea of, 15
CTOllII section, 15
defi ned , 13
disadva ntage8, 15
Comb ustible-gas indi ca to r
catal yt ic se nsor , 289-92
hydrocarbon analyzer, 3 14, 323, 325
LEL meter, 290
limitation8, 281 -2, 290-2
method of operation, 281 -2
LankBcope, 323, 325
type8, 282-3, 288-90
wheatstone bridge, 290
Compression ballasting. See Ballaat
Con,trnction
rge, l6-7
beM ica l carrier requirements, 13
u lombi Egg, 7, 9
iloubl
ull,n
" i
268-70
retention in slop tanka, 268-10
Decltdistribution syJt#m t1G).8ft IDtrt gag
branch lin ee, 315-7
ecnnecticn to bottom piping . 315
dt<k. main , 307, 315-7
low point draif18, 315
tank isoll tion, 315-7
Dt<k isolation valve IIGJ, 31U. Sn gUo
Inert gu
Dt<k Pl"l!lliure. 8ft olio Inert GIIS
at SU, 320
a lann Bettini', 111
bar graph of. 320
cargo pumpilll, 168, 311
crud e-oil.wu hing requi rements , 268
during entty, 277
puging, 124
inert g-&s l"l'quire m",n ts, 308, 319-21
in port, 321
minimum. 328
opening inerted tanks, 327-8
opt'ra ti ng range, 112
pennanent TE'COrdingof, JI9
tank cleRnilijl. 328
"topplOg up ," 320
va por oontroloperlltlon, 111-2
DllCk 8~1 . $rr 0160 Inert FloS
d~mi lt",r, a l S
dry el, S1~"'"
locatIon
307
fopuati
f '3121:
""
D<-ck &f'sl(Nln/;nul'd'
0/110 Cargo
l.l1Inllf~r
Iineup,2G4
mooring linM, 209
P~UtiOIUl at atart-up, 197-8, 204
INIlEX
INDf;X
205-9
rare., 198
.hutdown, 199-200, 206, 209
,lop tank Itv(>l,208-9
~halll' J'8Uo. S~ Loading rates
DUlplaremenL Sf'f'Weight
Dapl'Cl!'ml"nt m"lbod (lGl S. GaB noplaa>m'nt
1
" .
ubI4 hbtlltom 5. S. tJUp <AI"a' ru..ron
tern iv d
pum ps
adv antogl's , 180
lTO",,-..ctiona l view, 179
dislldv llllto gl'S, 180
je t ty pe pump, 179
OpHll tio ll, 179~0
to nk cll'a ning cpem t fcn , 258, 266
Ell'dros totic ho unl s
cause , 42, 322
inert 1I'Illl syste m, 322
precaution s , 43 , 113-4, 19!1
s tot ic accu mula tor cargoes , 4.1
stat ic 1'Irct rici ty , 42
use of HC WM , 259, 3 22, 305--6
EI Segundo, Calif , S..e OfTsh nre moorin gs
Emergency procedures
collision, 334-6
drills a n d d emonstrat ion s , 33 1
fire, 335
ground ing, 333-4
man ifold fire, 33fH)
mast vent fire , 336-7
oil spill, 332-3
p umproo m fire, 337
pumproom rescu e, 331-2
Em ergen cy s h u tdo wn. See Cargo tran sfer
En clOlled space entry. SIT aha Tl'sting
eq uip ment
acute eXposures, 288
atm osp hl'ric h azarda , 2 75-8
cargo properties, 27 8
effects of oxy gen de ficien cy , 277
l' vacuate, 288
fint l'ntry, 28 8
ga s .fl"'l.'('ingproee se, 27 8-80
hydrogen Ilutfide, 277-8
fMO, 274
inhalati on of cargo vapors, 276, 277
ISCCYrT,277,280,282
leakage of vapor/inert gas. 277
MSDS, 278
NFPA. 274, 284
oxygen content, 281 -2
oxygl'n deficient inert gas, 277
periodic teating, 288
permit to e nter, 47, 286-7
physical hazal"lill, 274-6
J?OCketB of gaa, 277, 28B
ll'f'QCedure,284, 288
P~r readinp, 282
em tive clothing, 276, 288
,27.1
365
GM free
candili on, 29-.10, 282
flammable rang.. disgram , 28-9
gu-flfting operation, 3 1
purging prior to, 31, 278
safe ",ading, 29-30, 282
Gas flfting. Sn o/s(, Enclosed space entry
l'lfP03ures during. 47
fadars aJJl'CIing, 279
rued fans. 278
gasfIft mode, 278, 310
inert gas faOll, 278-80, 3 10
mechanical Wi sh ing, 278
numbe r of\'illume changl'll, 279
proCl'U, 278
purging prior to, 278
time rl'quired to, 279
Gu ketB, 72, 83. St'l aiI/O Manifold
Gaa pre55ure regulating valve lORY>. Srl'
alsoInert po
a utomati c mode, 3 11
barriee, 311- 2
function of, 311
inert gal genl'rutor, 326
intt'rlocu, 321
location 0(, 307
main to ntrol valve, 311
medea of operation. 311
shutdown, 321
Gal ",placement. ~ oW Inl'rt 11:"
dilution [lI"tbod. 323
dilpt.cement ml'thod, 323
p i (rl!t'ing, 31, 27&-80, 310, 322
INm:x
INDEX
366
G ill TfplftCl'P'ltnl t(Onti" udJ
rr irn'rti ng.322
n1PpIyand Vl'Dtlng arT1lllgt'menu , 323-4
Gauging. S oUo Cargo meB!W't'P'll'n t
rubber, 78--9
ata in le steel, 80
lui la bility,78
s upport of, 8D- l
Hot work
adjaren t speeea. 282 , 284
fire producin g actiona , 282
ma rin e ch em ist, 284
ma rin e (h erniat >rt incate, 47 , 285
mu cking , 270, 282
preparation for, 270, 282
Hyd roge n sulfide
haza rds , 46-7, 277-8
sour crud e, 26, 58
""
HiJb-level -.lann
mg
taUMI, 109
eempcnenta , 308-22
~vtJto.. lO l-.1
".1Jl2
10\
z.o
367
~IARPOL 7anB, 29B
nlld-deck de aign, 7, 9
pollution Iegi"la tion 298
INDEX
INDEX
368
L<>/Id line'
ADS, 141
C'llitroUinll'!(lne .148
definl'd, 145--8
Manager. 212
Manifold. SN oho Piping
eargo, 70, 165
l.TOUingo,~r I t. 77
llangN, 72-4
gmetl,72
Jumper, 78
OC I~fF.
nduern, 74, 76
1'WWtIund. 77
~ng o(
70,201-2
Ip:lOl preee. H . 96
V8por, 10741
annr chrml.t, 284 Set alsa Enclosed
spe~rnlry
f109
369
POllution
Annex 110m , 298-300
Annn II (N1.8),3Q0.-.4
s Wlren(>IlS, 295
C11"K0 !le(ord Book, 303
UIoaualtiea,296
te rt ificalel, 299, 303
dispoill of cargo rt!lIidue 301-2
linN lind penalt iel (U.S.), 296-7
llltel'1l.ltionallegitllltion.298-303
IOPP,299
~IARPOL 73178, 298
nsti onal legiailltion. 296-8
NLS catl'goriea, 301
Oil Record Book. 298-9
plleard,297
f>rrxtduru ond AI'ru'lgemm u ,\Iollual
IP&-'l, 30Z-3
rNIuction of, 245, 248. 270, J(H
I'fgUiltio",,299
llOUrttt of, '2%-6
Ilpeaallll"l'lI,299
l W"\'e).. ,302
v_ I ~ponae plan . 297-8
esparity,177
doublfIlCting .l77
dropping lines , 175, 180.209
duplex . 176
operation, 176-9
I"I'cipl'(l('ating, 176-7
rotary, 177-9
lel tp riming, 177. 179
It ripping 162. 175, 179,208-9,268
tank clean ing, 258, 266
Pour point
delin ed, 35
cargo meeeurement, 136
ht"lIting roil openl tion. 198-9
Prelllure-vacuum relief device. Sn llhtJ
Valvps
capacity, III
CI'O.5ll s eetion. 93
inert Il'nB syelem, 316-9
inapection and maintenance, 93, 95, III
liquid PV bn'aker, 311-8
locntion, 93-4, 317
operation. 92-3, 318
pUrpoIIl!.92
atrudural damage, 110-1. &16 3ll
typical aettinge 95, 111-2
Pricing, 224-6,
aUu Cha~p!rty
s-c
INDEX
370
INm:x
S toll Innovation, 10-1
t;TOSJOvtr.85, 170-2
deri ption,85
forward. 169-60. J 79
iJUpeoction of, 206
location. 85. 159-61
loop (ring main ) 'Y.urn, 68
rf$('\ll',87,172
"""'po
comtrifugal , 161-7
cont ro b . 175
c:nIU1lli over , 170- 2, 201
deep well, 162-6
dift'uHr, 162
dri ve Wlita, 162
nuahioll' .251
pu.g 175
h..d condition , 167-8
Impeller, 162-3
klndu:, 161-7
lift oolldition, 167_9,177
location, 159-62
mam cargu pUIllIM.161
mam~lIli a prime, 110
Operllt,on, 167-75
overhull:ng, 170-1
Jlfrfonn.JACe under (hartt'r 218-9
Yea, placemeot, 181 '176-9
me 162 170
'
..e'
. e tink ~. 169
hn
"
ube,162
~l\por
371
optlr~~ ~~
INDEX
INDEX
253
. ... dow areal. 254, 260
.poU.ing maehine, 254
.tripping capacity, 258, 260
.uppl efflenr.aJcleaning, 270-1
tag line 256-7
I)-pical f'rron, 257-8
T. nk hatch. ~aboTank top
puging, 129-36
ullage opening, 98-9
I'lIporplume from, 99
venting through, 98-9
Tanbhip , 8ft abo Ccnstructton
defintd,3
Tank top. Sn 01", Tank hatch
gauging, 12!h'36
ullage opening, 98-9
vapor plume from, 99
venting through, 9S-9
Tank vessel, Sf'f'01.0 Construction
defined,3
Temperalure meesurements
atturacyof,131
cargu calculation, 142
..nic U1pee, 126
Ihermometefl, 123, 131, 133-4
TllItill( equipment . S~ oho Encl oS('(j apace
'"'"
ULCC
cluaifi cation, 19
trade routes , 23
lnlage re port. Set Cargo re port
Ullage tablea. S n Cali b rot ion tables
Valves
ball, 90
butterfly, 90
Cll.tegoriell, 87
check,91_2
gate, 88-9
glpbe,90
)lartll of, 88
PIUK,91
-veeuum relief, 92-6, 31&-7
blI11a.tinJt' , 243-6
carRO IOlld ing ral e a, 112-3
carg o &E'jfreKation, 105, 10 7
check liAt, 116--$
do~ed opera tiena, 104 , 124
Code of Fede ra l & gufatW1J.S, 105
componf'n ta , 10 5--12
deda ration of ins pection, 114-6
final gauging, 113 , 124
inert Ras lly8tem, 104--6, 109. 114,3 16
lighwri ng, 114-9
10lldin g ra te curve, 113
ma in tenance, 119--20
overfill control, 110
pressure -vacuu m protectien , 110-2
purpo se of, 104
re gulated ca rgo es, 104
shore va por sys te m. 1M
vapor balancing, 114, 118--9
vapor control hose , 107-8
vapor cont rol piping, 105--6
vapor mani fold, 105-8
volatile organic com poun ds (VOCal, 104,
29'
Venting
bu llet va lve, 10 1-3, 3 17
conccmll,98
controlled, 98, 100-4
design ccneideretiocs, 102
gUo re placemen t, 104
hig h je t, 101
hig h velocity, 100-1
mast rise r, 100--01,317
objecthe,98
open, 98
standpipea. 101 , 103
vapor plum e, 99
vent pip ing, 98, 100
Vent line,UG1.5n a b o Inert gas d .
chec k ing in te grt ty ofnonn-turn e\1cH ,
312
locati on of, 307 , 312
purpose, 312
SOLAS amendment, 312
etotue of, 312
vent valv~, 312
&r De<!pweJl pumps
verucal turhine pumpe.
' (V1Q l S,.
Veoe! inApoclion qUf'.tion na1re
.
Vetting
2
Veot'l operllwr, 122, 21
373
teuee
W. tl'r cuta. Sn Cargo me8lluremenl
Wtd ge e.kul.tion, IS:;, 158 Sn tWo CIIlJU
me8llUJ1'men l
Weight
API gravity, 33--4. 142-.1
bending an d .tre_, I ~
ealc:u1ation, l ol3-4
dud ....eight, 150
denaity,33-I
di.placemellt. 147, 160
hydrometer, 34, 202
lightahip, 151
long ton, 42
fflt'lric ton, 42
.pt'('iJ'ic gravity, 33---4,142
Ion. per inch immeTIIlon ITPIl, Ifil,
163
. .,
ith Gu lf Oil Corpora ti on, Mil ita ry Seahft Com_
dustry in a seagoi ng
" capac y WI
to tan
Company and as a,consultant
mand, and Keystone Sh lppmg
.
. ker com panies
and legal firms. He h0 ld8 an u nlimited master s license an d I S end
. orsed . as a
Tank enn an PIC fDL) Dangerous Liquids . A member ~f th e Nauti cal ~ n 8t1t ute ,
Huber is curre ntly a professor in the Departm ent of M~nne Tran sporta t IOn at the
U "ted States Men:hant Mari ne Academy in Kings Poin t , New Yor k .
mScott R. Bergeron, a graduate of the U.S. Merchan t
~arine ~cademy
is cur-
ren tly the chie(opera ting officer for the Liberian Inte~atJonal S h ip and Corporate
Registry, the world's second largest sh ip registry. He IS a member of t he Chemica l
1Tansportation Advisory Committee, which provides advice and co ns ultation to
th e U.S. Coast Guard on water transportation of hazardous material s in bulk.
John O'Connor is a gr aduate ofth e State Unive rsity of New York Maritim e College at Fort Schuy ler , Brons, New York. He holds a U.S. Coast Guard unlimited
tonna ge license as chief officer an d has served on nu mero us vessel s including prod.
uct, chemical, an d crude-oil tankers. A member of API's Committee on Mea sure.
ment Accountab ility, he ha s been active in the field of pet roleum measurement for
over fifteen years . He is currently pre sid ent ofl nte matio nal Ma rine Consultants.
Richard Beadan, master marin er , is currently the director of the Seamen 's
Church Institute Center for Maritime Studies in New York, whi ch offers courses in
marine operations, including those with a focus on tankships. While a t th e United
~tates Merchant Marine Academy at Kings Point, he served as senior sh ip s im ulation cons~tant at the Computer-Aided Operations and Research Facili ty and also as
deputy director of the department of continuing education.
rcenae.